Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

		
X	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
or

		
—	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from               to           
Commission File No. 001-34400
INGERSOLL-RAND PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

	
			
Ireland	 	98-0626632	
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
170/175 Lakeview Dr.
Airside Business Park
Swords, Co. Dublin
Ireland
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: +(353) (0) 18707400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

			
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Ordinary Shares,	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Par Value $1.00 per Share	 	 	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES    X        NO         
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES              NO   X  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES   X       NO         
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES   X       NO         
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [    ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

		
Large accelerated filer   X  	Accelerated filer               	
Non-accelerated filer               	Smaller reporting company              	
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	 	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES               NO   X  
The aggregate market value of ordinary shares held by nonaffiliates on June 30, 2012 was approximately $ 13.0 billion based on the closing price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange.
The number of ordinary shares outstanding as of February 1, 2013 was 296,317,386 .
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year in connection with the registrant’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held June 6, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC

Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS

	
				
 	 	 	Page	
Part I	Item 1.	Business	3	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	15	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 2.	Properties	15	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	17	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	20	
 	 	 	 	
Part II	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	20	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	23	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	24	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk	45	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	48	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	48	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 9B.	Other Information	49	
 	 	 	 	
Part III	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	50	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 11.	Executive Compensation	50	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	50	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	50	
 	 	 	 	
 	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	50	
 	 	 	 	
Part IV	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	51	
 	 	 	 	
 	Signatures	 	62	

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements may relate to such matters as projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share or debt repurchases or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, including those relating to any statements concerning expected development, performance or market share relating to our products and services; any statements regarding future economic conditions or our performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims or disputes, including those relating to the Internal Revenue Service audit of our consolidated subsidiaries' tax filings; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. While we believe that our assumptions, expectations and projections are reasonable in view of the currently available information, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. You are advised to review any further disclosures we make on related subjects in materials we file with or furnish to the SEC. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are not guarantees of future performance. They are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties - many of which are beyond our control - as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions, that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.
Factors that might affect our forward-looking statements include, among other things:

•	overall economic, political and business conditions in the markets in which we operate;	
		
•	the demand for our products and services;	
		
•	competitive factors in the industries in which we compete;	
		
•	changes in tax requirements (including tax rate changes, new tax laws and revised tax law interpretations);	
		
•	the outcome of any litigation, governmental investigations or proceedings;	
		
•	the outcome of any income tax audits or settlements;	
		
•	interest rate fluctuations and other changes in borrowing costs;	
		
•	other capital market conditions, including availability of funding sources and currency exchange rate fluctuations;	
		
•	availability of and fluctuations in the prices of key commodities and the impact of higher energy prices;	
		
•	the ability to achieve cost savings in connection with our productivity programs;	
		
•	potential further impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and/or our long-lived assets;	
		
•	the possible effects on us of future legislation in the U.S. that may limit or eliminate potential U.S. tax benefits resulting from our incorporation in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, such as Ireland, or deny U.S. government contracts to us based upon our incorporation in such non-U.S. jurisdiction; and	
		
•	our ability to complete the proposed spin-off of our commercial and residential security businesses and fully realize the expected benefits of such transaction.	
Some of the significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections are described more fully in Item 1A “Risk Factors.” You should read that information in conjunction with “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Item 8 of this report. We note such information for investors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

2

Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.        BUSINESS
Overview
Ingersoll-Rand plc (IR-Ireland), an Irish public limited company, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, we, our, the Company) is a diversified, global company that provides products, services and solutions to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings, transport and protect food and perishables, secure homes and commercial properties, and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. Our business segments consist of Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies, each with strong brands and leading positions within their respective markets. We generate revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sale and service of a diverse portfolio of industrial and commercial products that include well-recognized, premium brand names such as Club Car ® , Ingersoll-Rand ® , Schlage ® , Thermo King ® and Trane ® .
To achieve our mission of being a world leader in creating safe, comfortable and efficient environments, we continue to focus on increasing our recurring revenue stream from parts, service, used equipment and rentals; and to continuously improve the efficiencies and capabilities of the products and services of our businesses. We also continue to focus on operational excellence strategies as a central theme to improving our earnings and cash flows.
Proposed Spin-Off Transaction
In December 2012, our Board of Directors announced a plan to spin off our commercial and residential security businesses (the New Security Company). The separation will result in two standalone companies: Ingersoll Rand; and the New Security Company, a leading global provider of electronic and mechanical security products and services, delivering comprehensive solutions to commercial and residential customers. This new company’s portfolio of brands will include Schlage, LCN ® , Von Duprin ® , Interflex ® , CISA ® , Briton ® , Bricard ® , BOCOM ® Systems, Dexter ® , Kryptonite ® , Falcon ® and Fusion ® Hardware Group.
We expect the spin-off, which is intended to be tax free to shareholders, to be completed prior to year-end 2013. However, the completion of the spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals, receipt of a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service as to the tax-free nature of the spin-off, as well as certain other matters relating to the spin-off, receipt of legal opinions, execution of intercompany agreements, effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Upon completion of the spin-off, IR-Ireland will cease to have any ownership interest in the New Security Company, and the New Security Company will become an independent publicly traded company. The New Security Company is anticipated to be an Irish public limited company (plc).
Recent Divestitures
Divested Operations
On September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011, we completed transactions to sell our Hussmann refrigerated display case business to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).  These transactions included the equipment business and certain of the service branches in the U.S. and Canada, and the equipment, service and installation businesses in Mexico, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan (Hussmann Business) and the remaining North American Hussmann service and installation branches (Hussmann Branches). We negotiated the final terms of the transaction to include our ownership of a portion of the common stock of Hussmann Parent, which represents significant continuing involvement. Therefore, the results of Hussmann are included in continuing operations for all periods presented, with our ownership interest reported using the equity method of accounting subsequent to September 30, 2011. See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our divested operations.
Discontinued Operations
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.

On December 30, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.

3

Table of Contents

On October 4, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.
See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our discontinued operations.
Business Segments
Our business segments provide products, services and solutions used to increase the efficiency and productivity of both industrial and commercial operations and homes, as well as improve the security, safety, health and comfort of people around the world.
Our business segments are as follows:
Climate Solutions
Our Climate Solutions segment delivers energy-efficient refrigeration and HVAC throughout the world. Encompassing the transport refrigeration markets as well as the commercial HVAC markets, this segment offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions to manage controlled temperature environments. This segment, which had 2012 net revenues of $ 7.4 billion , includes the market-leading brands of Thermo King and Trane.
Residential Solutions
Our Residential Solutions segment provides safety, comfort and efficiency to homeowners throughout North America and parts of South America. It offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions including mechanical and electronic locks, energy-efficient HVAC systems, indoor air quality solutions, advanced controls, portable security systems and remote home management. This segment, which had 2012 net revenues of $ 2.1 billion , is comprised of well-known brands like American Standard ® , Schlage and Trane.
Industrial Technologies
Our Industrial Technologies segment provides products, services and solutions that improve productivity, energy efficiency, safety, and operations.  It offers global customers a diverse and innovative range of products including compressed air systems, power tools, pumps, material handling equipment, and golf, utility, and rough terrain vehicles.  It also provides a range of service offerings including preventative maintenance and comprehensive care multi-year contracts, service parts, installation, remanufactured compressors and tools, and solutions to optimize customers' energy and total production costs.  This segment, which had 2012 net revenues of $ 2.9 billion , includes the Ingersoll-Rand, Club Car, and ARO ® market-leading brands.
Security Technologies
Our Security Technologies segment is a leading global provider of products and services that make environments safe, secure and productive. The segment’s market-leading products include electronic and biometric access control systems and software, locks and locksets, door closers, exit devices, steel doors and frames, as well as time, attendance and personnel scheduling systems. These products serve a wide range of markets including the commercial construction market, healthcare, retail, and transport industries as well as educational and governmental facilities. This segment, which had 2012 net revenues of $ 1.6 billion , includes the CISA, LCN, Schlage and Von Duprin market-leading brands.

4

Table of Contents

Products and Services
Our principal products and services by business segment include the following:

			
Climate Solutions	
Aftermarket parts and service	  	Energy management services	
Air cleaners	  	Facility management services	
Air conditioners	  	Furnaces	
Air exchangers	  	Gensets	
Air handlers	  	Heat pumps	
Airside and terminal devices	 	Humidifiers	
Auxiliary idle reduction	  	Installation contracting	
Auxiliary temperature management	  	Package heating and cooling systems	
Building management systems	  	Performance contracting	
Bus and rail HVAC systems	  	Repair Services	
Chillers	  	Service Agreements	
Coils and condensers	  	Temporary heating and cooling systems	
Container refrigeration equipment	  	Thermostats/controls	
Control systems	 	Trailer refrigeration equipment	
Cryogenic refrigeration systems	  	Unitary systems	
Diesel-powered refrigeration systems	  	Vehicle-powered truck refrigeration systems	

			
Residential Solutions	
Air cleaners	  	Furnaces	
Air conditioners	  	Heat pumps	
Air exchangers	  	Humidifiers	
Air handlers	  	Package heating and cooling systems	
Door locks, latches and locksets	  	Portable security products	
Electrical security products	  	Thermostats/controls	
Electronic access-control systems	  	Unitary systems	

			
Industrial Technologies	
Air compressors (centrifugal, reciprocating, and rotary)	 	Hoists (air, electric, and manual)	
Aftermarket parts and accessories	 	Motion control components	
Airends	 	Power tools (air, cordless, and electric)	
Blowers	  	Precision fastening systems	
Dryers	 	Pumps (diaphragm and piston)	
Engine starting systems	  	Rough terrain (AWD) vehicles	
Ergonomic material handling systems	  	Service contracts and programs	
Filters	 	Utility and low-speed vehicles	
Fluid handling systems	 	Visage® mobile golf information systems	
Golf vehicles	 	Winches (air, electric, and hydraulic)	

			
Security Technologies	
Biometric access control systems	  	Electrical security products	
Door closers and controls	  	Electronic access-control systems	
Door locks, latches and locksets	  	Exit devices	
Doors and door frames (steel)	  	Time, attendance, and personnel scheduling systems	
These products are sold primarily under our name and under other names including American Standard, ARO, CISA, Club Car, LCN, Schlage, Thermo King, Von Duprin and Trane.

5

Table of Contents

Competitive Conditions
Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets throughout the world. Due to the diversity of these products and services and the variety of markets served, we encounter a wide variety of competitors that vary by product line and services. They include well-established regional or specialized competitors, as well as larger U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or divisions of larger companies.
The principal methods of competition in these markets relate to price, quality, delivery, service and support, technology and innovation. We believe that we are one of the leading manufacturers in the world of HVAC systems and services, air compression systems, transport temperature control products, air tools, and golf and utility vehicles. In addition, we believe we are a leading supplier in U.S. markets for architectural hardware products, mechanical locks and electronic and biometric access-control technologies.
Distribution
Our products are distributed by a number of methods, which we believe are appropriate to the type of product. U.S. sales are made through branch sales offices and through distributors, dealers and large retailers across the country. Non-U.S. sales are made through numerous subsidiary sales and service companies with a supporting chain of distributors throughout the world.
Customers
We have no customer that accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues in 2012 , 2011 or 2010 . No material part of our business is dependent upon a single customer or a small group of customers; therefore, the loss of any one customer would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows.
Raw Materials
We manufacture many of the components included in our products, which requires us to employ a wide variety of commodities. Principal commodities, such as steel, copper and aluminum, are purchased from a large number of independent sources around the world. In the past, higher prices for some commodities, particularly steel and non-ferrous metals, have caused pricing pressures in some of our businesses; we have historically been able to pass certain of these cost increases on to customers in the form of price increases.
We believe that available sources of supply will generally be sufficient for the foreseeable future. There have been no commodity shortages which have had a material adverse effect on our businesses. However, significant changes in certain material costs may have an adverse impact on our costs and operating margins. To mitigate this potential impact, we enter into long-term supply contracts in order to manage our exposure to potential supply disruptions.
Working Capital
We manufacture products that usually must be readily available to meet our customers’ rapid delivery requirements. Therefore, we maintain an adequate level of working capital to support our business needs and our customers’ requirements. Such working capital requirements are not, however, in the opinion of management, materially different from those experienced by our major competitors. We believe our sales and payment terms are competitive in and appropriate for the markets in which we compete.
Seasonality
Demand for certain segments of our products and services is influenced by weather conditions. For instance, Trane's sales have historically tended to be seasonally higher in the second and third quarters of the year because, in the U.S. and other northern hemisphere markets, summer is the peak season for sales of air conditioning systems and services. Therefore, results of any quarterly period may not be indicative of expected results for a full year and unexpected cool trends or unseasonably warm trends during the summer season could negatively or positively affect certain segments of our business and impact overall results of operations.
Research and Development
We engage in research and development activities in an effort to introduce new products, enhance existing product effectiveness, increase safety, improve ease of use and reliability as well as expand the various applications for which our products may be appropriate. In addition, we continually evaluate developing technologies in areas that we believe will enhance our business for possible investment or acquisition. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development activities as we look to maintain and improve our competitive position. Research and development expenditures were approximately $ 273.6 million in 2012 , $ 257.3 million in 2011 and $ 244.0 million in 2010 .

6

Table of Contents

Patents and Licenses
We own numerous patents and patent applications, and are licensed under others. Although in aggregate we consider our patents and licenses to be valuable to our operations, we do not believe that our business is materially dependent on a single patent or license or any group of them. In our opinion, engineering, production skills and experience are more responsible for our market position than our patents and/or licenses.
Operations by Geographic Area
More than 40% of our 2012 net revenues were derived outside the U.S. and we sold products in more than 100 countries. Therefore, the attendant risks of manufacturing or selling in a particular country, such as nationalization and establishment of common markets, may have an adverse impact on our non-U.S. operations. For a discussion of risks associated with our non-U.S. operations, see “Risk Factors – Our global operations subject us to economic risks,” and “Risk Factors – Currency exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results,” in Item 1A and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” in Item 7A.
Backlog
Our approximate backlog of orders, believed to be firm, at December 31 , was as follows:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Climate Solutions	 	$	1,444.6		 	$	1,395.8		
Residential Solutions	 	49.1		 	42.8		
Industrial Technologies	 	481.1		 	489.5		
Security Technologies	 	159.6		 	135.1		
Total	 	$	2,134.4		 	$	2,063.2		
These backlog figures are based on orders received. While the major portion of our products are built in advance of order and either shipped or assembled from stock, orders for specialized machinery or specific customer application are submitted with extensive lead times and are often subject to revision, deferral, cancellation or termination. We expect to ship substantially all the December 31, 2012 backlog during 2013 .
Environmental Matters
We continue to be dedicated to an environmental program intended to reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials during the manufacturing process as well as to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, we are currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former manufacturing facilities.
We are sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and have received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state authorities. We have been also identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. For all such sites, there are other PRPs and, in most instances, our involvement is minimal.
In estimating our liability, we have assumed that we will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.
We incurred $ 4.5 million , $ 3.1 million , and $1.0 million of expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively, for environmental remediation at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by us. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , we have recorded reserves for environmental matters of $ 65.9 million and $ 70.9 million , respectively. Of these amounts $ 47.3 million and $ 51.3 million , respectively, relate to remediation of sites previously disposed by us. Our total current environmental reserve at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 22.2 million and $ 26.1 million , respectively. Given the evolving nature of environmental laws, regulations and technology, the ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.
For a further discussion of our potential environmental liabilities, see also Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Environmental and Asbestos Matters as well as Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

7

Table of Contents

Asbestos Matters
Certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries are named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in U.S. state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims have been filed against either Ingersoll-Rand Company (IR-New Jersey) or Trane U.S. Inc. (Trane) and generally allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products sold by IR-New Jersey or Trane, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake shoes. Neither IR-New Jersey nor Trane was a producer or manufacturer of asbestos, however, some formerly manufactured products utilized asbestos-containing components such as gaskets and packings purchased from third-party suppliers.
We incurred net costs after insurance recoveries of $4.4 million , $10.1 million , and $18.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , respectively, related to the settlement and defense of asbestos-related claims. Our total liability for asbestos-related matters and our total asset for probable asbestos-related insurance recoveries were $879.5 million and $320.3 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2012 and $938.3 million and $322.4 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2011 . Our total current liability for asbestos-related matters and our total current asset for probable asbestos-related insurance recoveries was $69.1 million and $22.5 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2012 and $69.7 million and $23.5 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2011 .
See also the discussion under Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, and Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Environmental and Asbestos Matters as well as further detail in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Employees
As of December 31, 2012 , we employed approximately 49,000 people throughout the world.
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that are filed by us at http://www.sec.gov.
In addition, this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to all of the foregoing reports, are made available free of charge on our Internet website (http://www.ingersollrand.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Board of Directors of the Company has also adopted and posted in the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website our Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for each of the Board’s standing committees. The contents of the Company’s website are not incorporated by reference in this report.
Certifications
New York Stock Exchange Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the Annual CEO Certification as the Company’s compliance with the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing standards required by Section 303A.12 of the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certification
The certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A .     RISK FACTORS
Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to a number of risks that could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks set forth below are those we consider most significant. We face other risks, however, that we do not currently perceive to be material but could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from our expectations. You should evaluate all risks before you invest in our securities. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely impacted. In that case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

8

Table of Contents

Our global operations subject us to economic risks.
Our global operations are dependent upon products manufactured, purchased and sold in the U.S. and internationally, including Europe, China, Brazil, Venezuela, Africa, India and Turkey. These activities are subject to risks that are inherent in operating globally, including:

•	changes in local laws and regulations or imposition of currency restrictions and other restraints;	

•	limitation of ownership rights, including expropriation of assets by a local government, and limitation on the ability to repatriate earnings;	

•	sovereign debt crisis and currency instability in developed and developing countries;	

•	imposition of burdensome tariffs and quotas;	

•	difficulty in staffing and managing global operations;	

•	difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets through non-U.S. legal systems;	

•	national and international conflict, including war, civil disturbances and terrorist acts; and	

•	economic downturns and social and political instability.	
These risks could increase our cost of doing business internationally, increase our counterparty risk, disrupt our operations, disrupt the ability of suppliers and customers to fulfill their obligations, limit our ability to sell products in certain markets and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Our growth is dependent, in part, on the development, commercialization and acceptance of new products and services.
We must develop and commercialize new products and services in order to remain competitive in our current and future markets and in order to continue to grow our business. The development and commercialization of new products and services require a significant investment of resources. We cannot provide any assurance that any new product or service will be successfully commercialized in a timely manner, if ever, or, if commercialized, will result in returns greater than our investment. Investment in a product or service could divert our attention and resources from other projects that become more commercially viable in the market. We also cannot provide any assurance that any new product or service will be accepted by the market. Failure to develop new products and services that are accepted by the market could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
The capital and credit markets are important to our business.
Instability in U.S. and global capital and credit markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate volatility, or reductions in the credit ratings assigned to us by independent rating agencies could reduce our access to capital markets or increase the cost of funding our short and long term credit requirements. In particular, if we are unable to access capital and credit markets on terms that are acceptable to us, we may not be able to make certain investments or fully execute our business plans and strategy, including our new $2 billion share repurchase program and our commitment to refinance our short-term debt maturities and raise additional borrowings.
Our suppliers and customers are also dependent upon the capital and credit markets. Limitations on the ability of customers, suppliers or financial counterparties to access credit could lead to insolvencies of key suppliers and customers, limit or prevent customers from obtaining credit to finance purchases of our products and services and cause delays in the delivery of key products from suppliers.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results.
We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in currency exchange rates. See Part II Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.
More than 40% of our 2012 net revenues were derived outside the U.S., and we expect sales to non-U.S. customers to continue to represent a significant portion of our consolidated net revenues. Although we enter into currency exchange contracts to reduce our risk related to currency exchange fluctuations, changes in the relative values of currencies occur from time to time may, in some instances, have a material impact on our results of operations. Because we do not hedge against all of our currency exposure, our business will continue to be susceptible to currency fluctuations.
We also translate assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies into U.S. dollars for our consolidated financial statements based on the applicable exchange rates. Consequently, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies could have a material impact on the value of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency.

9

Table of Contents

Material adverse legal judgments, fines, penalties or settlements could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
We are currently and may in the future become involved in legal proceedings and disputes incidental to the operation of our business. Our business may be adversely affected by the outcome of these proceedings and other contingencies (including, without limitation, asbestos-related matters) that cannot be predicted with certainty. As required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, we establish reserves based on our assessment of contingencies. Subsequent developments in legal proceedings and other contingencies may affect our assessment and estimates of the loss contingency recorded as a reserve and we may be required to make additional material payments, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Our reputation, ability to do business and results of operations could be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business partners.
We are subject to regulation under a wide variety of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including laws related to anti-corruption, export and import compliance, anti-trust and money laundering, due to our global operations. We cannot provide assurance our internal controls will always protect us from the improper conduct of our employees, agents and business partners. Any improper conduct could damage our reputation and subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, equitable remedies (including profit disgorgement and injunctions on future conduct), securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the market value of our stock.
We may be subject to risks relating to our information technology systems.
We rely extensively on information technology systems to manage and operate our business. We are also investing in new information technology systems that are designed to continue improving our operations. If these systems cease to function properly or if these systems do not provide the anticipated benefits, our ability to manage our operations could be impaired which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
We currently rely on a single vendor for substantially all of our global information technology infrastructure and its failure to provide effective support for such infrastructure could negatively impact our business and financial results.
We have outsourced substantially all of our global information technology infrastructure to a third-party service provider in order to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. The service provider has initiated arbitration proceedings against us regarding the terms, nature and performance of the information technology services agreement. If the service provider does not perform or does not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the expected efficiencies and may have to incur additional costs to address failures in providing service by the service provider. Depending on the function involved, such non-performance, failure to perform effectively or failures of service may lead to business disruptions, processing inefficiencies or security breaches. Such disruptions, inefficiencies or breaches could negatively impact our business operations, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Our information technology infrastructure is important to our business and data security breaches or disruptions of such infrastructure could negatively impact our business and financial results.
Our information technology infrastructure is subject to cyber attacks and unauthorized security intrusions. Despite instituting security policies and business continuity plans, our systems and networks may be vulnerable to system damage, malicious attacks from hackers, employee errors or misconduct, viruses, power and utility outages, and other catastrophic events that could cause significant harm to our business by negatively impacting our business operations, compromising the security of our proprietary information and exposing us to litigation that could adversely affect our reputation. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Commodity shortages and price increases and higher energy prices could adversely affect our financial results.
We rely on suppliers to secure commodities, particularly steel and non-ferrous metals, required for the manufacture of our products. A disruption in deliveries from our suppliers or decreased availability of commodities could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers or increase our operating costs. We believe that available sources of supply will generally be sufficient for our needs for the foreseeable future. Nonetheless, the unavailability of some commodities could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
Volatility in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of our products and services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers and this could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. We do not currently use financial derivatives to hedge against this volatility. While we use fixed price contracts to mitigate this exposure, we expect any future hedging activity to seek to minimize near-term volatility of the commodity prices which would not protect us from long-term commodity price increases.

10

Table of Contents

Additionally, we are exposed to large fluctuations in the price of petroleum-based fuel due to the instability of current market prices. Higher energy costs increase our operating costs and the cost of shipping our products, and supplying services, to customers around the world. Consequently, sharp price increases, the imposition of taxes or an interruption of supply, could cause us to lose the ability to effectively manage the risk of rising fuel prices and may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.
Our operational excellence efforts may not achieve the improvements we expect.
We utilize a number of tools, such as Lean Six Sigma, to improve operational efficiency and productivity. Implementation of new processes to our operations could cause disruptions and there is no assurance that all of our planned operational excellence projects will be fully implemented or, if implemented, will realize the expected improvements.
We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.
At December 31, 2012 , the net carrying value of our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets totaled $ 6.1 billion and $ 2.6 billion , respectively. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess these assets to determine if they are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may result in recognition of impairments to goodwill or other indefinite-lived assets. Any charges relating to such impairments could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in the periods recognized.
Changes in weather patterns and seasonal fluctuations may adversely affect certain segments of the Company's business and impact overall results of operations.
Demand for certain segments of the Company's products and services is influenced by weather conditions. For instance, Trane's sales have historically tended to be seasonally higher in the second and third quarters of the year because, in the U.S. and other northern hemisphere markets, summer is the peak season for sales of air conditioning systems and services. Therefore, results of any quarterly period may not be indicative of expected results for a full year and unexpected cool trends or unseasonably warm trends during the summer season could negatively or positively affect certain segments of the Company's business and impact overall results of operations.
Continued weakness in the commercial and residential construction markets may adversely impact our results of operations and cash flow.
Our commercial and residential HVAC and security businesses, which collectively represent 66% of our net revenues, provide products and services to a wide range of markets, including significant sales to the commercial and residential construction markets. Weakness in either or both of these construction markets may negatively impact the demand for our products and services. Decrease in the demand for our products and services could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flow.
Our operations are subject to regulatory risks.
Our U.S. and non-U.S. operations are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety. We have made, and will be required to continue to make, significant expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations. Changes in current laws and regulations could require us to increase our compliance expenditures, cause us to significantly alter or discontinue offering existing products and services or cause us to develop new products and services. Altering current products and services or developing new products and services to comply with changes in the applicable laws and regulations could require significant research and development investments, increase the cost of providing the products and services and adversely affect the demand for our products and services. In addition, our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could lead to significant penalties, fines or other sanctions. If we are unable to effectively respond to changes to applicable laws and regulations or comply with existing and future laws and regulations, our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.
If the distribution of WABCO's shares by Trane on July 31, 2007 were to fail to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), then Trane may be required to pay U.S. federal income taxes.
Trane received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) substantially to the effect that the distribution of WABCO shares to its shareholders qualified as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 of the Code. Trane also received an opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, LLP, at the time of the distribution, as to the tax-free nature of the transaction. Moreover, in connection with our subsequent acquisition of Trane, we received an opinion of Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett LLP, substantially to the effect that the distribution should continue to qualify as tax-free to Trane, WABCO and Trane shareholders under Section 355 and related provisions of the Code.  The ruling and opinions were based on, among other things, certain assumptions as well as on the accuracy of certain factual representations and statements made by the Company, WABCO and Trane. In rendering its ruling, the IRS also relied on certain covenants that Trane and WABCO entered into, including the adherence to certain restrictions on WABCO's and Trane's future actions.

11

Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the private letter ruling or the opinions of counsel, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not later assert that the distribution should be treated as a taxable transaction. If the WABCO distribution is determined to be taxable, we would recognize a gain in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of WABCO's common stock distributed to the Trane shareholders over (ii) Trane's tax basis in such common stock. We have a Tax Sharing Agreement with WABCO under which WABCO would be responsible for all taxes imposed on Trane as a result of the distribution except where taxes are imposed as a result of actions taken after the distribution by Trane or any of its subsidiaries or shareholders. If WABCO was unable to satisfy its obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement or if Trane was unable to rely on the Tax Sharing Agreement for any reason, any potential liability arising from the distribution of WABCO's shares by Trane could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Proposed Spin-off
The proposed spin-off of our commercial and residential security businesses is contingent upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions, may require significant time and attention of our management and may have an adverse effect on us even if not completed.
On December 10, 2012, we announced our plan to spin off our commercial and residential security businesses. The proposed spin-off is subject to various conditions, is complex in nature and may be affected by unanticipated developments or changes in market conditions. Completion of the spin-off will be contingent upon customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals, receipt of a ruling from the IRS as to the tax-free nature of the spin-off, as well as certain other matters relating to the spin-off, receipt of legal opinions, execution of intercompany agreements, effectiveness of appropriate filings with the SEC, and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. For these and other reasons, the spin-off transaction may not be completed as expected by the fourth calendar quarter of 2013, if at all.
Even if the spin-off is not completed, our ongoing businesses may be adversely affected and we will be subject to certain risks and consequences, including the following:

•	Execution of the proposed spin-off will require significant time and attention from management, which may distract management from the operation of our businesses and the execution of other initiatives that may have been beneficial to us.	

•	Our employees may also be distracted due to uncertainty about their future roles with each of the separate companies pending the completion of the spin-off.	

•	Some of our suppliers or customers may delay or defer decisions or may end their relationships with us or our commercial and residential security businesses, which could negatively affect revenues, earnings and cash flows of the Company and our commercial and residential security businesses.	

•	We will be required to pay certain costs and expenses relating to the spin-off, such as legal, accounting and other professional fees, whether or not it is completed.	

•	We may experience negative reactions from the financial markets if we fail to complete the spin-off.	
Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and trading price.
We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from the spin-off.
Although we believe that separating our commercial and residential security businesses by means of the spin-off will provide financial, operational, managerial and other benefits to us and our shareholders, the spin-off may not provide the results on the scope or on the scale we anticipate, and the assumed benefits of the spin-off may not be fully realized. Accordingly, the spin-off might not provide us and our shareholders benefits or value in excess of the benefits and value that might have been created or realized had we retained the commercial and residential security businesses or undertaken another strategic alternative involving such businesses.
If the proposed spin-off of our commercial and residential security businesses is completed, the trading price of our ordinary shares will decline and may experience greater volatility.
We expect the trading price of our ordinary shares immediately following the spin-off to be significantly lower than immediately prior to the spin-off because the trading price for our shares will no longer reflect the value of our commercial and residential security businesses. In addition, until the market has fully analyzed the Company's value without our commercial and residential security businesses, the price of our shares may experience greater volatility.
If the proposed spin-off is completed, our shares may not match some holders' investment strategies or meet minimum criteria for inclusion in stock market indices or portfolios, which could cause investors to sell their shares. Excessive selling pressure could cause the market price of our shares to decrease further following the completion of the proposed spin-off.

12

Table of Contents

Following the spin-off, the value of your ordinary shares in the Company and the commercial and residential security businesses may collectively trade at an aggregate price less than that at which the Company's ordinary shares might trade had the spin-off not occurred.
For a number of reasons, the ordinary shares of the Company and the commercial and residential security businesses that you may hold following the spin-off may collectively trade at a value significantly less than the price at which the Company's ordinary shares might have traded had the spin-off not occurred and we continued to own the commercial and residential security businesses. These reasons include the future performance of the Company and the commercial and residential security businesses as separate, independent companies, and the future shareholder base and market for the Company's ordinary shares and the shares of our commercial and residential security businesses and the prices at which these shares individually trade.
The proposed spin-off transaction could result in substantial tax liability
We will request a private letter ruling from the IRS substantially to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the spin-off and certain related transactions will qualify under Sections 355 and/or 368 of the Code. Our receipt of the private letter ruling will be a condition to the completion of the spin-off. If the factual assumptions or representations made in the private letter ruling request are inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, then we will not be able to rely on the ruling. Furthermore, the IRS will not rule on whether a distribution such as the spin-off satisfies certain requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code. Rather, the private letter ruling will be based on representations by us that those requirements have been satisfied, and any inaccuracy in those representations could invalidate the ruling. The spin-off will also be conditioned on our receipt of one or more opinions of outside advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to us, substantially to the effect that, certain requirements, including requirements that the IRS will not rule on, necessary to obtain tax free treatment have been satisfied such that the spin-off and certain related transactions should qualify under Sections 355, 368 and other provisions of the Code. The opinion(s) will rely on, among other things, the continuing validity of the private letter ruling and various assumptions and representations as to factual matters made by each of the commercial and residential security businesses and us which, if inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, would jeopardize the conclusions reached by such advisors in their opinion(s). The opinion(s) will not be binding on the IRS or the courts, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or the courts will not challenge the conclusions stated in the opinion(s) or that any such challenge would not prevail.
If, notwithstanding receipt of the private letter ruling and opinion(s), the spin-off were determined to be a taxable transaction, each U.S. holder of our ordinary shares who receives shares of the commercial and residential security businesses in the spin-off would generally be treated as receiving a taxable distribution of property in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of the new security company received. That distribution would be taxable as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.  Any amount that exceeded our earnings and profits would be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the applicable shareholder's tax basis in our ordinary shares with any remaining amount being taxed as a capital gain. In addition, notwithstanding receipt of the private letter ruling and opinion(s), if the spin-off were determined to be a taxable transaction and/or certain related internal transactions were to fail to qualify for tax-free treatment, we could incur a substantial tax liability, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Relating to Our Past Reorganizations
We effected a corporate reorganization in December 2001 to become a Bermuda company (the Bermuda Reorganization) and a subsequent corporate reorganization in July 2009 to become an Irish public limited company. These reorganizations exposed us and our shareholders to the risks described below. In addition, we cannot be assured that all of the anticipated benefits of the reorganizations will be realized.
Changes in tax laws, regulations or treaties, changes in our status under U.S. or non-U.S. tax laws or adverse determinations by taxing authorities could increase our tax burden or otherwise affect our financial condition or operating results, as well as subject our shareholders to additional taxes.
The realization of any tax benefit related to our reorganizations could be impacted by changes in tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by the U.S. tax authorities or non-U.S. tax authorities. From time to time, proposals have been made and/or legislation has been introduced to change the tax laws of various jurisdictions or limit tax treaty benefits that if enacted could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For instance, recent U.S. legislative proposals would broaden the circumstances under which we would be considered a U.S. resident for U.S. tax purposes, which would significantly diminish the realization of any tax benefit related to our reorganizations. There are other recent U.S. legislative proposals that could modify or eliminate the tax deductibility of various currently deductible payments, which could materially and adversely affect our effective tax rate and cash tax position. Moreover, other U.S. legislative proposals could have a material adverse impact on us by overriding certain tax treaties and limiting the treaty benefits on certain payments by our U.S. subsidiaries to our non-U.S. affiliates, which could increase our tax liability. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific legislation in any jurisdiction.

13

Table of Contents

While we monitor proposals that would materially impact our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and investigate our options, we could still be subject to increased taxation on a going forward basis no matter what action we undertake if certain legislative proposals are enacted, certain tax treaties are amended and/or our interpretation of applicable tax law is challenged and determined to be incorrect. In particular, any changes and/or differing interpretations of applicable tax law that have the effect of disregarding the Ireland Reorganization, limiting our ability to take advantage of tax treaties between jurisdictions, modifying or eliminating the deductibility of various currently deductible payments, or increasing the tax burden of operating or being resident in a particular country, could subject us to increased taxation.
While our U.S. operations are subject to U.S. tax, we believe that a significant portion of our non-U.S. operations are generally not subject to U.S. tax other than withholding taxes. The IRS or a court, however, may not concur with our conclusions including our determination that we, and a significant number of our foreign subsidiaries, are not currently controlled foreign corporations (CFC) within the meaning of the U.S. tax laws. A contrary determination, which could also arise through significant future acquisitions of our stock by U.S. persons, could also potentially cause U.S. holders (direct, indirect or constructive owners) of 10% or more of our stock (or the voting stock of our non-U.S. subsidiaries) to include in their gross income their pro rata share of certain of our and our non-U.S. subsidiary income for the period during which we (and our non-U.S. subsidiaries) were a CFC. In addition, gain (or a portion of such gain) realized on CFC shares sold by such shareholders may be treated as ordinary income depending on certain facts. Treatment of us or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries as a CFC could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
As described further in “Legal Proceedings”, we have received several notices from the IRS containing proposed adjustments to our tax filings in connection with an audit of the 2001-2002 tax years. The IRS has not contested the validity of our reincorporation in Bermuda in any of these notices. We have and intend to continue to vigorously contest these proposed adjustments.
Although the outcome of this matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based upon an analysis of the merits of our position, we believe that we are adequately reserved for this matter and do not expect that the ultimate resolution will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. As we move forward to resolve this matter with the IRS, the reserves established may be adjusted. Although we continue to contest the IRS's position, there can be no assurance that we will be successful. If the IRS's position with respect to 2002 is ultimately sustained it will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Although we expect them to do so, at this time the IRS has not yet proposed any similar adjustments for years subsequent to 2002 as the federal income tax audits for those years are still in process or have not yet begun. It is unclear how the IRS will apply their position to subsequent years or whether the IRS will take a similar position with respect to other intercompany debt instruments.
The inability to realize any anticipated tax benefits related to our reorganizations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Legislative and regulatory action could materially and adversely affect us.
The U.S. federal government and various states and municipalities have enacted or may enact legislation intended to deny government contracts to U.S. companies that reincorporate outside of the U.S. or have reincorporated outside of the U.S.
For instance, the Homeland Security Act of 2002, as amended, includes a provision that prohibits “inverted domestic corporations” and their subsidiaries from entering into contracts with the Department of Homeland Security. In addition, the State of California adopted legislation intended to limit the eligibility of certain non-U.S. chartered companies to participate in certain state contracts. More recently, the 2008, 2009 and 2010 Consolidated Appropriations Acts prohibit any federal government agency from using funds appropriated by Congress for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 to pay an inverted domestic corporation or any of its subsidiaries for work performed or products provided under certain federal contracts (“Affected Contracts”). Although the amount of monies already paid to us or to be paid to us under the Affected Contracts is not material to the Company, we cannot provide any assurance that the impact of future actions taken by the government in this area will not be materially adverse to our operations.
In addition, there continues to be negative publicity regarding, and criticism of, companies that conduct business in the United States and in other countries but have changed their place of incorporation to another country.
Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities.
The United States currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As such, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on U.S. federal or state civil liability laws, including the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws, or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws.
As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the

14

Table of Contents

company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States.
In addition, Irish law allows shareholders to authorize share capital which then can be issued by a board of directors without shareholder approval. Also, subject to specified exceptions, Irish law grants statutory pre-emptive rights to existing shareholders to subscribe for new issuances of shares for cash, but allows shareholders to authorize the waiver of the statutory pre-emptive rights with respect to any particular allotment of shares. These authorizations must be renewed by the shareholders every five years and we cannot guarantee that these authorizations will always be approved.
Dividends received by our shareholders may be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax.
In certain circumstances, we are required to deduct Irish dividend withholding tax (currently at the rate of 20%) from dividends paid to our shareholders. In the majority of cases, shareholders resident in the United States will not be subject to Irish withholding tax, and shareholders resident in a number of other countries will not be subject to Irish withholding tax provided that they complete certain Irish dividend withholding tax forms. However, some shareholders may be subject to withholding tax, which could have an adverse impact on the price of our shares.
Dividends received by our shareholders could be subject to Irish income tax.
Dividends paid in respect of our shares will generally not be subject to Irish income tax where the beneficial owner of these dividends is exempt from dividend withholding tax, unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in IR-Ireland.
Our shareholders who receive their dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability to Irish income tax on the dividends unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in IR-Ireland.
Item 1B.      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
Item 2.      PROPERTIES
As of December 31, 2012 , we owned or leased a total of approximately 17 million square feet of space worldwide. Manufacturing and assembly operations are conducted in 63 plants across the world. We also maintain various warehouses, offices and repair centers throughout the world.
The majority of our plant facilities are owned by us with the remainder under long-term lease arrangements. We believe that our plants have been well maintained, are generally in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business.

15

Table of Contents

The locations by segment of our principal plant facilities at December 31, 2012 were as follows:

					
Climate Solutions	
Americas	 	Europe, Middle East, Africa	 	Asia Pacific	
Curitiba, Brazil	 	Kolin, Czech Republic	 	Zhong Shan, China	
Arecibo, Puerto Rico	 	Charmes, France	 	Taicang, China	
Fort Smith, Arkansas	 	Golbey, France	 	Penang, Malaysia	
Pueblo, Colorado	 	Galway, Ireland	 	Samuthprakarn, Thailand	
Lynn Haven, Florida	 	Barcelona, Spain	 	 	
Macon, Georgia	 	 	 	 	
Rushville, Indiana	 	 	 	 	
Lexington, Kentucky	 	 	 	 	
Minneapolis, Minnesota	 	 	 	 	
Hastings, Nebraska	 	 	 	 	
Columbia, South Carolina	 	 	 	 	
Clarksville, Tennessee	 	 	 	 	
Waco, Texas	 	 	 	 	
La Crosse, Wisconsin	 	 	 	 	

					
Residential Solutions	
Americas	 	Europe, Middle East, Africa	 	Asia Pacific	
Ensenada, Mexico	 	 	 	 	
Monterrey, Mexico	 	 	 	 	
Tecate, Mexico	 	 	 	 	
Tijuana, Mexico	 	 	 	 	
Fort Smith, Arkansas	 	 	 	 	
Vidalia, Georgia	 	 	 	 	
Trenton, New Jersey	 	 	 	 	
Tyler, Texas	 	 	 	 	

					
Industrial Technologies	
Americas	 	Europe, Middle East, Africa	 	Asia Pacific	
Dorval, Canada	 	Unicov, Czech Republic	 	Changzhou, China	
Augusta, Georgia	 	Douai, France	 	Guilin, China	
Campbellsville, Kentucky	 	Wasquehal, France	 	Nanjing, China	
Mocksville, North Carolina	 	Oberhausen, Germany	 	Wujiang, China	
Southern Pines, North Carolina	 	Fogliano Redipuglia, Italy	 	Ahmedabad, India	
West Chester, Pennsylvania	 	Vignate, Italy	 	Ghaziabad, India	
Seattle, Washington	 	Logatec, Slovenia	 	 	

16

Table of Contents

	
					
Security Technologies	
Americas	 	Europe, Middle East, Africa	 	Asia Pacific	
Security, Colorado	 	Sittingbourne, England	 	Shanghai, China	
Princeton, Illinois	 	Feuquieres, France	 	 	
Indianapolis, Indiana	 	Durchausen, Germany	 	 	
Cincinnati, Ohio	 	Renchen, Germany	 	 	
 	 	Faenza, Italy	 	 	
 	 	Monsampolo, Italy	 	 	
 	 	Duzce, Turkey	 	 	
Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of business, we are involved in a variety of lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, including commercial and contract disputes, employment matters, product liability claims, asbestos-related claims, environmental liabilities, intellectual property disputes, and tax-related matters. In our opinion, pending legal matters are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.
Tax Related Matters
In 2007, we received a notice from the IRS containing proposed adjustments to our tax filings in connection with an audit of the 2001 and 2002 tax years. The IRS did not contest the validity of our reincorporation in Bermuda. The most significant adjustments proposed by the IRS involve treating the entire intercompany debt incurred in connection with our reincorporation in Bermuda as equity. As a result of this recharacterization, the IRS disallowed the deduction of interest paid on the debt and imposed dividend withholding taxes on the payments denominated as interest. The IRS also asserted an alternative argument to be applied if the intercompany debt is respected as debt. In that circumstance, the IRS proposed to ignore the entities that hold the debt and to which the interest was paid, and impose 30% withholding tax on a portion of the interest payments as if they were made directly to a company that was not eligible for reduced U.S. withholding tax under a U.S. income tax treaty. The IRS asserted under this alternative theory that we owe additional taxes with respect to 2002 of approximately $ 84 million plus interest. We strongly disagreed with the view of the IRS and filed a protest with the IRS.
In 2010, we received an amended notice from the IRS eliminating its assertion that the intercompany debt incurred in connection with our reincorporation in Bermuda should be treated as equity. However, the IRS continues to assert the alternative position described above and proposes adjustments to our 2002 tax filings. If this alternative position is upheld, the Company would be required to record additional charges. In addition, the IRS also provided notice that it is assessing penalties of 30% on the asserted underpayment of tax described above.
We have and intend to continue to vigorously contest these proposed adjustments. We, in consultation with our outside advisors, carefully considered the form and substance of our intercompany financing arrangements, including the actions necessary to qualify for the benefits of the applicable U.S. income tax treaties. We believe that these financing arrangements are in accordance with the laws of the relevant jurisdictions including the U.S., that the entities involved should be respected and that the interest payments qualify for the U.S. income tax treaty benefits claimed.
Although the outcome of this matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based upon an analysis of the merits of our position, we believe that we have adequately reserved for this matter and do not expect that the ultimate resolution will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. As we move forward to resolve this matter with the IRS, the reserves established may be adjusted. Although we continue to contest the IRS's position, there can be no assurance that we will be successful. If the IRS's position with respect to 2002 is ultimately sustained it will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Although we expect them to do so, at this time the IRS has not yet proposed any similar adjustments for years subsequent to 2002 as the federal income tax audits for those years are still in process or have not yet begun. It is unclear how the IRS will apply their position to subsequent years or whether the IRS will take a similar position with respect to other intercompany debt instruments.
For a further discussion of tax matters, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Asbestos-Related Matters
Certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company are named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims have been filed against either IR-New Jersey or Trane U.S. Inc. (Trane) and generally allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products sold by IR-New Jersey or Trane, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake

17

Table of Contents

shoes. Neither IR-New Jersey nor Trane was a producer or manufacturer of asbestos, however, some formerly manufactured products utilized asbestos-containing components such as gaskets and packings purchased from third-party suppliers.
See also the discussion under Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Environmental and Asbestos Matters and also Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

18

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following is a list of executive officers of the Company as of February 14, 2013 .

					
Name and Age	  	Date of
Service as
an Executive
Officer	  	Principal Occupation and
Other Information for Past Five Years	
Michael W. Lamach (49)	  	2/16/2004	  	Chairman of the Board (since June 2010) and Chief Executive Officer and President (since February 2010); President and Chief Operating Officer (2009-2010); Senior Vice President and President, Trane Commercial Systems (2008-2009); Senior Vice President and President, Security Technologies (2004-2008)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Steven R. Shawley (60)	  	8/1/2005	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since June 2008); Senior Vice President and President, Climate Control Technologies (2005-2008)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Marcia J. Avedon (51)	  	2/7/2007	  	Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Communications (since February 2007)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Paul A. Camuti (51)	 	8/1/2011	 	Senior Vice President, Innovation and Chief Technology Officer (since August 2011); President, Smart Grid Applications, Siemens Energy, Inc. (an energy technology subsidiary of Siemens Corporation) (2010 -2011); President, Research Division, Siemens Corporation (a diversified global technology company) (2009 - 2010); President and Chief Executive Officer, Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. (the research subsidiary of Siemens Corporation) (2005 - 2009)	
 	  	 	  	 	
John W. Conover IV (58)	  	7/1/2009	  	Senior Vice President and President, Security Technologies (since July 2009); President, Trane Commercial Systems, Americas (2005-2009)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Robert L. Katz (50)	  	11/1/2010	  	Senior Vice President and General Counsel (since November 2010); Federal- Mogul Corporation (a global automotive supplier), Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary (2007-2010)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Gary S. Michel (50)	  	8/1/2011	 	Senior Vice President and President, Residential Solutions (since August 2011); President and Chief Executive Officer, Club Car (2007 - 2011)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Didier Teirlinck (56)	  	6/4/2008	  	Senior Vice President and President, Climate Solutions (since October 2009); President, Climate Control Technologies (since June 2008); President, Climate Control Europe (2005-2008)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Todd D. Wyman (45)	  	11/16/2009	  	Senior Vice President, Global Operations and Integrated Supply Chain (since November 2009); GE Transportation (a unit of General Electric Company), Vice President, Global Supply Chain (2007-2009)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Robert G. Zafari (54)	  	7/1/2010	  	Senior Vice President and President, Industrial Technologies (since July 2010); President, TCS and Climate Solutions EMEIA (2009-2010); President, Security Technologies ESA (2007-2008)	
 	  	 	  	 	
Richard J. Weller (56)	  	9/8/2008	  	Vice President and Controller (since September 2008); Vice President, Finance (2008); Vice President, Finance, Security Technologies Sector (2005-2008)	
No family relationship exists between any of the above-listed executive officers of the Company. All officers are elected to hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and qualified.

19

Table of Contents

Item 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.
PART II
 
Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Information regarding the principal market for our ordinary shares and related shareholder matters is as follows:
Our ordinary shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol IR. As of February 1, 2013 , the approximate number of record holders of ordinary shares was 4,359 . The high and low sales price per share and the dividend declared per share for the following periods were as follows:

	
													
 	 	Ordinary shares	
2012	 	High	 	Low	 	Dividend	
First quarter	 	$	41.98		 	$	31.24		 	$	—		
Second quarter	 	45.62		 	38.24		 	0.16		
Third quarter	 	47.71		 	39.21		 	0.16		
Fourth quarter *	 	50.03		 	43.85		 	0.37		
2011	 	High	 	Low	 	Dividend	
First quarter	 	$	49.07		 	$	43.97		 	$	0.07		
Second quarter	 	52.33		 	42.75		 	0.12		
Third quarter	 	47.22		 	26.13		 	0.12		
Fourth quarter **	 	34.18		 	26.48		 	0.28		
* In December 2012, we declared a dividend of $ 0.21 per ordinary share payable on March 28, 2013 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2013.
** In December 2011, we declared a dividend of $ 0.16 per ordinary share payable on March 30, 2012 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2012.
Future dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements and surplus, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant, as well as our ability to pay dividends in compliance with the Irish Companies Act. Under the Irish Companies Act, dividends and distributions may only be made from distributable reserves. Distributable reserves, broadly, means the accumulated realized profits of Ingersoll-Rand plc (IR-Ireland). In addition, no distribution or dividend may be made unless the net assets of IR-Ireland are equal to, or in excess of, the aggregate of IR-Ireland’s called up share capital plus undistributable reserves and the distribution does not reduce IR-Ireland’s net assets below such aggregate.
Information regarding equity compensation plans required to be disclosed pursuant to this Item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

20

Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to purchases by the Company of its ordinary shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 :

	
															
Period	 	Total number of shares purchased (000's) (a) (b)	 	Average price paid per share (a) (b)	 	Total number of shares purchased as part of program (000's) (a)	 	Approximate dollar value of shares still available to be purchased under the program ($000's) (a) (c)	
October 1 - October 31	 	3,802.5		 	$	45.33		 	3,802.1		 	$	296,251		
November 1 - November 30	 	3,362.6		 	46.82		 	3,362.6		 	138,808		
December 1 - December 31	 	2,804.4		 	48.15		 	2,802.6		 	3,875		
Total	 	9,969.5		 	$	46.63		 	9,967.3		 	 	
(a) On April 7, 2011, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $ 2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a share repurchase program. Based on market conditions, share repurchases will be made from time to time in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions at the discretion of management. The repurchase program does not have a prescribed expiration date.
(b) We may also reacquire shares outside of the repurchase program from time to time in connection with the surrender of shares to cover taxes on vesting of share based awards. In October and December, 369 and 1,910 shares, respectively, were reacquired in transactions outside the repurchase program.
(c) On December 10, 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $ 2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program upon completion of the current share repurchase program. Based on market conditions, share repurchases will be made from time to time in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions at the discretion of management. The repurchase program does not have a prescribed expiration date.

21

Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares with the cumulative total return on (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and (ii) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Industrial Index for the five years ended December 31, 2012 . The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our ordinary shares, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Industrial Index on December 31, 2007 and assumes the reinvestment of dividends.

	
							
Company/Index	2007	2008	2009	2010	2011	2012	
Ingersoll Rand	100	38	81	107	70	112	
S&P 500	100	63	80	92	94	109	
S&P 500 Industrials Index	100	60	73	92	92	106	

22

Table of Contents

Item 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
In millions, except per share amounts:

	
																					
At and for the years ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 	2009	 	2008	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	$	14,034.9		 	$	14,782.0		 	$	14,001.1		 	$	13,009.1		 	$	12,927.9		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	1,024.3		 	400.0		 	759.7		 	488.1		 	(2,527.6	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(5.7	)	 	(56.8	)	 	(117.5	)	 	(36.8	)	 	(97.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	18,492.9		 	18,844.1		 	19,990.9		 	19,991.0		 	20,924.5		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	 	3,233.0		 	3,642.6		 	3,683.9		 	4,096.6		 	5,124.1		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Ingersoll-Rand plc shareholders’ equity	 	7,147.8		 	6,924.3		 	7,964.3		 	7,071.8		 	6,661.4		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.37		 	$	1.23		 	$	2.34		 	$	1.52		 	$	(8.41	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.17	)	 	(0.36	)	 	(0.11	)	 	(0.32	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.30		 	$	1.18		 	$	2.24		 	$	1.48		 	$	(8.41	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.17	)	 	(0.35	)	 	(0.11	)	 	(0.32	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends declared per ordinary share	 	$	0.69		 	$	0.59		 	$	0.28		 	$	0.50		 	$	0.72		
		
1.	2008 amounts include the results of Trane subsequent to the acquisition date (June 5, 2008 through December 31, 2008).	
		
2.	2008 Earnings (loss) from continuing operations include an after-tax, non-cash asset impairment charge of $3.4 billion that was recognized in the fourth quarter.	
		
3.	2011 amounts represent the operating results of the Hussmann Business and Branches through their respective divestiture and transaction dates of September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011.	
		
4.	2011 Earnings (loss) from continuing operations include an after-tax loss on sale and impairment charges related to the Hussmann divestiture of $ 546 million .	
		
5.	2011 Dividends declared per ordinary share includes a dividend of $ 0.16 per ordinary share, declared in December 2011, and payable on March 30, 2012 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2012.	
		
6.	2012 Dividends declared per ordinary share includes a dividend of $ 0.21 per ordinary share, declared in December 2012, and payable on March 28, 2013 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2013.	

23

Table of Contents

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following section is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the notes thereto, which appears elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Overview
Organization
We are a diversified, global company that provides products, services and solutions to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings, transport and protect food and perishables, secure homes and commercial properties, and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. Our business segments consist of Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies, each with strong brands and leading positions within their respective markets. We generate revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sale and service of a diverse portfolio of industrial and commercial products that include well-recognized, premium brand names such as Club Car ® , Ingersoll-Rand ® , Schlage ® , Thermo King ® and Trane ® .
To achieve our mission of being a world leader in creating safe, comfortable and efficient environments, we continue to focus on increasing our recurring revenue stream from parts, service, used equipment and rentals; and to continuously improve the efficiencies and capabilities of the products and services of our businesses. We also continue to focus on operational excellence strategies as a central theme to improving our earnings and cash flows.
Trends and Economic Events
We are a global corporation with worldwide operations. As a global business, our operations are affected by worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic factors, as well as political factors, wherever we operate or do business. Our geographic and industry diversity, as well as the diversity of our product sales and services, has helped mitigate the impact of any one industry or the economy of any single country on our consolidated operating results.
Given the broad range of products manufactured and geographic markets served, management uses a variety of factors to predict the outlook for the Company. We monitor key competitors and customers in order to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future. In addition, our order rates are indicative of future revenue and thus a key measure of anticipated performance. In those industry segments where we are a capital equipment provider, revenues depend on the capital expenditure budgets and spending patterns of our customers, who may delay or accelerate purchases in reaction to changes in their businesses and in the economy.
Current market conditions, including challenges in international markets, continue to impact our financial results. The uneven commercial new construction activity in the United States and Europe is negatively impacting the results of our Security Technologies segment and commercial Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) business. However, we believe the commercial HVAC equipment replacement and aftermarket is slowly recovering. We have seen moderate growth in the American and Asian industrial markets, and the North American refrigerated transport market. While U.S. residential and consumer markets continue to be a challenge as new single-family housing construction and consumer confidence remain at low levels, we are beginning to see moderate improvements in the U.S. new builder and replacement markets. The residential HVAC business also continues to be impacted by a mix shift to units with a lower Seasonal Energy Efficiency Rating (SEER). As economic conditions stabilize, we expect slight revenue growth along with benefits from restructuring and productivity programs.
Despite the current market environment, we believe we have a solid foundation of global brands and leading market shares in all of our major product lines. Our growing geographic and industry diversity coupled with our large installed product base provides growth opportunities within our service, parts and replacement revenue streams. In addition, we are investing substantial resources to innovate and develop new products and services which we expect will drive our future growth.
Venezuela Devaluation
In February 2013, the government of Venezuela announced a devaluation of the Bolivar, from the preexisting exchange rate of 4.29 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar to 6.3 Bolivars to the U.S. dollar.  We have two subsidiaries with significant operations in Venezuela. As a result of the devaluation, we are estimating a foreign currency loss of approxima tely $10 million in th e first quarter of 2013. The February devaluation did not impact our 2012 results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. Further devaluation of the Bolivar could negatively impact our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. For additional information, see Part I, Item 1(a), “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

24

Table of Contents

Significant events in 2012
Proposed Spin-Off Transaction
In December 2012, our Board of Directors announced a plan to spin off our commercial and residential security businesses (the New Security Company). The separation will result in two standalone companies: Ingersoll Rand, a world leader in creating comfortable, sustainable and efficient environments through its industrial, transport refrigeration, and HVAC businesses; and the New Security Company, a leading global provider of electronic and mechanical security products and services, delivering comprehensive solutions to commercial and residential customers. This new company’s portfolio of brands will include Schlage, LCN ® , Von Duprin ® , Interflex ® , CISA ® , Briton ® , Bricard ® , BOCOM ® Systems, Dexter ® , Kryptonite ® , Falcon ® and Fusion ® Hardware Group.
We expect the spin-off, which is intended to be tax free to shareholders, to be completed prior to year-end 2013. However, the completion of the spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals, receipt of a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service as to the tax-free nature of the spin-off, as well as certain other matters relating to the spin-off, receipt of legal opinions, execution of intercompany agreements, effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Upon completion of the spin-off, Ingersoll-Rand plc (IR-Ireland) will cease to have any ownership interest in the New Security Company, and the New Security Company will become an independent publicly traded company. The New Security Company is anticipated to be an Irish public limited company (plc).
The disclosures within this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations do not take into account the proposed spin-off of the commercial and residential security businesses.
2012 Dividend Increase and 2013 Share Repurchase Program
In December 2012, we announced an increase in our quarterly stock dividend from $ 0.16 to $ 0.21 per share beginning with our March 2013 payment. The dividend is payable March 28, 2013, to shareholders of record on March 12, 2013.
In December 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $ 2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program upon completion of the current share repurchase program. The new share repurchase program is expected to begin in 2013. These repurchases will be accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary shares and Capital in excess of par value as they will be canceled upon repurchase.
2011 Share Repurchase Program
In April 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $ 2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program. On June 8, 2011, we commenced share repurchases under this program. During the year ended December 31, 2012 , we repurchased 18.4 million shares for approximately $ 0.8 billion , excluding commissions. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased 36.3 million shares for approximately $ 1.2 billion , excluding commissions. These repurchases were accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary shares and Capital in excess of par value as they were canceled upon repurchase.
Pension and Other Postretirement Plan Amendments
On June 8, 2012, our Board of Directors approved amendments to our retirement plans for certain U.S. and Puerto Rico non-bargained employees. Eligible non-bargained employees hired prior to July 1, 2012 were given a choice of remaining in their respective defined benefit plan until the plan freezes on December 31, 2022 or freezing their accrued benefits in their respective defined benefit plan as of December 31, 2012 and receiving an additional 2% non-matching Company contribution into the Company's applicable defined contribution plan. Eligible employees hired or rehired on or after July 1, 2012 will automatically receive the 2% non-matching Company contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan in lieu of participating in the defined benefit plan. Beginning January 1, 2023, all eligible employees will receive the 2% non-matching contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan.
On February 1, 2012, our Board of Directors approved amendments to our postretirement medical plan with respect to post-65 retiree medical coverage. Effective January 1, 2013, we discontinued offering company-sponsored retiree medical coverage for certain individuals age 65 and older. We transitioned affected individuals to coverage through the individual Medicare market and will provide a tax-advantaged subsidy to those retirees eligible for subsidized company coverage that can be used toward reimbursing premiums and other qualified medical expenses for individual Medicare supplemental coverage that is purchased through our third-party Medicare coordinator.
See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of these amendments.

25

Table of Contents

Significant events in 2011
Dividend Increase
In April 2011, we increased our quarterly stock dividend from $ 0.07 to $ 0.12 per share beginning with our June 2011 payment. In December 2011, we announced an increase in our quarterly stock dividend from $ 0.12 per share to $ 0.16 per share beginning with our March 2012 payment.
Discontinued Operations
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our discontinued operations.
Divested Operations
On September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011, we completed transactions to sell our Hussmann refrigerated display case business to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).    These transactions included the equipment business and certain of the service branches in the U.S. and Canada, and the equipment, service and installation businesses in Mexico, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan (Hussmann Business) and the remaining North American Hussmann service and installation branches (Hussmann Branches). We negotiated the final terms of the transaction to include our ownership of a portion of the common stock of Hussmann Parent, which represents significant continuing involvement. Therefore, the results of Hussmann are included in continuing operations for all periods presented, with our ownership interest reported using the equity method of accounting subsequent to September 30, 2011. See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our divested operations.
Significant events in 2010
Discontinued Operations
On December 30, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.
On October 4, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.
See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our discontinued operations.
Healthcare Reform
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Bill of 2010 (collectively, the Healthcare Reform Legislation) were signed into law. As a result, effective 2013, the tax benefits available to us are reduced to the extent our prescription drug expenses are reimbursed under the Medicare Part D retiree drug subsidy program. Although the provisions of the Healthcare Reform Legislation relating to the retiree drug subsidy program did not take effect until 2013, we were required to recognize the full accounting impact in our financial statements in the reporting period in which the Healthcare Reform Legislation was enacted. As retiree healthcare liabilities and related tax impacts were already reflected in our financial statements, the Healthcare Reform Legislation resulted in a non-cash charge to income tax expense in the first quarter of 2010 of $ 40.5 million .
Currently, our retiree medical plans receive the retiree drug subsidy under Medicare Part D. No later than 2014, a significant portion of the drug coverage will be moved to a Medicare-approved Employer Group Waiver Plan while retaining the same benefit provisions. This change resulted in an actuarial gain which decreased our December 31, 2010 retiree medical plan liability, as well as the net actuarial losses in other comprehensive income by $ 41.1 million .

26

Table of Contents

Results of Operations - For the years ended December 31

	
																			
Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data	 	2012	 	% of Revenues	 	2011	 	% of Revenues	 	2010	 	% of Revenues	
Net revenues	 	$	14,034.9		 	 	 	$	14,782.0		 	 	 	$	14,001.1		 	 	
Cost of goods sold	 	(9,758.2	)	 	69.5%	 	(10,493.6	)	 	71.0%	 	(10,059.9	)	 	71.9%	
Selling and administrative expenses	 	(2,776.0	)	 	19.8%	 	(2,781.2	)	 	18.8%	 	(2,679.8	)	 	19.1%	
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	 	4.5		 	—%	 	(646.9	)	 	4.4%	 	—		 	—%	
Operating income	 	1,505.2		 	10.7%	 	860.3		 	5.8%	 	1,261.4		 	9.0%	
Interest expense	 	(253.5	)	 	 	 	(280.0	)	 	 	 	(283.2	)	 	 	
Other, net	 	25.0		 	 	 	33.0		 	 	 	32.5		 	 	
Earnings before income taxes	 	1,276.7		 	 	 	613.3		 	 	 	1,010.7		 	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	(227.0	)	 	 	 	(187.2	)	 	 	 	(228.1	)	 	 	
Earnings from continuing operations	 	1,049.7		 	 	 	426.1		 	 	 	782.6		 	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	(5.7	)	 	 	 	(56.8	)	 	 	 	(117.5	)	 	 	
Net earnings	 	1,044.0		 	 	 	369.3		 	 	 	665.1		 	 	
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	(25.4	)	 	 	 	(26.1	)	 	 	 	(22.9	)	 	 	
Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	$	1,018.6		 	 	 	$	343.2		 	 	 	$	642.2		 	 	
Diluted net earnings (loss) per ordinary share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.30		 	 	 	$	1.18		 	 	 	$	2.24		 	 	
Discontinued operations	 	(0.02	)	 	 	 	(0.17	)	 	 	 	(0.35	)	 	 	
Net earnings	 	$	3.28		 	 	 	$	1.01		 	 	 	$	1.89		 	 	
Net Revenues
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 5.1% , or $ 747.1 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Pricing	1.6	 %	
Volume/product mix	0.3	 %	
Currency exchange rates	(1.5	)%	
Hussmann	(5.5	)%	
Total	(5.1	)%	
The decrease in revenues was primarily driven by the absence of Hussmann for the year ended December 31, 2012, which contributed $ 818.5 million of revenue in the same period in 2011. This decrease was partially offset by improved pricing across all segments and higher volumes within the Residential Solutions and Industrial Technologies business segments.

27

Table of Contents

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 5.6% , or $ 780.9 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

			
Volume/product mix	2.7	 %	
Pricing	2.7	 %	
Currency exchange rates	1.6	 %	
Acquisitions/divestitures	0.1	 %	
Hussmann *	(1.5	)%	
Total	5.6	 %	
* Represents the impact of a partial year of operations for the Hussmann Business and Branches in 2011.
The increase in revenues was primarily driven by higher volumes and product mix experienced within the Climate Solutions and Industrial Technologies business segments, as well as improved pricing and favorable foreign currency impacts across all segments.
Operating Income/Margin
Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased to 10.7% from 5.8% for the same period in 2011 . Included in Operating income for 2011 is a $ 646.9 million loss on sale/asset impairment charge related to the divestiture of Hussmann, which had a 4.4 point impact on 2011 operating margin. Excluding the loss on sale/asset impairment, operating margin increased by 0.5 points. The increase was primarily due to improved pricing in excess of material inflation and realization of productivity benefits in excess of other inflation across all sectors. These increases were partially offset by increased investment spending, lower volumes in our Climate Solutions and Security Technologies business segments, and unfavorable foreign currency impacts. Also included in Operating income for 2011 is a $ 23 million gain associated with the sale of assets from a restructured business in China. This gain had a 0.2 point impact on operating margin for 2011.

Operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased to 5.8% from 9.0% for the same period in 2010 . Included in Operating income for 2011 is a $ 646.9 million loss on sale/asset impairment charge related to the divestiture of Hussmann, which had a 4.4 point impact on 2011 operating margin. Excluding the loss on sale/asset impairment, operating margin increased by 1.2 points. The increase was primarily due to improved pricing in excess of material inflation across all sectors, the realization of productivity benefits in excess of other inflation, and higher volumes in our Climate Solutions and Industrial Technologies business segments. These improvements were partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix within our Residential Solutions and Security Technologies segments as well as increased investment spending. Also included in Operating income for 2011 is a $ 23 million gain associated with the sale of assets from a restructured business in China. This gain had a 0.2 point impact on operating margin for 2011.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $ 26.5 million compared with the same period of 2011 as a result of lower average debt balances in 2012 .

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased $ 3.2 million compared with the same period of 2010 as a result of lower average debt balances in 2011 .
Other, Net
The components of Other, net, for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Interest income	 	$	16.3		 	$	25.9		 	$	15.2		
Exchange gain (loss)	 	(2.8	)	 	2.8		 	0.9		
Earnings (loss) from equity investments	 	(5.9	)	 	(3.5	)	 	—		
Other	 	17.4		 	7.8		 	16.4		
Other, net	 	$	25.0		 	$	33.0		 	$	32.5		
For the year ended December 31, 2012 , Other, net decreased by $ 8.0 million compared with the same period of 2011 . The decrease in Other, net resulted primarily from decreased interest income due to lower average cash balances in 2012 , foreign currency losses, and an equity loss on the Hussmann equity investment of $ 5.9 million in 2012 compared to $ 3.5 million in 2011. These

28

Table of Contents

decreases were partially offset by other activity primarily related to adjustments to actual and expected insurance recoveries as a result of a settlement.
For the year ended December 31, 2011 , Other, net increased by $ 0.5 million compared with the same period of 2010 . The increase in Other, net resulted from favorable currency impacts and increased interest income as a result of higher average cash balances during 2011. Included within Earnings (loss) from equity investments is a $ 3.5 million equity loss on the Hussmann equity investment for 2011 incurred subsequent to the Hussmann divestiture transaction dates.
Provision for Income Taxes
The 2012 tax provision of $ 227.0 million included a $2.6 million Hussmann-related tax charge. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the effective tax rate, excluding the Hussmann Loss on sale/asset impairment and the Hussmann-related tax charge, was 17.6% compared to 21.9% in 2011, when excluding the Hussmann-related tax benefit discussed below. The 2012 tax rate was below the U.S. Statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which, in aggregate, have a lower effective rate and a net reduction in non-U.S. valuation allowances, partially offset by net increases in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits and a non-cash charge to income tax expense related to the required tax accounting between the enactment date of March 30, 2010 and the effective date of January 1, 2013 of the Healthcare Reform Legislation. 
The 2011 tax provision of $ 187.2 million included an $ 88.9 million Hussmann-related tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the effective tax rate, excluding the Hussmann Loss on sale/asset impairment and the Hussmann-related tax benefit, was 21.9% compared to 22.6% in 2010. The 2011 tax rate was below the U.S. Statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which, in aggregate, have a lower effective rate and net changes in our valuation allowances, partially offset by the accrual of a previously unrecorded future withholding tax liability and net increases in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. Included in the 2010 effective rate was a $40.5 million non-cash charge to income tax expense related to the Healthcare Reform Legislation, partially offset by net changes in our valuation allowance.
Review of Business Segments
The segment discussions that follow describe the significant factors contributing to the changes in results for each segment included in continuing operations.
Segment operating income is the measure of profit and loss that our chief operating decision maker uses to evaluate the financial performance of the business and as the basis for performance reviews, compensation and resource allocation. For these reasons, we believe that Segment operating income represents the most relevant measure of segment profit and loss. We may exclude certain charges or gains from Operating income to arrive at a Segment operating income that is a more meaningful measure of profit and loss upon which to base our operating decisions. We define Segment operating margin as Segment operating income as a percentage of Net revenues.
Climate Solutions
Our Climate Solutions segment delivers energy-efficient refrigeration and HVAC throughout the world. Encompassing the transport refrigeration markets as well as the commercial HVAC markets, this segment offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions to manage controlled temperature environments. This segment includes the market-leading brands of Thermo King and Trane.

On September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011, we completed transactions to sell Hussmann to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).  As part of the deal terms we have an ongoing equity interest in Hussmann Parent, therefore operating results continue to be recorded within continuing operations. However, subsequent to the respective transaction dates our earnings from this equity interest are not reported in Segment operating income. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a pre-tax loss on sale and asset impairment charges related to the Hussmann divestiture totaling $ 646.9 million . These charges, as well as related adjustments recorded in 2012, have been excluded from Segment operating income within the Climate Solutions segment as management excludes these charges from Operating income when making operating decisions about the business. See "Divestitures and Discontinued Operations" within Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and also Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our divested operations.

29

Table of Contents

2011 Net revenues and Segment operating income for the Climate Solutions segment includes the operating results of the Hussmann Business and Branches prior to the sale. The operating results for the Hussmann Business and Branches are included in Net revenues and Segment operating income for the Climate Solutions segment for the years ended December 31 as follows:

								
In millions	2011	 	2010	
Net revenues	$	818.5		 	$	1,106.1		
Segment operating income	$	58.6		 	$	84.4		
On October 4, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Segment information has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

																	
Dollar amounts in millions	 	2012	 	% change	 	2011	 	% change	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	7,409.1		 	(10.6)%	 	$	8,284.6		 	6.2%	 	$	7,800.8		
Segment operating income	 	768.1		 	(6.9)%	 	824.6		 	37.8%	 	598.3		
Segment operating margin	 	10.4	%	 	 	 	10.0	%	 	 	 	7.7	%	
2012 vs 2011
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 10.6% or $ 875.5 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Pricing	1.4	 %	
Volume/product mix	(0.6	)%	
Currency exchange rates	(1.5	)%	
Hussmann	(9.9	)%	
Total	(10.6	)%	
Our Trane commercial HVAC business continues to be impacted by weakness in the worldwide commercial building markets. Trane commercial HVAC revenues increased as growth within our parts, services and solutions markets offset declines in equipment and systems in Europe and Asia. Net revenues in our transport businesses decreased driven by declines in sea-going container revenues. Growth in the Americas was more than offset by declines in Europe.
Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 6.9% , or $ 56.5 million , compared with the same period of 2011 . Included in 2011 Segment operating income is $ 58.6 million of income related to Hussmann and a $ 23 million gain associated with the sale of assets from a restructured business in China. Segment operating margin improved to 10.4% due to pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($127 million) and productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($22 million), partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix ($45 million), increased investment spending ($52 million), and unfavorable currency impacts ($28 million).
2011 vs 2010
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 6.2% or $ 483.8 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Volume/product mix	4.6	 %	
Pricing	2.3	 %	
Currency exchange rates	1.8	 %	
Acquisitions/divestitures	0.1	 %	
Hussmann *	(2.6	)%	
Total	6.2	 %	
* Represents the impact of a partial year of operations for the Hussmann Business and Branches in 2011.

30

Table of Contents

Trane commercial HVAC revenues reflect market recovery within our equipment, systems, parts, services and solutions markets. Trane commercial HVAC revenues increased in all major geographic regions, with strong year-over-year improvements in the Americas, Asia, and Europe. Net revenues in our transport businesses experienced growth in most geographic areas due to improved activity within the refrigerated trailer and truck markets. In addition, sea-going container revenues and worldwide bus revenues improved due to an increase in end-market activity.
Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 37.8% , or $ 226.3 million , compared with the same period of 2010 . The increase, which improved Segment operating margin to 10.0% from 7.7% , was primarily related to pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($36 million), productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($115 million), and favorable volumes/product mix ($90 million). However, the benefits resulting from these improvements were partially offset by increased investment spending ($28 million) and the impacts of only a partial year of operations for the Hussmann Business and Branches in 2011 ($10 million). Included in Segment operating income for 2011 was a $ 23 million gain associated with the sale of assets from a restructured business in China. This gain had a 0.3 point impact on Segment operating margin.
Residential Solutions
Our Residential Solutions segment provides safety, comfort and efficiency to homeowners throughout North America and parts of South America. It offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions including mechanical and electronic locks, energy-efficient HVAC systems, indoor air quality solutions, advanced controls, portable security systems and remote home management. This segment is comprised of well-known brands like American Standard ® , Schlage and Trane.
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

																	
Dollar amounts in millions	 	2012	 	% change	 	2011	 	% change	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	2,054.4		 	2.1%	 	$	2,012.7		 	(5.1)%	 	$	2,121.7		
Segment operating income	 	115.4		 	85.8%	 	62.1		 	(67.5)%	 	191.3		
Segment operating margin	 	5.6	%	 	 	 	3.1	%	 	 	 	9.0	%	
2012 vs 2011 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 2.1% or $ 41.7 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Pricing	1.4	%	
Volume/product mix	0.7	%	
Total	2.1	%	
Trane residential HVAC revenues increased due to improved activity levels in both the new residential construction and replacement markets. These improvements were slightly offset by a continued mix shift to lower SEER units. Residential security revenues increased as a result of improved sales to new builder markets and South American customers.
Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 85.8% , or $ 53.3 million , compared with the same period of 2011 . The increase, which improved Segment operating margin to 5.6% from 3.1% , was primarily driven by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($63 million) and pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($28 million). These improvements were partially offset by unfavorable volume/product mix ($46 million).
2011 vs 2010 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by 5.1% or $ 109.0 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Volume/product mix	(10.5	)%	
Pricing	5.1	 %	
Currency exchange rates	0.3	 %	
Total	(5.1	)%	

31

Table of Contents

Trane residential HVAC revenues were impacted by continued weakness in the U.S. new residential construction and replacement markets as well as a mix shift to lower SEER units. Residential security revenues increased as a result of improved sales to new builder markets and “big box” customers primarily during the fourth quarter.
Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by 67.5% , or $ 129.2 million , compared with the same period of 2010 . The decrease, which lowered Segment operating margins to 3.1% from 9.0% , was primarily related to unfavorable volumes/product mix ($155 million), partially offset by pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($41 million).
Industrial Technologies
Our Industrial Technologies segment provides products, services and solutions that improve productivity, energy efficiency, safety, and operations.  It offers global customers a diverse and innovative range of products including compressed air systems, power tools, pumps, material handling equipment, and golf, utility, and rough terrain vehicles.  It also provides a range of service offerings including preventative maintenance and comprehensive care multi-year contracts, service parts, installation, remanufactured compressors and tools, and solutions to optimize customers' energy and total production costs.  This segment includes the Ingersoll-Rand, Club Car, and ARO ® market-leading brands.
On December 30, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Segment information has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
  Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

																			
Dollar amounts in millions	 	2012	 	% change	 	2011	 	% change	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	2,945.8		 	3.3	%	 	$	2,852.9		 	14.8	%	 	$	2,485.2		
Segment operating income	 	455.8		 	9.7	%	 	415.5		 	33.9	%	 	310.4		
Segment operating margin	 	15.5	%	 	 	 	14.6	%	 	 	 	12.5	%	

2012 vs 2011 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by 3.3% or $ 92.9 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Volume/product mix	3.9	 %	
Pricing	1.7	 %	
Currency exchange rates	(2.3	)%	
Total	3.3	 %	
We experienced growth within our Air and Productivity business related to increased volume in the Americas, which was offset by declines in Europe. The growth in the Americas was primarily driven by improved air compressor sales. Club Car revenues increased due to improved pricing and growth in the golf car and utility vehicle markets.
Segment operating income increased by 9.7% , or $ 40.3 million , during 2012 . The increase, which improved Segment operating margin to 15.5% from 14.6% , was primarily driven by productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($59 million), pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($29 million), and favorable volume/product mix ($19 million). These improvements were partially offset by increased investment spending ($52 million) and unfavorable currency impacts ($14 million).
2011 vs 2010 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 14.8% , or $ 367.7 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Volume/product mix	10.3	%	
Pricing	2.7	%	
Currency exchange rates	1.8	%	
Total	14.8	%	
We experienced strong growth within our Air and Productivity business primarily due to increased volume in all major geographic regions. The revenue increase in the Americas was driven by improvements in our industrial and commercial markets for air

32

Table of Contents

compressors, tools, and fluid handling products. Club Car revenues also improved relative to the prior year primarily due to improved pricing.
Segment operating income increased by 33.9% , or $ 105.1 million , during 2011 . The increase, which improved Segment operating margin to 14.6% from 12.5% , was primarily related to pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($20 million), productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($61 million), and higher volumes and product mix ($60 million). These improvements were partially offset by increased investment spending ($15 million).
Security Technologies
Our Security Technologies segment is a leading global provider of products and services that make environments safe, secure and productive. The segment’s market-leading products include electronic and biometric access control systems and software, locks and locksets, door closers, exit devices, steel doors and frames, as well as time, attendance and personnel scheduling systems. These products serve a wide range of markets including the commercial construction market, healthcare, retail, and transport industries as well as educational and governmental facilities. This segment includes the CISA, LCN, Schlage and Von Duprin market-leading brands.
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, we have reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Segment information has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
Segment results for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

																	
Dollar amounts in millions	 	2012	 	% change	 	2011	 	% change	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	1,625.6		 	(0.4)%	 	$	1,631.8		 	2.4%	 	$	1,593.4		
Segment operating income	 	327.7		 	(1.2)%	 	331.6		 	1.0%	 	328.3		
Segment operating margin	 	20.2	%	 	 	 	20.3	%	 	 	 	20.6	%	
2012 vs 2011 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 0.4% , or $ 6.2 million , compared with the same period of 2011 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Pricing	2.1	 %	
Currency exchange rates	(1.7	)%	
Volume/product mix	(0.8	)%	
Total	(0.4	)%	
The impact of the continued weakness in worldwide commercial building markets were partially offset by pricing improvements for our mechanical products. Our results reflect declines in Europe, partially offset by improvements in the Americas and Asia.
Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by 1.2% , or $ 3.9 million , compared with the same period of 2011 . The decrease, which lowered Segment operating margin to 20.2% from 20.3% , was primarily related to unfavorable volume/product mix ($27 million), increased investment spending ($17 million), and unfavorable currency impacts ($5 million), partially offset by pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($35 million) and productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($11 million).
2011 vs 2010 
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 2.4% , or $ 38.4 million , compared with the same period of 2010 , which primarily resulted from the following:

	
			
Currency exchange rates	1.9	 %	
Pricing	1.7	 %	
Volume/product mix	(1.2	)%	
Total	2.4	 %	
The weakness in worldwide commercial building markets continues to impact segment revenues. However, our results reflect strong improvements in Asia, with slight improvements in North America and Europe.

33

Table of Contents

Segment operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 1.0% , or $ 3.3 million , compared with the same period of 2010 . Segment operating margin declined to 20.3% from 20.6% . The increase in Segment operating income was primarily related to productivity benefits in excess of other inflation ($27 million) and pricing improvements in excess of material inflation ($2 million), partially offset by unfavorable volumes/product mix ($20 million).
Divestitures and Discontinued Operations
Divested Operations
Hussmann Divestiture
On September 30, 2011, we completed a transaction to sell our Hussmann refrigerated display case business to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).  This transaction included the equipment business and certain of the service branches in the U.S. and Canada, and the equipment, service and installation businesses in Mexico, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan (Hussmann Business).  The final transaction allowed Hussmann Parent the option to acquire the remaining North American Hussmann service and installation branches (Hussmann Branches).  Hussmann Parent completed the acquisition of the Hussmann Branches on November 30, 2011.  The Hussmann Business and Branches, which are reported as part of the Climate Solutions segment, manufacture, market, distribute, install, and service refrigerated display merchandising equipment, refrigeration systems, over the counter parts, and other commercial and industrial refrigeration applications.

The Hussmann Business divestiture was originally announced on April 21, 2011 and met the criteria for classification as held for sale treatment in accordance with GAAP during the first quarter of 2011. During the third quarter of 2011, we negotiated the final transaction to sell the Hussmann Business and Branches to CD&R in exchange for $ 370 million in cash, subject to purchase price adjustments, and common stock of Hussmann Parent, such that following the sale, CD&R would own cumulative convertible participating preferred stock of Hussmann Parent, initially representing 60% of the outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted basis) of Hussmann Parent, and we would own all of the common stock, initially representing the remaining 40% of the outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted basis) of Hussmann Parent. Our ownership of common stock of Hussmann Parent represents significant continuing involvement. Therefore, the results of the Hussmann Business and Branches are included in continuing operations for all periods presented.  Based on these terms, we recorded a total pre-tax loss on sale/asset impairment charge of $ 646.9 million during the full year of 2011.
Results for the Hussmann Business and Branches for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

								
In millions	2011*		2010	
Net revenues	$	818.5			$	1,106.1		
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	(646.9	)	**	—		
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	(513.1	)		55.7		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	(1.51	)		0.16		
* Results represent the operating results of Hussmann Business and Branches through their respective divestiture transaction dates.
** Included in Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are transaction costs of $ 12.2 million .
Hussmann Parent is required to pay a quarterly preferred dividend payment to CD&R in the form of cash or additional preferred shares. Our ownership percentage as of December 31, 2012 was 37.2% . Our ownership interest in Hussmann Parent is reported using the equity method of accounting subsequent to September 30, 2011.  Our equity investment in the Hussmann Parent is reported within Other noncurrent assets and the related equity earnings reported in Other, net within Net earnings.

34

Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

The components of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	—		 	$	72.2		 	$	143.6		
Pre-tax earnings (loss) from operations	 	(49.2	)	 	(69.0	)	 	(173.4	)	
Pre-tax gain (loss) on sale	 	2.3		 	(57.7	)	 	(5.4	)	
Tax benefit (expense)	 	41.2		 	69.9		 	61.3		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(5.7	)	 	$	(56.8	)	 	$	(117.5	)	
Discontinued operations by business for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Integrated Systems and Services, net of tax	 	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(6.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Energy Systems, net of tax	 	(0.2	)	 	0.2		 	(17.6	)	
KOXKA, net of tax	 	0.5		 	(3.3	)	 	(54.0	)	
Other discontinued operations, net of tax	 	(3.2	)	 	(47.4	)	 	(45.1	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(5.7	)	 	$	(56.8	)	 	$	(117.5	)	

Integrated Systems and Services Divestiture
On December 30, 2011, we completed the divestiture of our security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. This business, which was previously reported as part of the Security Technologies segment, designs, installs and services security systems. We reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. During 2011, we recorded a pre-tax loss on sale of $ 6.7 million ($ 5.0 million after-tax) within discontinued operations.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Integrated Systems and Services business for the year ended December 31 were as follows:

												
In millions	2012	 	2011		2010	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	72.2		 	$	78.0		
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	(1.2	)	 	$	(1.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	(1.6	)	 	(5.0	)	 	—		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(6.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Energy Systems Divestiture
On December 30, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. The business, which was previously reported as part of the Industrial Technologies segment, designs, manufactures, markets, distributes, and services gas powered microturbine generators which feature energy efficient design and low emissions technology. During 2010, we recognized an $ 8.3 million after-tax impairment loss within discontinued operations related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.

35

Table of Contents

Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Energy Systems business for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	2012	 	2011		2010	 	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	—			$	8.9		 	
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	(0.2	)	 	$	(0.4	)		$	(14.4	)	*	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	—		 	0.6			(3.2	)	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(0.2	)	 	$	0.2			$	(17.6	)	 	
* Included in discontinued operations for Energy Systems in 2010 is an after-tax impairment loss of $ 8.3 million related to the initial write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.
 
KOXKA Divestiture
On October 4, 2010, we completed the divestiture of our European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). The business, which was previously reported as part of the Climate Solutions segment, designs, manufactures and markets commercial refrigeration equipment through sales branches and a network of distributors throughout Europe, Africa and the Middle East. During 2010, we recognized a $ 53.9 million after-tax impairment loss within discontinued operations related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the KOXKA business for years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	2012	  	2011	 	2010	 	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	—		 	$	56.7		 	
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	0.5		 	$	(3.3	)	 	$	(53.1	)	*	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	—		 	—		 	(0.9	)	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	0.5		 	$	(3.3	)	 	$	(54.0	)	 	
* Included in discontinued operations for KOXKA for 2010 is an after-tax impairment loss of $ 53.9 million related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value. Also included in 2010 is a $ 12.2 million tax benefit resulting from a reduction in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance for net operating losses.
Other Discontinued Operations
The components of other discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

												
In millions	2012	  	2011	 	2010	
Retained costs, net of tax	$	(17.2	)	 	$	(31.8	)	 	$	(45.0	)	
Net gain (loss) on disposals, net of tax	14.0		 	(15.6	)	 	(0.1	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(3.2	)	 	$	(47.4	)	 	$	(45.1	)	
On November 30, 2007, we completed the sale of our Bobcat, Utility Equipment and Attachments businesses (collectively, Compact Equipment) to Doosan Infracore for gross proceeds of approximately $ 4.9 billion , subject to post-closing purchase price adjustments. Compact Equipment manufactured and sold compact equipment, including skid-steer loaders, compact track loaders, mini-excavators and telescopic tool handlers; portable air compressors, generators and light towers; general-purpose light construction equipment; and attachments. We were in dispute regarding post-closing matters with Doosan Infracore. During the second quarter of 2011, we collected approximately $ 48.3 million of our outstanding receivable from Doosan Infracore related to certain purchase price adjus tments. During the second quarter of 2012, Doosan Infracore paid the Company a total of $ 46.5 million to settle the outstanding receivable and remaining disputed post-closing matters.
Other discontinued operations, net of tax from previously sold businesses is mainly related t o postretirement benefits, product liability, worker's compensation, and legal costs (mostly asbestos-related) and tax effects of post-closing purchase price adjustments.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We earn a significant amount of our operating income in jurisdictions where it is deemed to be permanently reinvested. Our most prominent jurisdiction of operation is the U.S. We currently do not intend nor foresee a need to repatriate funds to the U.S., and no provision for U.S. income taxes has been made with respect to such earnings. We expect existing cash and cash equivalents available to the U.S., the cash generated by our U.S. operations, our committed credit lines as well as our expected ability to access

36

Table of Contents

the capital markets will be sufficient to fund our U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect existing non-U.S. cash and cash equivalents and the cash generated by our non-U.S. operations will be sufficient to fund our non-U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. Should we require more capital in the U.S. than is generated by our U.S. operations, and we determine that repatriation of non-U.S. cash is necessary, such amounts would be subject to U.S. federal income taxes.
D uring the year ended December 31, 2012, we repurchased 18.4 million shares for approximately $ 0.8 billion , excluding commissions, under our current share repurchase program. These repurchases were accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary shares and Capital in excess of par value as they were canceled upon repurchase.
In December 2012, we announced an increase in our quarterly ordinary share dividend from $ 0.16 to $ 0.21 per share beginning with our March 2013 payment. In addition, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program upon completion of the current share repurchase program. These repurchases will be accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary shares and Capital in excess of par value as they will be canceled upon repurchase. We expect to commence purchases under this new repurchase program in 2013. We expect our available cash flow, committed credit lines and access to the capital markets will be sufficient to fund the increased dividend and share repurchases.
In addition to the capital needs discussed above, we have debt maturities of $600 million of 6.0% senior notes in August 2013 and $655 million of 9.5% senior notes in April 2014, which we expect to refinance prior to maturity.
Liquidity
The following table contains several key measures to gauge our financial condition and liquidity at the periods ended December 31:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	882.1		 	$	1,160.7		 	$	1,014.3		
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	 	963.7		 	763.3		 	761.6		
Long-term debt	 	2,269.3		 	2,879.3		 	2,922.3		
Total debt	 	3,233.0		 	3,642.6		 	3,683.9		
Total Ingersoll-Rand plc shareholders’ equity	 	7,147.8		 	6,924.3		 	7,964.3		
Total equity	 	7,229.3		 	7,012.4		 	8,059.1		
Debt-to-total capital ratio	 	30.9	%	 	34.2	%	 	31.3	%	

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at December 31 consisted of the following:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Debentures with put feature	 	$	343.0		 	$	343.6		
Exchangeable Senior Notes	 	—		 	341.2		
6.000% Senior notes due 2013	 	600.0		 	—		
Other current maturities of long-term debt	 	10.8		 	12.5		
Other short-term borrowings	 	9.9		 	66.0		
Total	 	$	963.7		 	$	763.3		
Commercial Paper Program
The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, under the commercial paper program is $ 2 billion as of December 31, 2012 . Under the commercial paper program, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited (IR-Global), may issue notes from time to time, and the proceeds of the financing will be used for general corporate purposes. Each of IR-Ireland, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited (IR-Limited), and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited (IR-International) has provided an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee for the notes issued under the commercial paper program. We had no commercial paper outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 .

37

Table of Contents

Debentures with Put Feature
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , we had outstanding $343.0 million and $ 343.6 million , respectively, of fixed rate debentures which only require early repayment at the option of the holder. These debentures contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, we are obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder’s option, the outstanding principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the debentures held by the holder. If these options are not exercised, the final maturity dates would range between 2027 and 2028 .
On February 15, 2012, holders of these debentures had the option to exercise the put feature on $ 37.2 million of the outstanding debentures. No holder chose to exercise the put feature at that date. On October 15, 2012, holders of these debentures had the option to exercise the put feature on $ 306.4 million of the outstanding debentures. Holders chose to exercise the put feature on $ 0.6 million of the outstanding debentures at that date, and were paid in November 2012. Based on our cash flow forecast and access to the capital markets, we believe we will have sufficient liquidity to repay any amounts exercised as a result of the put features.
Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2012
In April 2009, we issued $ 345 million of 4.5% Exchangeable Senior Notes (the Notes) through our wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. We settled all remaining outstanding Notes during 2012. As a result, we paid $ 357.0 million in cash and issued 10.8 million ordinary shares to settle the principal, interest and equity portion of the Notes.
Other
On May 26, 2010, we entered into a 3-year, $ 1.0 billion revolving credit facility through our wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. On March 15, 2012, this credit facility was refinanced with a 5-year, $ 1.0 billion revolving credit facility maturing on March 15, 2017 . We also have a 4-year, $1.0 billion revolving credit facility maturing on May 20, 2015 , through our wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. Each of IR-Ireland, IR-Limited and IR-International has provided an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee for these credit facilities. The total committed revolving credit facilities of $ 2.0 billion are unused and provide support for our commercial paper program as well as for other general corporate purposes.
In addition, other available non-U.S. lines of credit were $ 933.3 million , of which $ 705.4 million was unused at December 31, 2012 . These lines provide support for bank guarantees, letters of credit and other general corporate purposes.
Pension Plans
Our investment objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. We seek to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Prior to 2011, we utilized asset/liability modeling studies as the basis for global asset allocation decisions. In 2011, we adopted a dynamic approach to asset allocation whereby a plan's allocation to fixed income assets increases progressively over time towards an ultimate target of 90% as a plan moves toward full funding. We monitor plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance.

We monitor the impact of market conditions on our defined benefit plans on a regular basis. During 2012 , none of our defined benefit pension plans have experienced a significant impact on their liquidity due to the volatility in the markets. For further details on pension plan activity, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cash Flows
The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the years ended December 31, respectively. For additional details, please see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Operating cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations	 	$	1,277.7		 	$	1,230.2		 	$	756.4		
Investing cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations	 	(146.4	)	 	207.5		 	(179.0	)	
Financing cash flow provided by (used in) continuing operations	 	(1,303.9	)	 	(1,246.4	)	 	(403.7	)	
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $ 1,277.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $ 1,230.2 million in 2011 . Operating cash flows for 2012 and 2011 reflect consistent working capital levels and consistent earnings from continuing operations after taking into account the non-cash loss on sale/asset impairment charges related to the Hussmann divestiture.

38

Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations was $ 1,230.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $ 756.4 million in 2010 . Operating cash flows for 2011 reflect improved earnings from continuing operations after taking into account the non-cash loss on sale/asset impairment charge related to the Hussmann divestiture. Operating cash flows for 2010 reflect discretionary cash contributions to our pension funds of $444 million ($359 million after tax benefit received).
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $ 146.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations of $ 207.5 million in 2011 . The change in investing activities is primarily attributable to decreased net proceeds from business dispositions and sale of property, plant, and equipment in 2012 compared to 2011, partially offset by a $44.3 million dividend from the Company's equity investment in Hussmann Parent in 2012. During 2011, the Company received net proceeds from business dispositions of $400.3 million related to the sale of the Hussmann Business and Branches and the collection of proceeds for purchase price adjustments on the sale of Doosan Infracore. During 2011, we also received proceeds from the sale of assets from a restructured business in China.

Net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was $ 207.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations of $ 179.0 million in 2010 . The change in investing activities is primarily attributable to net proceeds from business dispositions of $400.3 million related to the sale of the Hussmann Business and Branches and the collection of proceeds for purchase price adjustments on the sale of Doosan Infracore. We also received proceeds from the sale of assets from a restructured business in China. These proceeds were partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures during 2011.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $ 1,303.9 million , compared with $ 1,246.4 million during 2011 . The change in financing activities is primarily related to the settlement of the Exchangeable Senior Notes and increased dividend payments during 2012, partially offset by decreased share repurchases and increased proceeds from shares issued under incentive plans in 2012.

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $ 1,246.4 million , compared with $ 403.7 million during 2010 . The change in financing activities is primarily related to approximately $ 1.2 billion of share repurchases as well as increased dividend payments, partially offset by lower repayments of long term debt in 2011.
Capital Resources
Based on historical performance and current expectations, we believe our cash and cash equivalents balance, the cash generated from our operations, our committed credit lines and our expected ability to access capital markets will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, share repurchase programs, upcoming debt maturities, and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for the foreseeable future.
Capital expenditures were $ 262.6 million , $ 242.9 million and $ 179.5 million for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Our investments continue to improve manufacturing productivity, reduce costs and provide environmental enhancements and advanced technologies for existing facilities. The capital expenditure program for 2013 is estimated to be approximately $250 million, including amounts approved in prior periods. Many of these projects are subject to review and cancellation at our option without incurring substantial charges.
For financial market risk impacting the Company, see Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.
Capitalization
In addition to cash on hand and operating cash flow, we maintain significant credit availability under our Commercial Paper Program. Our ability to borrow at a cost-effective rate under the Commercial Paper Program is contingent upon maintaining an investment-grade credit rating. As of December 31, 2012 , our credit ratings were as follows:

	
					
 	  	Short-term	  	Long-term	
Moody’s	  	P-2	  	Baa1	
Standard and Poor’s	  	A-2	  	BBB+	

The credit ratings set forth above are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal by the assigning rating organization. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.
Our public debt does not contain financial covenants and our revolving credit lines have a debt-to-total capital covenant of 65%. As of December 31, 2012 , our debt-to-total capital ratio was significantly beneath this limit.

39

Table of Contents

Guarantees
Subsequent to the Ireland Reorganization, IR-Ireland and IR-Limited guarantee fully and unconditionally the outstanding public debt of IR-International, IR-Global and IR-New Jersey. See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations by required payment periods, in millions:

	
																					
 	 	Less than
1 year	 	1 - 3
years	 	3 - 5
years	 	More than
5 years	 	Total	
Short-term debt	 	$	9.9		  	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	9.9		
Long-term debt	 	953.9		* 	1,168.8		 	16.5		 	1,085.0		 	3,224.2		
Interest payments on long-term debt	 	214.2		  	259.3		 	198.3		 	385.2		 	1,057.0		
Purchase obligations	 	1,001.4		  	—		 	—		 	—		 	1,001.4		
Operating leases	 	132.4		  	187.3		 	103.4		 	49.3		 	472.4		
Total contractual cash obligations	 	$	2,311.8		  	$	1,615.4		 	$	318.2		 	$	1,519.5		 	$	5,764.9		
* Includes $343 million of debt redeemable at the option of the holder. The scheduled maturities of these bonds range between 2027 and 2028. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Future expected obligations under our pension and postretirement benefit plans, income taxes, environmental, asbestos-related, and product liability matters have not been included in the contractual cash obligations table above.
Pensions
At December 31, 2012 , we had net obligations of $ 918.4 million , which consist of noncurrent pension assets of $ 5.1 million and current and non-current pension benefit liabilities of $ 923.5 million . It is our objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. We currently project that we will contribute approximately $ 102.5 million to our plans worldwide in 2013 . Because the timing and amounts of long-term funding requirements for pension obligations are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions
At December 31, 2012 , we had postretirement benefit obligations of $ 851.4 million . We fund postretirement benefit costs principally on a pay-as-you-go basis as medical costs are incurred by covered retiree populations. Benefit payments, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be approximately $ 69.3 million in 2013 . Because the timing and amounts of long-term funding requirements for postretirement obligations are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Income Taxes
At December 31, 2012 , we have total unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $ 533.7 million and $ 84.1 million of related accrued interest and penalties, net of tax. The liability has been excluded from the preceding table as we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount and period in which these liabilities might be paid. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding matters relating to income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits and Internal Revenue Service (IRS) tax disputes.
Contingent Liabilities
We are involved in various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to environmental, asbestos-related, and product liability matters. We believe that these liabilities are subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, and will likely be resolved over an extended period of time. Because the timing and amounts of potential future cash flows are uncertain, they have been excluded from the preceding table. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
See Note 9 and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on matters affecting our liquidity.
Critical Accounting Policies
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and

40

Table of Contents

assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from estimates. If updated information or actual amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in our results for the period in which they become known.
The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical.
		
•	Allowance for doubtful accounts – We have provided an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable which represents our best estimate of probable loss inherent in our accounts receivable portfolio. This estimate is based upon our policy, derived from our knowledge of our end markets, customer base and products.	
		
•	Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets – We have significant goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet related to acquisitions. Our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually during the fourth quarter for impairment or when there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of an asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset.	
Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and begins with a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test included in U.S. GAAP. For those reporting units where it is required, the first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit's carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.
As quoted market prices are not available for our reporting units, the calculation of their estimated fair value in step one is based on two valuation techniques, a discounted cash flow model (income approach) and a market adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues (market approach), with each method being equally weighted in the calculation. We believe an equal weighting of both approaches is appropriate. The income approach relies on the Company's estimates of future cash flows and explicitly addresses factors such as timing, growth and margins, with due consideration given to forecasting risk. The market approach reflects the market's expectations for future growth and risk, with adjustments to account for differences between the guideline publicly traded companies and the subject reporting units.
In step 2, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step of the goodwill impairment test, was the price paid to acquire that reporting unit.
Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is first assessed using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This assessment is used as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. For those indefinite-lived assets where it is required, a fair value is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e. royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.
The determination of the estimated fair value and the implied fair value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets requires us to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. We developed these assumptions based on the market and geographic risks unique to each reporting unit.
2012 Impairment Test
For our annual impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2012, we concluded it was necessary to calculate the fair value for each of the reporting units and indefinite-lived intangibles. Based on the results of these calculations, we determined that the fair value of the reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying values. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows.

41

Table of Contents

Goodwill - Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow period of five years with discount rates ranging from 10.0% to 15.5% , near term growth rates ranging from (3.5)% to 14.8% and terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 4.0% . Under the market approach, we used an adjusted multiple ranging from 6.6 to 9.2 of projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and 0.8 to 1.8 of projected revenues based on the market information of comparable companies. Additionally, we compared the estimated aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our overall market capitalization.
For all reporting units except two, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) was a minimum of 15% . The two reporting units with a percentage of carrying value less than 15%, reported within the Residential Solutions and Security Technologies segments, exceeded their carrying value by 14.4% and 2.5% , respectively. These reporting units have goodwill of approximately $ 599 million and $ 190 million , respectively.
For the specific Security Technologies reporting unit that exceeded its carrying value by less than 5%, we have provided below additional assumptions and a sensitivity analysis. Under the income approach we assumed a discount rate of 10%, near term growth rates ranging from (1.1)% to 5% and a terminal growth rate of 2.5%. Under the market approach, we assumed a weighted average multiple of 7.8 and 7.1 times projected 2012 and 2013 EBITDA, respectively, and a multiple of 0.8 times projected 2012 and 2013 revenue, based on industry market data. Holding other assumptions constant, a 1.0% increase in the discount rate would result in a $20 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, a 1.0% decrease in the long-term growth rate would result in a $15 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit and a 5.0% decrease in the selected market multiples would result in a $15 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Each of these scenarios individually would result in the reporting unit failing step 1.
Assessing the fair value of goodwill includes, among other things, making key assumptions for estimating future cash flows and appropriate market multiples. These assumptions are subject to a high degree of judgment and complexity. We make every effort to estimate future cash flows as accurately as possible with the information available at the time the forecast is developed. However, changes in assumptions and estimates may affect the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, and could result in impairment charges in future periods. Factors that have the potential to create variances in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit include but are not limited to the following:
• Decreases in estimated market sizes or market growth rates due to greater-than-expected declines in volumes, pricing pressures or disruptive technology;
• Declines in our market share and penetration assumptions due to increased competition or an inability to develop or launch new products;
• The impacts of the European sovereign debt crisis, including greater-than-expected declines in pricing, reductions in volumes, or fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;
• The level of success of on-going and future research and development efforts, including those related to recent acquisitions, and increases in the research and development costs necessary to obtain regulatory approvals and launch new products;
• Increase in the price or decrease in the availability of key commodities and the impact of higher energy prices;
• Increases in our market-participant risk-adjusted weighted-average cost of capital; and
• Changes in the structure of our business as a result of future reorganizations or divestitures of assets or businesses.
Other Indefinite-lived intangible assets - In testing our other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we assumed forecasted revenues for a period of five years with discount rates ranging from 12.0% to 12.5%, terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%, and royalty rates ranging from 3.0% to 5.0%. The fair values of our Trane and American Standard tradenames exceeded their respective carrying amounts by less than 15%. The two tradenames exceeded their carrying value by 10.5% and 13.0%, respectively. The carrying values of these tradenames are approximately $2,497 million and $105 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.
A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, decrease in the royalty rate or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on their estimated fair values of any of our tradenames.
2011 Impairment Test
As a result of the planned divestiture of Hussmann, we were required to test Goodwill remaining within the Climate Solutions segment for impairment in the first quarter of 2011. No impairment charge was required for the remaining Climate Solutions

42

Table of Contents

segment. Based on year to date operational results, and management turnover within the Residential HVAC reporting unit, we updated our fair value assessment of the reporting unit in the third quarter of 2011 and noted that the fair value of the reporting unit continued to exceed its carrying amount.
For our annual impairment testing performed during the fourth quarter of 2011, we determined that the fair value of the reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying values. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows.
Goodwill - Under the income approach, we assumed a forecasted cash flow period of five years with discount rates ranging from 12.0% to 17.0% and terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 4.0%. Under the market approach, we used an adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues based on the market information of comparable companies. Additionally, we compared the estimated aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our overall market capitalization.
For all reporting units except two, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) was a minimum of 15%. The two reporting units with a percentage of carrying value less than 15%, reported within the Residential Solutions and Security Technologies segments, exceeded their carrying value by 5.8% and 10.9%, respectively. These reporting units have goodwill of approximately $599 million and $198 million, respectively. A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units.
Other Indefinite-lived intangible assets - In testing our other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we assumed forecasted revenues for a period of five years with discount rates ranging from 12.5% to 14.5%, terminal growth rates ranging from 2.5% to 3.0%, and royalty rates ranging from 3.0% to 5.0%. The fair values of two of our tradenames exceeded their respective carrying amounts by less than 15%. The two tradenames, reported within the Climate Solutions and Residential Solutions segments, exceeded their carrying value by 7.3% and 11.6%. The carrying values of these tradenames are approximately $2,497 million and $105 million. A significant increase in the discount rate, decrease in the long-term growth rate, decrease in the royalty rate or substantial reductions in our end markets and volume assumptions could have a negative impact on their estimated fair values.
		
•	Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangibles – Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. Assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows can be generated. Impairment in the carrying value of an asset would be recognized whenever anticipated future undiscounted cash flows from an asset are less than its carrying value. The impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset as determined by an estimate of discounted cash flows. We believe that our use of estimates and assumptions are reasonable and comply with generally accepted accounting principles. Changes in business conditions could potentially require future adjustments to these valuations.	
		
•	Loss contingencies – Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business, including litigation and administrative proceedings, environmental and asbestos matters and product liability, product warranty, worker’s compensation and other claims. We have recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, we believe our estimated reserves are reasonable and do not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows for any year.  	
		
•	Asbestos matters – Certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries are named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. We record a liability for our actual and anticipated future claims as well as an asset for anticipated insurance settlements. Although we were neither a manufacturer nor producer of asbestos, some of our formerly manufactured components from third party suppliers utilized asbestos-related components. As a result, we record certain income and expenses associated with our asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries within discontinued operations, net of tax, as they relate to previously divested businesses, except for amounts associated with Trane U.S. Inc.’s asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries which are recorded within continuing operations. Refer to Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of asbestos-related matters.	
		
•	Revenue recognition – Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. Delivery generally occurs when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer. Revenue from maintenance contracts or extended warranties is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs	

43

Table of Contents

incurred. We enter into agreements that contain multiple elements, such as equipment, installation and service revenue. For multiple-element arrangements, the revenue relating to undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of the deferred elements. We recognize revenue for delivered elements when the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, customer acceptance has occurred, and there are only customary refund or return rights related to the delivered elements. Revenues from certain of our equipment and the related installation sold under construction-type contracts are recorded using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with GAAP.
		
•	Income taxes – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and non-U.S. tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering our historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.	
The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income, and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by us. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. We believe that we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of these matters. We will adjust our estimate if significant events so dictate. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from our original or adjusted estimates, the effect will be recorded in the provision for income taxes in the period that the matter is finally resolved.
		
•	Employee benefit plans – We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retirees, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, employee mortality, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuarial valuations are performed to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated and amortized into earnings over future periods. We review our actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. The discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets are determined as of each measurement date. A discount rate reflects a rate at which pension benefits could be effectively settled. Discount rates for all plans are established using hypothetical yield curves based on the yields of corporate bonds rated AA quality. Spot rates are developed from the yield curve and used to discount future benefit payments. The rate of compensation increase is dependent on expected future compensation levels. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan’s investment policy, the types of assets held and the target asset allocation. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of each measurement date. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under our plans are reasonable based on input from our actuaries, outside investment advisors and information as to assumptions used by plan sponsors.	
Changes in any of the assumptions can have an impact on the net periodic pension cost or postretirement benefit cost. Estimated sensitivities to the expected 2013 net periodic pension cost of a 0.25% rate decline in the two basic assumptions are as follows: the decline in the discount rate would increase expense by approximately $8.6 million and the decline in the estimated return on assets would increase expense by approximately $7.9 million. A 0.25% rate decrease in the discount rate for postretirement benefits would increase expected 2013 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.7 million and a 1.0% increase in the healthcare cost trend rate would increase the cost by approximately $1.4 million.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)." ASU 2011-04 represents converged guidance between GAAP and IFRS resulting in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements

44

Table of Contents

of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The revised disclosure requirements are reflected in Note 12.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, "Presentation of Comprehensive Income." ASU 2011-05 requires us to present components of other comprehensive income and of net income in one continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The option to report other comprehensive income within the statement of equity has been removed. This new presentation of comprehensive income is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." The revised amendments defer the presentation in the financial statements of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. The deferral is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that reporting unit fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. This revised guidance applies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and the related interim and annual goodwill impairment tests. The requirements of ASU 2011-08 did not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that the indefinite-lived intangible asset fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. We elected to early adopt. The requirements of ASU 2012-02 did not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 2011-11 requires enhanced disclosures including both gross and net information about financial and derivative instruments eligible for offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-11 will not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A.      QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices which could impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Foreign Currency Exposures
We have operations throughout the world that manufacture and sell products in various international markets. As a result, we are exposed to movements in exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar as well as against other currencies throughout the world. We actively manage material currency exposures that are associated with purchases and sales and other assets and liabilities at the operating unit level. Those exposures that cannot be naturally offset to an insignificant amount are hedged with foreign currency derivatives. Derivative instruments utilized by us in our hedging activities are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counter party non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments.
We evaluate our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates on our foreign currency derivatives using a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis is a measurement of the potential loss in fair value based on a percentage change in exchange rates. Based on the firmly committed currency derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2012 , a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% adverse change in exchange rates would result in an unrealized loss of approximately $ 118.9 million , as compared with $ 110.9 million at December 31, 2011 . These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions.

45

Table of Contents

Commodity Price Exposures
We are exposed to volatility in the prices of commodities used in some of our products and we use fixed price contracts to manage this exposure. We do not have committed commodity derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2012 .
Interest Rate Exposure
Our debt portfolio mainly consists of fixed-rate instruments, and therefore any fluctuation in market interest rates would not have a material effect on our results of operations.

46

Table of Contents

Item 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

(a)	The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules and the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 14, 2013 , are presented following Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.	
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
Consolidated Statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011
For the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :
Consolidated statements of equity
Consolidated statements of cash flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statement Schedule:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :

(b)	The unaudited selected quarterly financial data for the two years ended December 31, is as follows:	

	
																	
In millions, except per share amounts	 	2012	
 	 	First
Quarter	 	Second
Quarter	 	Third
Quarter	 	Fourth
Quarter	
Net revenues	 	$	3,150.7		 	$	3,821.3		 	$	3,592.8		 	$	3,470.2		
Cost of goods sold	 	(2,249.4	)	 	(2,644.0	)	 	(2,454.4	)	 	(2,410.5	)	
Operating income	 	212.0		 	477.9		 	447.8		 	367.5		
Net earnings	 	102.2		 	372.9		 	327.0		 	241.8		
Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	95.6		 	365.8		 	321.6		 	235.6		
Earnings per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.32		 	$	1.18		 	$	1.05		 	$	0.79		
Diluted	 	$	0.31		 	$	1.16		 	$	1.03		 	$	0.78		
 	 	2011	
 	 	First
Quarter	 	Second
Quarter	 	Third
Quarter	 	Fourth
Quarter	
Net revenues	 	$	3,273.8		 	$	4,091.4		 	$	3,910.1		 	$	3,506.7		
Cost of goods sold	 	(2,368.6	)	 	(2,863.0	)	 	(2,756.2	)	 	(2,505.9	)	
Operating income	 	41.8		 	298.7		 	180.5		 	339.2		
Net earnings	 	(71.5	)	 	99.3		 	93.5		 	248.0		
Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	(77.6	)	 	92.3		 	86.2		 	242.2		
Earnings per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(0.23	)	 	$	0.28		 	$	0.26		 	$	0.79		
Diluted	 	$	(0.23	)	 	$	0.26		 	$	0.25		 	$	0.76		
		
1.	In the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2011, Operating income includes a $186 million, $201 million, $265 million and ($5) million pre-tax charge (benefit), respectively, for Loss on sale/asset impairment related to the divestiture of the Hussmann Business and Branches.	

47

Table of Contents

Item 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
Item 9A.      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

		
(a)	Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures	
The Company's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded as of December 31, 2012, that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and forms, and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to the Company's management including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

		
(b)	Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
	
The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Company's Board of Directors to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Management concluded that based on its assessment, the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.
The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

		
(c)	Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	
There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

		
(d)	Remediation of Material Weakness	
In the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with respect to internal controls over the accounting for deferred tax balances and related valuation allowances. Specifically, the Company's interim controls related to timely identification of and accounting for the impact of enacted tax law changes did not operate as designed. This resulted in a misstatement of a deferred tax asset related valuation allowance in the March 31, 2012 balance sheet and the provision for income taxes for the period ended March 31, 2012. An out-of-period adjustment was recorded in the three month period ended June 30, 2012 as described in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

48

Table of Contents

To remediate the material weakness described above, management implemented additional processes and controls during the quarter ended September 30, 2012, including expanded procedures to identify and assess tax law changes along with notifications and certifications, as part of the interim and annual close process and through the respective SEC filing date, to verify management's conclusions regarding the timing of enacted tax law changes.
Management has determined that the remediation actions discussed above were effectively designed and demonstrated effective operation for a sufficient period of time to enable the Company to conclude that the material weakness regarding its internal controls associated with the accounting for deferred tax balances and related valuation allowances has been remediated as of December 31, 2012.

Item 9B.      OTHER INFORMATION
None.

49

Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10.      DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I under the caption “Executive Officers of Registrant.”
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Item 1. Election of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2013 annual general meeting of shareholders (“ 2013 Proxy Statement”).

Item 11.      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in our 2013 Proxy Statement.

Item 12.      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of our 2013 Proxy Statement.

Item 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” of our 2013 Proxy Statement.
Item 14.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the caption “Fees of the Independent Auditors” in our 2013 Proxy Statement.

50

Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.      EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

	
		
(a) 1. and 2.	Financial statements and financial statement schedule
See Item 8.	
 	 	
3.	Exhibits	
 	The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.	

51

Table of Contents

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
(Item 15(a))
Description
Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Ingersoll-Rand plc (the “Company”) has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent developments, which may not be fully reflected in our public disclosure, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe our actual state of affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon.
On July 1, 2009, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, completed a reorganization to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the parent company from Bermuda to Ireland. As a result, Ingersoll-Rand plc replaced Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited as the ultimate parent company effective July 1, 2009. All references related to the Company prior to July 1, 2009 relate to Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited.
(a) Exhibits

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
2.1	 	Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2007, among Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, on behalf of itself and certain of its subsidiaries, and Doosan Infracore Co., Ltd. and Doosan Engine Co., Ltd., on behalf of themselves and certain of their subsidiaries	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on July 31, 2007.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
2.2	 	Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and between Trane Inc. (formerly American Standard Companies Inc.) and WABCO Holdings Inc.	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Trane Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-11415) filed with the SEC on July 20, 2007.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
3.1	 	Memorandum of Association of Ingersoll-Rand plc	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
3.2	 	Articles of Association of Ingersoll-Rand plc	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
3.3	 	Certificate of Incorporation of Ingersoll-Rand plc	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to several long-term debt instruments under which, in each case, the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.	  	Pursuant to paragraph 4 (iii)(A) of Item 601 (b) of Regulation S-K, the Company agrees to furnish a copy of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.	 	

52

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
4.1	 	Indenture, dated as of August 12, 2008, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee (replacing the Indenture originally filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16831) for the period ended September 30, 2008 as filed with the SEC on 11/07/2008)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.2	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2008, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 12, 2008, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on August 18, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.3	 	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 3, 2009, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 12, 2008, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on April 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.4	 	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 6, 2009, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 12, 2008, among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on April 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.5	 	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2009, among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to the Indenture dated as of August 12, 2008	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	

53

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
4.6	 	Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2009, among Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to the Indenture dated as of August 1, 1986	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.7	 	Indenture, dated as of May 24. 2005, among Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on May 27, 2005.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.8	 	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2009, among Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, a Bermuda exempted company, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to the Indenture dated as of May 24, 2005	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.9	 	Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005, among the American Standard Inc., Trane Inc. (formerly American Standard Companies Inc.), American Standard International Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Trane, Inc.’s 8-K (File No. 001-11415) filed with the SEC on April 1, 2005.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
4.10	 	Form of Ordinary Share Certificate of Ingersoll-Rand plc	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-3 (File No. 333-161334) filed with the SEC on August 13, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.1	 	Form of IR Stock Option Grant Agreement (December 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.2	 	Form of IR Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement (December 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.3	 	Form of IR Performance Stock Unit Grant Agreement (December 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	

54

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.4	 	Credit Agreement dated as of May 26, 2010 among the Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank US and Morgan Stanley MUFG Loan Partners, LLC, as Documentation Agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 2, 2010.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.5	 	Credit Agreement dated as of May 20, 2011 among the Company; Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited; J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Bank of America, N.A., BNP Paribas, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Morgan Stanley MUFG Loan Parties, LLC , as Documentation Agents, and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners; and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2011.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.6	 	Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.7	 	Amended and Restated Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 6, 2009.	 	

55

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.8	 	Amended and Restated Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited and Banc of America Securities LLC, dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.9	 	Amended and Restated Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.10	 	Amended and Restated Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.11	 	Deed Poll Indemnity of Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, as to the directors, secretary and officers and senior executives of Ingersoll-Rand plc and the directors and officers of Ingersoll-Rand plc’s subsidiaries	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.12	 	Deed Poll Indemnity of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, as to the directors, secretary and officers and senior executives of Ingersoll-Rand plc and the directors and officers of Ingersoll-Rand plc’s subsidiaries	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.13	 	Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and among American Standard Companies Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries and WABCO Holdings Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Trane Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-11415) filed with the SEC on July 20, 2007.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.14	 	Ingersoll-Rand plc Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 (amended and restated as of December 1, 2010)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2010 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 22, 2011.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.15	 	Ingersoll-Rand plc Incentive Stock Plan of 1998 (amended and restated as of July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	

56

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.16	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Incentive Stock Plan of 1995 (amended and restated effective July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.17	 	IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.18	 	IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (as amended and restated effective July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.19	 	First Amendment to IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (dated December 22, 2009)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2011 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 21, 2012.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.20	 	Second Amendment to IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (dated December 23, 2010)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2011 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 21, 2012.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.21	 	IR-plc Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (as amended and restated effective July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.22	 	IR-plc Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II (as amended and restated effective July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.23	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (amended and restated effective October 1, 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.24	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (effective January 1, 2005 and amended and restated through October 1, 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.25	 	Trane Inc. 2002 Omnibus Incentive Plan (restated to include all amendments through July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.26	 	Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of July 1, 2009, except where otherwise stated)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.27	 	Trane Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan (restated to include all amendments through July 1, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	

57

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.28	 	First Amendment to Trane Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan (January 1, 2010)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2011 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 21, 2012.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.29	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.30	 	First Amendment to the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan, dated as of July 1, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.31	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective October 1, 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.32	 	Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Plan II (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective October 1, 2012)	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.33	 	Senior Executive Performance Plan	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2011 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 21, 2012.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.34	 	Description of Annual Incentive Matrix Program	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2011 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 21, 2012.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.35	 	Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (Officers before May 19, 2009)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on December 4, 2006.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.36	 	Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (Officers before May 19, 2009)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on December 4, 2006.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.37	 	Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.	 	

58

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.38	 	Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009)	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.39	 	Severance Plan	 	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.40	 	Steven R. Shawley Offer Letter, dated June 5, 2008	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on June 10, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.41	 	Addendum to Steven R. Shawley Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2008	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.42	 	Didier Teirlinck Offer Letter, dated June 5, 2008	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on June 10, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.43	 	Addendum to Didier Teirlinck Offer Letter, dated July 17, 2008	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on August 8, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.44	 	Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated December 24, 2003	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2003 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 27, 2004.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.45	 	Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated June 4, 2008	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on June 10, 2008.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.46	 	Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated February 4, 2009	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.47	 	Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated February 3, 2010	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 5, 2010.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.48	 	Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated December 23, 2012	  	Filed herewith.	 	

59

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
10.49	 	Robert Zafari Letter and Addendum, dated August 25, 2010	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2010.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.50	 	Robert L. Katz Letter, dated September 28, 2010	  	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2010 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 22, 2011.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.51	 	Robert L. Katz Letter, dated December 20, 2012	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.52	 	Employment Agreement with Marcia J. Avedon, Senior Vice President, dated January 8, 2007	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 1, 2007.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
10.53	 	Marcia J. Avedon Letter, dated December 20, 2012	 	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
12	 	Computations of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
21	 	List of Subsidiaries of Ingersoll-Rand plc	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
23.1	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	  	Filed herewith.	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
32	 	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	  	Furnished herewith.	 	

60

Table of Contents

	
						
Exhibit No.	 	Description	  	Method of Filing	 	
101	 	The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheet, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.	  	Furnished herewith.	 	

61

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
(Registrant)

	
			
By:	 	/s/ Michael W. Lamach	
 	 	Michael W. Lamach	
 	 	Chief Executive Officer	
Date:	 	February 14, 2013	

62

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

	
					
Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael W. Lamach	  	Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)	 	February 14, 2013	
(Michael W. Lamach)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Steven R. Shawley	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	 	February 14, 2013	
(Steven R. Shawley)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Richard J. Weller	  	Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)	 	February 14, 2013	
(Richard J. Weller)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Ann C. Berzin	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Ann C. Berzin)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ John Bruton	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(John Bruton)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Jared L. Cohon	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Jared L. Cohon)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Gary D. Forsee	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Gary D. Forsee)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Peter C. Godsoe	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Peter C. Godsoe)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Edward E. Hagenlocker	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Edward E. Hagenlocker)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Constance J. Horner	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Constance J. Horner)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Theodore E. Martin	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Theodore E. Martin)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Nelson Peltz	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Nelson Peltz)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ John P. Surma	 	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(John P. Surma)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Richard J. Swift	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Richard J. Swift)	 		 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Tony L. White	  	Director	 	February 14, 2013	
(Tony L. White)	 		 	 	

63

Table of Contents

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	
		
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-3	
 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-5	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Equity	F-6	
 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-7	
 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-9	
 	 	
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	F-59	

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc:

In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ingersoll-Rand plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related Consolidated Financial Statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 14, 2013

F-2

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
In millions, except per share amounts	
													
For the years ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	14,034.9		 	$	14,782.0		 	$	14,001.1		
Cost of goods sold	 	(9,758.2	)	 	(10,493.6	)	 	(10,059.9	)	
Selling and administrative expenses	 	(2,776.0	)	 	(2,781.2	)	 	(2,679.8	)	
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	 	4.5		 	(646.9	)	 	—		
Operating income	 	1,505.2		 	860.3		 	1,261.4		
Interest expense	 	(253.5	)	 	(280.0	)	 	(283.2	)	
Other, net	 	25.0		 	33.0		 	32.5		
Earnings before income taxes	 	1,276.7		 	613.3		 	1,010.7		
Provision for income taxes	 	(227.0	)	 	(187.2	)	 	(228.1	)	
Earnings from continuing operations	 	1,049.7		 	426.1		 	782.6		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	(5.7	)	 	(56.8	)	 	(117.5	)	
Net earnings	 	1,044.0		 	369.3		 	665.1		
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	(25.4	)	 	(26.1	)	 	(22.9	)	
Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	$	1,018.6		 	$	343.2		 	$	642.2		
Amounts attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	1,024.3		 	$	400.0		 	$	759.7		
Discontinued operations	 	(5.7	)	 	(56.8	)	 	(117.5	)	
Net earnings	 	$	1,018.6		 	$	343.2		 	$	642.2		
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.37		 	$	1.23		 	$	2.34		
Discontinued operations	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.17	)	 	(0.36	)	
Net earnings	 	$	3.35		 	$	1.06		 	$	1.98		
Diluted:	 		 		 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	3.30		 	$	1.18		 	$	2.24		
Discontinued operations	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.17	)	 	(0.35	)	
Net earnings	 	$	3.28		 	$	1.01		 	$	1.89		

F-3

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (continued)
In millions, except per share amounts	
													
For the years ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net earnings	 	$	1,044.0		 	$	369.3		 	$	665.1		
Other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Currency translation	 	85.5		 	(158.1	)	 	1.8		
Cash flow hedges and marketable securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during period	 	(0.7	)	 	(1.4	)	 	5.6		
Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings	 	2.8		 	2.8		 	3.2		
Tax (expense) benefit	 	1.0		 	(0.5	)	 	(0.9	)	
Total cash flow hedges and marketable securities, net of tax	 	3.1		 	0.9		 	7.9		
Pension and OPEB adjustments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prior service gains (costs) for the period	 	58.8		 	1.3		 	0.8		
Net actuarial gains (losses) for the period	 	(185.0	)	 	(283.0	)	 	22.1		
Amortization reclassified into earnings	 	62.7		 	54.8		 	71.4		
Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings	 	4.9		 	95.9		 	4.0		
Currency translation and other	 	(9.6	)	 	(0.7	)	 	12.0		
Tax (expense) benefit	 	(0.2	)	 	59.7		 	(11.5	)	
Total pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax	 	(68.4	)	 	(72.0	)	 	98.8		
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	20.2		 	(229.2	)	 	108.5		
Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	$	1,064.2		 	$	140.1		 	$	773.6		
Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	(13.0	)	 	(25.5	)	 	(22.1	)	
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	$	1,051.2		 	$	114.6		 	$	751.5		
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Balance Sheets
In millions, except share amounts

	
									
December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	882.1		 	$	1,160.7		
Accounts and notes receivable, net	 	2,157.5		 	2,135.6		
Inventories	 	1,308.8		 	1,278.3		
Deferred taxes and current tax receivable	 	309.6		 	349.9		
Other current assets	 	284.7		 	354.7		
Total current assets	 	4,942.7		 	5,279.2		
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	1,652.6		 	1,639.4		
Goodwill	 	6,138.9		 	6,104.0		
Intangible assets, net	 	4,200.9		 	4,333.6		
Other noncurrent assets	 	1,557.8		 	1,487.9		
Total assets	 	$	18,492.9		 	$	18,844.1		
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	1,230.2		 	$	1,224.2		
Accrued compensation and benefits	 	506.8		 	527.7		
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	 	1,460.6		 	1,610.4		
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	 	963.7		 	763.3		
Total current liabilities	 	4,161.3		 	4,125.6		
Long-term debt	 	2,269.3		 	2,879.3		
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	 	1,823.2		 	1,709.9		
Deferred and noncurrent income taxes	 	1,592.8		 	1,619.1		
Other noncurrent liabilities	 	1,417.0		 	1,494.5		
Total liabilities	 	11,263.6		 	11,828.4		
Temporary Equity	 	—		 	3.3		
Equity:	 	 	 	 	
Ingersoll-Rand plc shareholders’ equity	 	 	 	 	
Ordinary shares, $1 par value (295,605,736 and 297,140,982 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and net of 22,562 and 23,985 shares owned by subsidiary at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively)	 	295.6		 	297.1		
Capital in excess of par value	 	1,014.5		 	1,633.0		
Retained earnings	 	6,358.7		 	5,547.8		
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	(521.0	)	 	(553.6	)	
Total Ingersoll-Rand plc shareholders’ equity	 	7,147.8		 	6,924.3		
Noncontrolling interest	 	81.5		 	88.1		
Total equity	 	7,229.3		 	7,012.4		
Total liabilities and equity	 	$	18,492.9		 	$	18,844.1		
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Statements of Equity	
																												
 	 	 	 	Ingersoll-Rand plc shareholders’ equity	 	 	
In millions, except per share amounts	 	Total
equity	 	Ordinary Shares	 	Capital in
excess of
par value	 	Retained
earnings	 	Accumulated other
comprehensive
income (loss)	 	Noncontrolling Interest	
	 		 	Amount	 	Shares	 		 		 		 		
Balance at December 31, 2009	 	7,175.7		 	320.6		 	320.6		 	2,347.6		 	4,837.9		 	(434.3	)	 	103.9		
Net earnings	 	665.1		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	642.2		 	—		 	22.9		
Other comprehensive income (loss)	 	108.5		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	109.3		 	(0.8	)	
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	 	149.4		 	7.6		 	7.6		 	141.8		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Accretion of Exchangeable Senior Notes from Temporary Equity	 	13.3		 	—		 	—		 	13.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Share-based compensation	 	73.5		 	—		 	—		 	73.5		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interest	 	(8.4	)	 	—		 	—		 	(4.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	(3.9	)	
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	 	(20.2	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(20.2	)	
Cash dividends, declared and paid ($0.28 per share)	 	(90.7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(90.7	)	 	—		 	—		
Other	 	(7.1	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(7.1	)	
Balance at December 31, 2010	 	8,059.1		 	328.2		 	328.2		 	2,571.7		 	5,389.4		 	(325.0	)	 	94.8		
Net earnings	 	369.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	343.2		 	—		 	26.1		
Other comprehensive income (loss)	 	(229.2	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(228.6	)	 	(0.6	)	
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	 	133.6		 	5.2		 	5.2		 	128.4		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	 	(1,157.5	)	 	(36.3	)	 	(36.3	)	 	(1,121.2	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Accretion of Exchangeable Senior Notes from Temporary Equity	 	13.3		 	—		 	—		 	13.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Share-based compensation	 	42.6		 	—		 	—		 	42.6		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interest	 	(2.4	)	 	—		 	—		 	(1.3	)	 	—		 	—		 	(1.1	)	
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	 	(30.1	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(30.1	)	
Cash dividends declared ($0.59 per share)	 	(184.7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(184.7	)	 	—		 	—		
Other	 	(1.6	)	 	—		 	—		 	(0.5	)	 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(1.0	)	
Balance at December 31, 2011	 	$	7,012.4		 	$	297.1		 	297.1		 	$	1,633.0		 	$	5,547.8		 	$	(553.6	)	 	$	88.1		
Net earnings	 	1,044.0		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	1,018.6		 	—		 	25.4		
Other comprehensive income (loss)	 	20.2		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	32.6		 	(12.4	)	
Shares issued under incentive stock plans	 	172.5		 	6.1		 	6.1		 	166.4		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Settlement of Exchangeable Senior Notes	 	(4.7	)	 	10.8		 	10.8		 	(15.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	 	(839.8	)	 	(18.4	)	 	(18.4	)	 	(821.4	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Accretion of Exchangeable Senior Notes from Temporary Equity	 	3.3		 	—		 	—		 	3.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Share-based compensation	 	49.8		 	—		 	—		 	49.8		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interest	 	(1.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	(1.1	)	 	—		 	—		 	(0.4	)	
Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest	 	(19.2	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(19.2	)	
Cash dividends declared ($0.69 per share)	 	(207.7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(207.7	)	 	—		 	—		
Balance at December 31, 2012	 	$	7,229.3		 	$	295.6		 	295.6		 	$	1,014.5		 	$	6,358.7		 	$	(521.0	)	 	$	81.5		
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
In millions

For the years ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings	 	$	1,044.0		 	$	369.3		 	$	665.1		
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	5.7		 	56.8		 	117.5		
Adjustments to arrive at net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Gain) loss on sale/asset impairment	 	(4.5	)	 	646.9		 	—		
Depreciation and amortization	 	375.5		 	402.7		 	436.8		
Stock settled share-based compensation	 	49.8		 	42.6		 	73.5		
(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment	 	(1.2	)	 	(22.6	)	 	4.6		
Equity earnings, net of dividends	 	7.6		 	5.4		 	0.8		
Deferred income taxes	 	73.9		 	(74.6	)	 	82.6		
Other items	 	122.7		 	15.6		 	101.2		
Changes in other assets and liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Increase) decrease in:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts and notes receivable	 	(35.2	)	 	8.1		 	(238.9	)	
Inventories	 	(29.5	)	 	(14.3	)	 	(213.0	)	
Other current and noncurrent assets	 	(61.6	)	 	(55.0	)	 	159.8		
Increase (decrease) in:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	(2.5	)	 	(29.0	)	 	246.9		
Other current and noncurrent liabilities	 	(267.0	)	 	(121.7	)	 	(680.5	)	
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operating activities	 	1,277.7		 	1,230.2		 	756.4		
Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued operating activities	 	(96.8	)	 	(43.4	)	 	(61.0	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	 	1,180.9		 	1,186.8		 	695.4		
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	 	(262.6	)	 	(242.9	)	 	(179.5	)	
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	 	—		 	(1.9	)	 	(14.0	)	
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	 	19.2		 	52.0		 	14.5		
Proceeds from business dispositions, net of cash sold	 	52.7		 	400.3		 	—		
Dividends received from equity investments	 	44.3		 	—		 	—		
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing investing activities	 	(146.4	)	 	207.5		 	(179.0	)	
Net cash (used in) provided by discontinued investing activities	 	—		 	—		 	0.4		
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	 	(146.4	)	 	207.5		 	(178.6	)	

F-7

Table of Contents

Ingersoll-Rand plc
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - (Continued)
In millions

For the years ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial paper program, net	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Other short-term borrowings, net	 	5.5		 	35.5		 	33.1		
Proceeds from long-term debt	 	—		 	3.6		 	62.9		
Payments of long-term debt	 	(420.3	)	 	(93.1	)	 	(524.8	)	
Net proceeds (repayments) in debt	 	(414.8	)	 	(54.0	)	 	(428.8	)	
Debt issuance costs	 	(2.5	)	 	(2.3	)	 	(5.5	)	
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	 	19.6		 	24.6		 	4.2		
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders	 	(192.4	)	 	(137.3	)	 	(90.7	)	
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests	 	(20.7	)	 	(26.2	)	 	(20.2	)	
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interest	 	(1.5	)	 	(1.3	)	 	(8.0	)	
Proceeds from shares issued under incentive plans	 	152.9		 	109.0		 	145.3		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	 	(839.8	)	 	(1,157.5	)	 	—		
Other, net	 	(4.7	)	 	(1.4	)	 	—		
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing financing activities	 	(1,303.9	)	 	(1,246.4	)	 	(403.7	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	 	(9.2	)	 	(1.5	)	 	24.5		
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	(278.6	)	 	146.4		 	137.6		
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period	 	1,160.7		 	1,014.3		 	876.7		
Cash and cash equivalents – end of period	 	$	882.1		 	$	1,160.7		 	$	1,014.3		
Cash paid during the year for:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	 	$	224.9		 	$	232.5		 	$	225.7		
Income taxes, net of refunds	 	$	251.3		 	$	189.7		 	$	117.4		
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY
Ingersoll-Rand plc (IR-Ireland), an Irish public limited company, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, we, our, the Company) is a diversified, global company that provides products, services and solutions to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings, transport and protect food and perishables, secure homes and commercial properties, and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. Our business segments consist of Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies, each with strong brands and leading positions within their respective markets. We generate revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sale and service of a diverse portfolio of industrial and commercial products that include well-recognized, premium brand names such as Club Car ® , Ingersoll-Rand ® , Schlage ® , Thermo King ® and Trane ® .
NOTE 2 – PROPOSED SPIN-OFF TRANSACTION
In December 2012, the Company's Board of Directors announced a plan to spin off the commercial and residential security businesses (the New Security Company). The separation will result in two standalone companies: Ingersoll Rand; and the New Security Company, a leading global provider of electronic and mechanical security products and services, delivering comprehensive solutions to commercial and residential customers. This new company’s portfolio of brands will include Schlage, LCN ® , Von Duprin ® , Interflex ® , CISA ® , Briton ® , Bricard ® , BOCOM ® Systems, Dexter ® , Kryptonite ® , Falcon ® and Fusion ® Hardware Group.
The completion of the spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approvals, receipt of a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service as to the tax-free nature of the spin-off, as well as certain other matters relating to the spin-off, receipt of legal opinions, execution of intercompany agreements, effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and final approval of the transactions contemplated by the spin-off, as may be required under Irish law. There can be no assurance that any separation transaction will ultimately occur, or, if one does occur, its terms or timing.
Upon completion of the spin-off, IR-Ireland will cease to have any ownership interest in the New Security Company, and the New Security Company will become an independent publicly traded company. The New Security Company is anticipated to be an Irish public limited company (plc).
The disclosures within these Consolidated Financial Statements do not take into account the proposed spin-off of the commercial and residential security businesses.

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:
Basis of Presentation:   The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC).
The Consolidated Financial Statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company. A noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest in a majority-owned subsidiary that is not attributable to the parent. The Company includes Noncontrolling interest as a component of Total equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are presented as an adjustment from Net earnings used to arrive at Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Partially-owned equity affiliates represent 20 - 50 % ownership interests in investments where we demonstrate significant influence, but do not have a controlling financial interest. Partially-owned equity affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. The Company is also required to consolidate variable interest entities in which it bears a majority of the risk to the entities’ potential losses or stands to gain from a majority of the entities’ expected returns. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations and held for sale for all periods presented.
During 2012, the company received a $ 44.3 million dividend from the equity investment in Hussmann Parent. The receipt of this dividend is classified in investing activities within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows due to the cumulative negative equity earnings to date from Hussmann Parent.

F-9

Table of Contents

Certain changes in classification of amounts reported in prior years have been made to conform to the 2012 classification. The Company reclassified 2011 deferred tax balances to conform to the 2012 classification.  This reclassification resulted in an $ 89.8 million increase to current and non-current deferred tax assets and an $ 89.8 million increase to current and non-current deferred tax liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company also reclassified $ 44.4 million of cash provided by investing activities from discontinued to continuing investing activities as it reflects the final settlement of proceeds related to a previously divested business.
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Some of the more significant estimates include accounting for doubtful accounts, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, purchase price allocations of acquired businesses, valuation of assets including goodwill and other intangible assets, product warranties, sales allowances, pension plans, postretirement benefits other than pensions, taxes, environmental costs, product liability, asbestos matters and other contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period that they are determined.
Currency Translation:   Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, have been translated at year-end exchange rates, and income and expense accounts have been translated using average exchange rates throughout the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating an entity’s financial statements into the U.S. dollar have been recorded in the Equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are subject to changes in exchange rates with the resulting gains and losses recorded within Net earnings.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:   Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Marketable Securities:   The Company has classified its marketable securities as available-for-sale in accordance with GAAP. Available-for-sale marketable securities are accounted for at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss, less applicable deferred income taxes, recorded within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). If any of the Company’s marketable securities experience other than temporary declines in value as defined by GAAP, a loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Inventories:   Depending on the business, U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method or the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Non-U.S. inventories are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , approximately 54%  and 53% , respectively, of all inventory utilized the LIFO method.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts :  The Company has provided an allowance for doubtful accounts reserve which represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent in the Company’s account receivables portfolio. This estimate is based upon Company policy, derived from knowledge of its end markets, customer base and products. The Company reserved $ 29.2 million and $ 27.1 million for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment:   Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset except for leasehold improvements, which are depreciated over the shorter of their economic useful life or their lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property, plant and equipment is as follows:

	
					
Buildings	10	to	50	years	
Machinery and equipment	2	to	12	years	
Software	2	to	7	years	
Repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged against earnings as incurred. Major replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized.
The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted

F-10

Table of Contents

cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:   The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded.
In accordance with GAAP, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset.
Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and begins with a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test included in U.S. GAAP. For those reporting units where it is required, the first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit's carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.
The calculation of estimated fair value is based on two valuation techniques, a discounted cash flow model (income approach) and a market adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues (market approach), with each method being equally weighted in the calculation. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step of the goodwill impairment test, was the price paid to acquire that reporting unit.
Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (i.e. Tradenames) is first assessed using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This assessment is used as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. For those indefinite-lived assets where it is required, a fair value is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e. royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.
Intangible assets such as patents, customer-related intangible assets and other intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

	
			
Customer relationships	20	years	
Trademarks	25	years	
Completed technology/patents	10	years	
Other	20	years	
Recoverability of intangible assets with finite useful lives is assessed in the same manner as property, plant and equipment as described above.
Income Taxes:   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and non-U.S. tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering its historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of its tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, the Company records a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit.
Product Warranties:   Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.
The Company's extended warranty liability represents the deferred revenue associated with its extended warranty contracts and is amortized into Revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of

F-11

Table of Contents

the costs incurred. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liability by evaluating the expected costs under its existing contracts to ensure these expected costs do not exceed the extended warranty liability.
Treasury Stock:   The Company, through one of its consolidated subsidiaries, has repurchased its common shares from time to time in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions as authorized by the Board of Directors. These repurchases are based upon current market conditions and the discretion of management. Amounts are recorded at cost and included within the Equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Revenue Recognition:   Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. Delivery generally occurs when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer. Revenue from maintenance contracts or extended warranties is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs incurred. The Company enters into agreements that contain multiple elements, such as equipment, installation and service revenue. For multiple-element arrangements, the revenue relating to undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of the deferred elements. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered elements when the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer, customer acceptance has occurred, and only customary refund or return rights exist related to the delivered elements. Revenues from certain of our equipment and the related installation sold under construction-type contracts are recorded using the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with GAAP.
Environmental Costs:   The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to protecting the environment. Environmental expenditures relating to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which do not contribute to current or future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities for remediation costs are recorded when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated, generally no later than the completion of feasibility studies or the Company’s commitment to a plan of action. The assessment of this liability, which is calculated based on existing technology, does not reflect any offset for possible recoveries from insurance companies, and is not discounted. Refer to Note 20 for further details of environmental matters.
Asbestos Matters :  Certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company are named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. The Company records a liability for its actual and anticipated future claims as well as an asset for anticipated insurance settlements. Although the Company was neither a manufacturer nor producer of asbestos, some of its formerly manufactured components from third party suppliers utilized asbestos-related components. As a result, amounts related to asbestos are recorded within Discontinued operations, net of tax, except for amounts related to Trane U.S. Inc. asbestos liabilities, which are recorded in Earnings from continuing operations. Refer to Note 20 for further details of asbestos-related matters.
Research and Development Costs:   The Company conducts research and development activities for the purpose of developing and improving new products and services. These expenditures are expensed when incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , these expenditures amounted to approximately $ 273.6 million , $ 257.3 million and $ 244.0 million , respectively.
Software Costs:   The Company capitalizes certain qualified internal-use software costs during the application development stage and subsequently amortizes those costs over the software's useful life, which ranges from 2 to 7 years. Refer to Note 6 for further details on software.
Employee Benefit Plans : The Company provides a range of benefits, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits to eligible current and former employees. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, employee mortality, turnover rates, and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuaries perform the required calculations to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into Net earnings over future periods. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. Refer to Note 11 for further details on employee benefit plans.
Loss Contingencies:   Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business, including litigation and administrative proceedings, environmental matters, product liability, product warranty, worker’s compensation and other claims. The Company has recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, the Company believes its estimated reserves are reasonable and does not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on the financial

F-12

Table of Contents

condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company for any year. Refer to Note 20 for further details on loss contingencies.
Derivative Instruments:   The Company periodically enters into cash flow and other derivative transactions to specifically hedge exposure to various risks related to interest rates and currency rates. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. For cash flow designated hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the derivative contract are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, and are recognized in Net earnings at the time earnings are affected by the hedged transaction. For other derivative transactions, the changes in the fair value of the derivative contract are immediately recognized in Net earnings. Refer to Note 10 for further details on derivative instruments.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-04, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)." ASU 2011-04 represents converged guidance between GAAP and IFRS resulting in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The revised disclosure requirements are reflected in Note 12.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, "Presentation of Comprehensive Income." ASU 2011-05 requires the Company to present components of other comprehensive income and of net income in one continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The option to report other comprehensive income within the statement of equity has been removed. This new presentation of comprehensive income is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05." The revised amendments defer the presentation in the financial statements of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. The deferral is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that reporting unit fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. This revised guidance applies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and the related interim and annual goodwill impairment tests. The requirements of ASU 2011-08 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, "Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." This revised standard provides entities with the option to first use an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If a conclusion is reached that the indefinite-lived intangible asset fair value is not more likely than not below carrying value, no further impairment testing is necessary. The Company elected to early adopt. The requirements of ASU 2012-02 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities." ASU 2011-11 requires enhanced disclosures including both gross and net information about financial and derivative instruments eligible for offset or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The requirements of ASU 2011-11 will not have an impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – MARKETABLE SECURITIES
At December 31, Long-term marketable securities included within Other noncurrent assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

																									
 	 	2012	 	2011	
In millions	 	Amortized cost or cost	 	Unrealized
gains	 	Fair
value	 	Amortized cost or cost	 	Unrealized
gains	 	Fair
value	
Equity securities	 	$	5.5		 	$	11.2		 	$	16.7		 	$	5.7		 	$	4.7		 	$	10.4		
NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES
At December 31, the major classes of inventory were as follows:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Raw materials	 	$	501.9		 	$	478.7		
Work-in-process	 	109.6		 	114.4		
Finished goods	 	800.2		 	787.9		
 	 	1,411.7		 	1,381.0		
LIFO reserve	 	(102.9	)	 	(102.7	)	
Total	 	$	1,308.8		 	$	1,278.3		

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
At December 31, the major classes of property, plant and equipment were as follows:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Land	 	$	83.6		 	$	86.5		
Buildings	 	714.7		 	693.4		
Machinery and equipment	 	1,900.9		 	1,784.9		
Software	 	615.0		 	538.0		
 	 	3,314.2		 	3,102.8		
Accumulated depreciation	 	(1,661.6	)	 	(1,463.4	)	
Total	 	$	1,652.6		 	$	1,639.4		
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $238.8 million , $236.2 million and $261.8 million , which include amounts for software amortization of $57.4 million , $53.6 million and $53.1 million , respectively.

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying amount of Goodwill are as follows:  

																					
In millions	 	Climate
Solutions	 	Residential
Solutions	 	Industrial
Technologies	 	Security
Technologies	 	Total	
December 31, 2010 (gross)	 	$	5,380.7		 	$	2,326.4		 	$	368.1		 	$	914.0		 	$	8,989.2		
Acquisitions and adjustments *	 	(6.9	)	 	(7.4	)	 	(0.3	)	 	2.9		 	(11.7	)	
Currency translation	 	(31.0	)	 	—		 	(1.0	)	 	(1.5	)	 	(33.5	)	
December 31, 2011 (gross)	 	5,342.8		 	2,319.0		 	366.8		 	915.4		 	8,944.0		
Acquisitions and adjustments *	 	(2.7	)	 	(1.9	)	 	—		 	—		 	(4.6	)	
Currency translation	 	30.5		 	—		 	1.9		 	7.1		 	39.5		
December 31, 2012 (gross)	 	5,370.6		 	2,317.1		 	368.7		 	922.5		 	8,978.9		
Accumulated impairment **	 	(839.8	)	 	(1,656.2	)	 	—		 	(344.0	)	 	(2,840.0	)	
Goodwill (net)	 	$	4,530.8		 	$	660.9		 	$	368.7		 	$	578.5		 	$	6,138.9		
* During 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded certain purchase accounting adjustments within the Climate Solutions sector of $ 2.9 million and $ 7.9 million , respectively, and the Residential Solutions sector of $ 1.9 million and $ 7.4 million , respectively.
** Accumulated impairment relates to a charge of $ 2,840.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the Company's annual impairment testing.
The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded.
In accordance with the Company’s goodwill impairment testing policy outlined in Note 3, the Company performed its annual impairment test on goodwill in the fourth quarter of each 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 . In each year, the Company determined that the fair values of all identified reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. Therefore, no impairment charges were recorded during 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 .
NOTE 8 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table sets forth the gross amount and related accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 31:

																									
 	 	2012	 	2011	
In millions	 	Gross carrying amount	 	Accumulated amortization	 	Net carrying amount	 	Gross carrying amount	 	Accumulated amortization	 	Net carrying amount	
Completed technologies/patents	 	$	203.2		 	$	(134.4	)	 	$	68.8		 	$	207.1		 	$	(112.6	)	 	$	94.5		
Customer relationships	 	1,966.8		 	(523.6	)	 	1,443.2		 	1,958.5		 	(412.5	)	 	1,546.0		
Trademarks (finite-lived)	 	98.0		 	(32.1	)	 	65.9		 	96.1		 	(27.6	)	 	68.5		
Other	 	71.4		 	(59.4	)	 	12.0		 	69.7		 	(56.1	)	 	13.6		
Total finite-lived intangible assets	 	2,339.4		 	$	(749.5	)	 	1,589.9		 	2,331.4		 	$	(608.8	)	 	1,722.6		
Trademarks (indefinite-lived)	 	2,611.0		 	 	 	2,611.0		 	2,611.0		 	 	 	2,611.0		
Total	 	$	4,950.4		 	 	 	$	4,200.9		 	$	4,942.4		 	 	 	$	4,333.6		

The Company amortizes intangible assets with finite useful lives on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives in accordance with GAAP. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization, but instead, are tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present).
Intangible asset amortization expense for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 was $ 139.6 million , $ 144.6 million and $ 153.2 million , respectively. Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in each of the next five years amounts to approximately $ 129 million for 2013, $ 128 million for 2014, $ 127 million for 2015, $ 110 million for 2016, and $ 110 million for 2017.
In accordance with the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing policy outlined in Note 3, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . In each year, the Company determined the fair value of all indefinite-lived intangible assets to exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, no impairment charges were recorded during 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTE 9 – DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES
At December 31, short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt consisted of the following:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Debentures with put feature	 	$	343.0		 	$	343.6		
Exchangeable Senior Notes	 	—		 	341.2		
6.000% Senior notes due 2013	 	600.0		 	—		
Other current maturities of long-term debt	 	10.8		 	12.5		
Other short-term borrowings	 	9.9		 	66.0		
Total	 	$	963.7		 	$	763.3		
The weighted-average interest rate for total short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was 6.2% and 5.4% , respectively.
At December 31, long-term debt excluding current maturities consisted of:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
6.000% Senior notes due 2013	 	$	—		 	$	599.9		
9.500% Senior notes due 2014	 	655.0		 	655.0		
5.50% Senior notes due 2015	 	196.4		 	194.7		
4.75% Senior notes due 2015	 	299.7		 	299.6		
6.875% Senior notes due 2018	 	749.4		 	749.3		
9.00% Debentures due 2021	 	125.0		 	125.0		
7.20% Debentures due 2013-2025	 	90.0		 	97.5		
6.48% Debentures due 2025	 	149.7		 	149.7		
Other loans and notes, at end-of-year average interest rates of 1.00% in 2012 and
2.87% in 2011, maturing in various amounts to 2019	 	4.1		 	8.6		
Total	 	$	2,269.3		 	$	2,879.3		
At December 31, 2012 , long-term debt retirements are as follows:

	
				
In millions	  	
2013	$	953.8		
2014	660.4		
2015	508.0		
2016	8.8		
2017	7.7		
Thereafter	1,084.4		
Total	$	3,223.1		
Commercial Paper Program
The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, under the commercial paper program is $ 2 billion as of December 31, 2012 . Under the commercial paper program, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited (IR-Global), may issue notes from time to time, and the proceeds of the financing will be used for general corporate purposes. Each of IR-Ireland, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited (IR-Limited), and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited (IR-International) has provided an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee for the notes issued under the commercial paper program. The Company had no commercial paper outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 .

F-16

Table of Contents

Debentures with Put Feature
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the Company had outstanding $343.0 million and 343.6 million , respectively, of fixed rate debentures which only require early repayment at the option of the holder. These debentures contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, the Company is obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder’s option, the outstanding principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the debentures held by the holder. If these options are not exercised, the final maturity dates would range between 2027 and 2028 .
On February 15, 2012, holders of these debentures had the option to exercise the put feature on $ 37.2 million of the outstanding debentures. No holder chose to exercise the put feature at that date. On October 15, 2012, holders of these debentures had the option to exercise the put feature on $ 306.4 million of the outstanding debentures. Holders chose to exercise the put feature on $ 0.6 million of the outstanding debentures at that date, and were paid in November 2012.
Exchangeable Senior Notes Due 2012
In April 2009, the Company issued $ 345 million of 4.5% Exchangeable Senior Notes (the Notes) through its wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. The Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of IR-Ireland, IR-Limited, and IR-International. Holders had the option to exchange their Notes for the Company's ordinary shares through April 12, 2012.
The Company accounted for the Notes in accordance with GAAP, which required the Company to allocate the proceeds between debt and equity at the issuance date, in a manner that reflected the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. At issuance, the Company allocated approximately $ 305 million of the gross proceeds to debt, with the remaining discount of approximately $ 40 million (approximately $ 39 million after allocated fees) recorded within Equity. The Company amortized the discount into Interest expense over the three-year term. As the Notes were exchangeable at the holders’ option through April 12, 2012, the remaining equity portion of the Notes at December 31, 2011 was classified as Temporary equity to reflect the amount that could result in cash settlement at the balance sheet date.
The Company settled all remaining outstanding Notes during 2012. As a result, the Company paid $ 357 million in cash and issued 10.8 million ordinary shares to settle the principal, interest and equity portion of the Notes.
Other Debt
On May 26, 2010, the Company entered into a 3-year, $ 1.0 billion revolving credit facility through its wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. On March 15, 2012, this credit facility was refinanced with a 5-year, $ 1.0 billion revolving credit facility maturing on March 15, 2017 . The Company also has a 4-year, $1.0 billion revolving credit facility maturing on May 20, 2015 , through its wholly-owned subsidiary, IR-Global. Each of IR-Ireland, IR-Limited and IR-International has provided an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee for these credit facilities. The total committed revolving credit facilities of $ 2.0 billion are unused and provide support for the Company's commercial paper program as well as for other general corporate purposes.
In addition, other available non-U.S. lines of credit were $ 933.3 million , of which $ 705.4 million was unused at December 31, 2012 . These lines provide support for bank guarantees, letters of credit and other general corporate purposes.
Guarantees
Subsequent to the Ireland Reorganization, IR-Ireland and IR-Limited guarantees fully and unconditionally the outstanding public debt of IR-International, IR-Global and IR-New Jersey.
NOTE 10 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the normal course of business, the Company may use various financial instruments, including derivative instruments, to manage the risks associated with interest rate and currency rate exposures. These financial instruments are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, a cash flow hedge of a recognized asset or liability, or as an undesignated derivative. The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivative instruments that are designated as hedges to specific assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions.
The fair market value of derivative instruments is determined through market-based valuations and may not be representative of the actual gains or losses that will be recorded when these instruments mature due to future fluctuations in the markets in which they are traded.
The Company assesses at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. To the extent the derivative is deemed to be a

F-17

Table of Contents

highly effective hedge, the fair market value changes of the instrument are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).
Any ineffective portion of a derivative instrument’s change in fair value is recorded in Net earnings in the period of change. If the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective, or it becomes probable that a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the hedging relationship will be undesignated and any future gains and losses on the derivative instrument will be recorded in Net earnings.
Currency Hedging Instruments
The notional amount of the Company’s currency derivatives were $ 1,656.7 million and $ 1,818.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , a loss of $ 4.0 million and a gain of $ 2.3 million , net of tax, respectively, was included in AOCI related to the fair value of the Company’s currency derivatives designated as accounting hedges. The amount expected to be reclassified into Net earnings over the next twelve months is a loss of $ 4.0 million . The actual amounts that will be reclassified to Net earnings may vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions. Gains and losses associated with the Company’s currency derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded in Net earnings as changes in fair value occur. At December 31, 2012 , the maximum term of the Company’s currency derivatives was approximately 12 months.
Other Derivative Instruments
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company entered into interest rate locks for the forecasted issuance of approximately $ 1.4 billion of Senior Notes due in 2013 and 2018. These interest rate locks met the criteria to be accounted for as cash flow hedges of a forecasted transaction. Consequently, the changes in fair value of the interest rate locks were recognized in AOCI. No further gain or loss will be recognized in AOCI related to these interest rate locks as the contracts were effectively terminated upon issuance of the underlying debt. However, the amount of AOCI associated with these interest rate locks at the time of termination will be recognized into Interest expense over the term of the notes. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , $ 7.2 million and $ 9.0 million , respectively, of losses remained in AOCI related to these interest rate locks. The amount expected to be reclassified into Interest expense over the next twelve months is $ 1.6 million .
In March 2005, the Company entered into interest rate locks for the forecasted issuance of $ 300 million of Senior Notes due 2015. These interest rate locks met the criteria to be accounted for as cash flow hedges of a forecasted transaction. Consequently, the changes in fair value of the interest rate locks were recognized in AOCI. No further gain or loss will be recognized in AOCI related to these interest rate locks as the contracts were effectively terminated upon issuance of the underlying debt. However, the amount of AOCI associated with these interest rate locks at the time of termination will be recognized into Interest expense over the term of the notes. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , $ 3.1 million and $ 4.3 million , respectively, of losses remained in AOCI related to these interest rate locks. The amount expected to be reclassified into Interest expense over the next twelve months is $ 1.3 million .
The fair values of derivative instruments included within the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31 were as follows:

	
																	
 	 	Asset derivatives	 	Liability derivatives	
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2012	 	2011	
Derivatives designated as hedges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Currency derivatives	 	$	0.1		 	$	3.1		 	$	4.6		 	$	0.3		
Derivatives not designated as hedges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Currency derivatives	 	4.6		 	6.2		 	7.1		 	21.9		
Total derivatives	 	$	4.7		 	$	9.3		 	$	11.7		 	$	22.2		
Asset and liability derivatives included in the table above are recorded within Other current assets and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively.

F-18

Table of Contents

The amounts associated with derivatives designated as hedges affecting Net earnings and AOCI for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
																											
 	 	Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in AOCI	 	Location of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI and recognized into Net earnings	 	Amount of gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI and recognized into Net earnings	
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	 		 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Currency derivatives	 	$	(7.2	)	 	$	2.4		 	$	2.2		 	Cost of goods sold	 	$	0.2		 	$	0.1		 	$	(0.4	)	
Interest rate locks	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	Interest expense	 	(3.0	)	 	(2.9	)	 	(2.8	)	
Total	 	$	(7.2	)	 	$	2.4		 	$	2.2		 	 	 	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(3.2	)	
The amounts associated with derivatives not designated as hedges affecting Net earnings for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
															
In millions	 	Location of gain (loss) recognized in Net earnings	 	Amount of gain (loss) recognized in Net earnings	
				2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Currency derivatives	 	Other, net	 	$	28.4		 	$	(7.4	)	 	$	56.4		
Total	 	 	 	$	28.4		 	$	(7.4	)	  	$	56.4		

The gains and losses associated with the Company’s undesignated currency derivatives are materially offset in Net earnings by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The counterparties to the Company’s forward contracts consist of a number of investment grade major international financial institutions. The Company could be exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. However, the credit ratings and the concentration of risk in these financial institutions are monitored on a continuous basis and present no significant credit risk to the Company.

NOTE 11 – PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
The Company sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all of our U.S. employees. Additionally, the Company has many non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible non-U.S. employees. Postretirement benefits, other than pensions, provide healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits for certain eligible employees.
Pension Plans
The noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering non-collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on an average pay formula while most plans for collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on a flat dollar benefit formula. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based on earnings and years of service. The Company also maintains additional other supplemental plans for officers and other key employees.
On June 8, 2012, the Board of Directors approved amendments to the Company's retirement plans for certain U.S. and Puerto Rico non-bargained employees. Eligible non-bargained employees hired prior to July 1, 2012 were given a choice of remaining in their respective defined benefit plan until the plan freezes on December 31, 2022 or freezing their accrued benefits in their respective defined benefit plan as of December 31, 2012 and receiving an additional 2% non-matching Company contribution into the Company's applicable defined contribution plan. Eligible employees hired or rehired on or after July 1, 2012 will automatically receive the 2% non-matching Company contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan in lieu of participating in the defined benefit plan. Beginning January 1, 2023, all eligible employees will receive the 2% non-matching contribution into the applicable defined contribution plan . As a result of these changes, the Company's projected benefit obligations for the amended plans were remeasured as of June 8, 2012, which included updating the discount rate assumption to 4.00% from the 4.25% assumed at December 31, 2011. The amendments resulted in a 2012 curtailment loss of $ 4.0 million . The amendment and remeasurement resulted in an increase of $ 1.0 million to the projected benefit obligation, an increase of $ 29.4 million to the plan assets, an actuarial gain of $ 28.4 million and a credit of $ 4.0 million to prior service cost during 2012.
In connection with the 2011 Hussmann divestiture, the Company transferred its obligations for pension benefits f or all current and former employees related to the divestiture.

F-19

Table of Contents

The following table details information regarding the Company’s pension plans at December 31:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Change in benefit obligations:	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	3,841.1		 	$	3,799.5		
Service cost	 	96.8		 	93.5		
Interest cost	 	163.6		 	185.5		
Employee contributions	 	1.5		 	1.9		
Amendments	 	3.4		 	0.9		
Actuarial (gains) losses	 	374.3		 	273.4		
Benefits paid	 	(217.2	)	 	(244.4	)	
Currency translation	 	37.4		 	(6.0	)	
Curtailments and settlements	 	(63.4	)	 	(254.8	)	
Other, including expenses paid	 	(8.9	)	 	(8.4	)	
Benefit obligation at end of year	 	$	4,228.6		 	$	3,841.1		
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	
Fair value at beginning of year	 	$	3,100.4		 	$	3,248.6		
Actual return on assets	 	320.5		 	270.3		
Company contributions	 	89.1		 	57.3		
Employee contributions	 	1.5		 	1.9		
Benefits paid	 	(217.2	)	 	(244.4	)	
Currency translation	 	31.0		 	(3.8	)	
Settlements	 	(5.6	)	 	(221.1	)	
Other, including expenses paid	 	(9.5	)	 	(8.4	)	
Fair value of assets end of year	 	$	3,310.2		 	$	3,100.4		
Funded status:	 	 	 	 	
Plan assets less than the benefit obligations	 	$	(918.4	)	 	$	(740.7	)	
Amounts included in the balance sheet:	 	 	 	 	
Other noncurrent assets	 	$	5.1		 	$	4.7		
Accrued compensation and benefits	 	(9.9	)	 	(14.8	)	
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	 	(913.6	)	 	(730.6	)	
Net amount recognized	 	$	(918.4	)	 	$	(740.7	)	

It is the Company’s objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. However, certain plans are not or cannot be funded due to either legal, accounting, or tax requirements in certain jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2012 , approximately six percent of our projected benefit obligation relates to plans that cannot be funded.

F-20

Table of Contents

The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	Prior service cost	 	Net actuarial losses	 	Total	
December 31, 2011	 	$	(30.4	)	 	$	(1,200.0	)	 	$	(1,230.4	)	
Current year changes recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	(3.4	)	 	(169.6	)	 	(173.0	)	
Amortization reclassified to earnings	 	5.1		 	60.6		 	65.7		
Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings	 	4.4		 	0.5		 	4.9		
Currency translation and other	 	0.8		 	(10.4	)	 	(9.6	)	
December 31, 2012	 	$	(23.5	)	 	$	(1,318.9	)	 	$	(1,342.4	)	
 
Weighted-average assumptions used:

							
Benefit obligations at December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	
Discount rate:	 	 	 	 	
U.S. plans	 	3.75	%	 	4.25	%	
Non-U.S. plans	 	4.25	%	 	5.00	%	
Rate of compensation increase:	 	 	 	 	
U.S. plans	 	4.00	%	 	4.00	%	
Non-U.S. plans	 	4.00	%	 	4.00	%	
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $ 4,032.2 million and $ 3,637.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations more than plan assets were $ 4,182.8 million , $ 3,994.0 million and $ 3,263.9 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2012 , and $ 3,750.6 million , $ 3,560.1 million and $ 3,009.3 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2011 .
Pension benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows:

	
				
In millions	  	
2013	$	220.2		
2014	226.4		
2015	238.1		
2016	232.6		
2017	236.0		
2018 - 2022	1,326.3		

F-21

Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s net periodic pension benefit costs for the years ended December 31 include the following:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Service cost	 	$	96.8		 	$	93.5		 	$	87.1		
Interest cost	 	163.6		 	185.5		 	194.5		
Expected return on plan assets	 	(173.6	)	 	(219.6	)	 	(196.3	)	
Net amortization of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prior service costs	 	5.1		 	5.6		 	8.2		
Transition amount	 	—		 	—		 	0.1		
Plan net actuarial losses	 	60.6		 	51.1		 	55.5		
Net periodic pension benefit cost	 	152.5		 	116.1		 	149.1		
Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses	 	4.9		 	62.5		 	6.2		
Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses	 	$	157.4		 	$	178.6		 	$	155.3		
Amounts recorded in continuing operations	 	$	148.1		 	$	177.2		 	$	148.4		
Amounts recorded in discontinued operations	 	9.3		 	1.4		 	6.9		
Total	 	$	157.4		 	$	178.6		 	$	155.3		
The curtailment and settlement losses in 2012 are associated with the recent amendments to the pension plans and lump sum distributions under the supplemental benefit plans for officers and other key employees. The curtailment and settlement losses in 2011 are associated with the divestiture of Hussmann and lump sum distributions under supplemental benefit plans for officers and other key employees. The curtailment and settlement losses in 2010 are associated with lump sum distributions under supplemental benefit plans for officers and other key employees.
Pension expense for 2013 is projected to be approximately $ 148.4 million , utilizing the assumptions for calculating the pension benefit obligations at the end of 2012 . The amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the year ended 2013 for prior service cost and plan net actuarial losses are $ 4.7 million and $ 62.3 million , respectively.
Weighted-average assumptions used:

										
Net periodic pension cost for the year ended December 31,	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Discount rate:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. plans	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the period January 1 to June 7	 	4.25	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.75	%	
For the period June 8 to December 31	 	4.00	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.75	%	
Non-U.S. plans	 	5.00	%	 	5.50	%	 	5.50	%	
Rate of compensation increase:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. plans	 	4.00	%	 	4.00	%	 	4.00	%	
Non-U.S. plans	 	4.00	%	 	4.50	%	 	4.50	%	
Expected return on plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. plans	 	5.75	%	 	7.25	%	 	7.75	%	
Non-U.S. plans	 	5.75	%	 	6.25	%	 	7.00	%	
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan’s investment policy, the types of assets held and target asset allocations. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of the measurement date. The Company reviews each plan and its historical returns and target asset allocations to determine the appropriate expected long-term rate of return on plan assets to be used.
The Company's objective in managing its defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. It seeks to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Prior to 2011, the Company utilized asset/liability modeling studies as the basis for global asset allocation decisions. In 2011, the Company adopted a dynamic approach to asset allocation whereby a plan's allocation to fixed income assets increases progressively over time towards an ultimate target

F-22

Table of Contents

of 90% as a plan moves toward full funding. The Company monitors plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2012 by asset category are as follows:

	
																	
 	 	Fair value measurements	 	Total
fair value	
In millions	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	5.8		 	$	25.5		 	$	—		 	$	31.3		
Equity investments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Registered mutual funds - equity specialty (a)	 	5.9		 	—		 	—		 	5.9		
Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)	 	—		 	935.2		 	—		 	935.2		
 	 	5.9		 	935.2		 	—		 	941.1		
Fixed income investments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government and agency obligations	 	—		 	817.0		 	—		 	817.0		
Corporate and non-U.S. bonds (b)	 	—		 	890.2		 	—		 	890.2		
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities	 	—		 	53.0		 	—		 	53.0		
Registered mutual funds - fixed income specialty (c)	 	33.8		 	—		 	—		 	33.8		
Commingled funds – fixed income specialty (c)	 	—		 	439.1		 	—		 	439.1		
Other fixed income (d)	 	—		 	—		 	21.9		 	21.9		
 	 	33.8		 	2,199.3		 	21.9		 	2,255.0		
Derivatives	 	—		 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(0.1	)	
Real estate (e)	 	—		 	—		 	29.2		 	29.2		
Other (f)	 	—		 	—		 	54.4		 	54.4		
Total assets at fair value	 	$	45.5		 	$	3,159.9		 	$	105.5		 	$	3,310.9		
Receivables and payables, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(0.7	)	
Net assets available for benefits	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	3,310.2		
		
(a)	This class includes commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on equity investments. It includes both indexed and actively managed funds.	
		
(b)	This class includes state and municipal bonds.	
		
(c)	This class comprises commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on fixed income securities.	
		
(d)	This class includes group annuity and guaranteed interest contracts as well as other miscellaneous fixed income securities.	
		
(e)	This class includes several private equity funds that invest in real estate. It includes both direct investment funds and funds-of-funds.	
		
(f)	This investment comprises the Company’s non-significant, non-U.S. pension plan assets. It mostly includes insurance contracts.	

F-23

Table of Contents

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2011 by asset category are as follows:

	
																	
 	 	Fair value measurements	 	Total
fair value	
In millions	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 		
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1.5		 	$	29.0		 	$	—		 	$	30.5		
Equity investments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Registered mutual funds - equity specialty (a)  *	 	5.8		 	—		 	—		 	5.8		
Commingled funds – equity specialty (a)  *	 	—		 	858.0		 	—		 	858.0		
 	 	5.8		 	858.0		 	—		 	863.8		
Fixed income investments:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. government and agency obligations	 	—		 	842.4		 	—		 	842.4		
Corporate and non-U.S. bonds (b)	 	—		 	773.8		 	—		 	773.8		
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities	 	—		 	65.8		 	—		 	65.8		
Registered mutual funds - fixed income specialty (c)  *	 	32.5		 	—		 	—		 	32.5		
Commingled funds – fixed income specialty (c)  *	 	—		 	403.6		 	—		 	403.6		
Other fixed income (d)	 	—		 	—		 	21.0		 	21.0		
 	 	32.5		 	2,085.6		 	21.0		 	2,139.1		
Derivatives	 	—		 	0.1		 	—		 	0.1		
Real estate (e)	 	—		 	—		 	33.6		 	33.6		
Other (f)	 	—		 	—		 	42.6		 	42.6		
Total assets at fair value	 	$	39.8		 	$	2,972.7		 	$	97.2		 	$	3,109.7		
Receivables and payables, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(9.3	)	
Net assets available for benefits	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	3,100.4		
* The Company revised the classification of items in the 2011 table to conform to the 2012 table classifications. The most significant revisions were the creation of the registered mutual funds categories and the recategorization of $ 13 million of registered mutual funds from Level 2 to Level 1 as the fair value of those assets are based on quoted prices in active markets.
		
(a)	This class includes commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on equity investments. It includes both indexed and actively managed funds.	
		
(b)	This class includes state and municipal bonds.	
		
(c)	This class comprises commingled and registered mutual funds that focus on fixed income securities.	
		
(d)	This class includes group annuity and guaranteed interest contracts as well as other miscellaneous fixed income securities.	
		
(e)	This class includes several private equity funds that invest in real estate. It includes both direct investment funds and funds-of-funds.	
		
(f)	This investment comprises the Company’s non-significant, non-U.S. pension plan assets. It mostly includes insurance contracts.	
Cash equivalents are valued using a market approach with inputs including quoted market prices for either identical or similar instruments. Fixed income securities are valued through a market approach with inputs including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker quotes and issuer spreads. Commingled funds are valued at their daily net asset value (NAV) per share or the equivalent. NAV per share or the equivalent is used for fair value purposes as a practical expedient. NAVs are calculated by the investment manager or sponsor of the fund. Private real estate fund values are reported by the fund manager and are based on valuation or appraisal of the underlying investments.
See Note 12 for additional information related to the fair value hierarchy defined by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement.
The Company made required and discretionary contributions to its pension plans of $ 89.1 million in 2012 , $ 57.3 million in 2011 , and $ 499.2 million in 2010 . The Company currently projects that it will contribute approximately $ 102.5 million to its plans worldwide in 2013 . The Company’s policy allows it to fund an amount, which could be in excess of or less than the pension cost expensed, subject to the limitations imposed by current tax regulations. The Company anticipates funding the plans in 2013 in accordance with contributions required by funding regulations or the laws of each jurisdiction.

F-24

Table of Contents

Most of the Company’s U.S. employees are covered by defined contribution plans. Employer contributions are determined based on criteria specific to the individual plans and amounted to approximately $ 76.8 million , $ 79.2 million , and $ 69.9 million in 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The Company’s contributions relating to non-U.S. defined contribution plans and other non-U.S. benefit plans were $ 27.1 million , $ 28.8 million and $ 20.4 million in 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
Multiemployer Pension Plans
The Company also participates in a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans related to collectively bargained U.S. employees of Trane. The Company's contributions, and the administration of the fixed retirement payments, are determined by the terms of the related collective-bargaining agreements. These multiemployer plans pose different risks to the Company than single-employer plans, including:
		
1.	The Company's contributions to multiemployer plans may be used to provide benefits to all participating employees of the program, including employees of other employers.	
		
2.	In the event that another participating employer ceases contributions to a plan, the Company may be responsible for any unfunded obligations along with the remaining participating employers.	
		
3.	If the Company chooses to withdraw from any of the multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability, based on the underfunded status of the plan.	
As of December 31, 2012 , the Company does not contribute to any plans which are individually significant, nor is the Company an individually significant contributor to any of these plans. Total contributions to multiemployer plans, excluding Hussmann, for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Total contributions	 	$	5.4		 	$	5.2		 	$	4.8		
Contributions to these plans may increase in the event that any of these plans are underfunded.
During 2011, the Company divested the Hussmann Business and Branches which participated in various multiemployer pension plans. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company contributed approximately $6.4 million and $9.4 million , respectively, to such plans. These contributions will not occur in future periods.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
The Company sponsors several postretirement plans that provide for healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits that cover certain eligible employees. These plans are unfunded and have no plan assets, but are instead funded by the Company on a pay-as-you-go basis in the form of direct benefit payments. Generally, postretirement health benefits are contributory with contributions adjusted annually. Life insurance plans for retirees are primarily noncontributory.
The Board of Directors approved amendments on February 1, 2012 to its postretirement medical plan with respect to post-65 retiree medical coverage. Effective January 1, 2013, the Company discontinued offering company-sponsored retiree medical coverage for certain individuals age 65 and older. The Company transitioned affected individuals to coverage through the individual Medicare market and will provide a tax-advantaged subsidy to those retirees eligible for subsidized company coverage that can be used toward reimbursing premiums and other qualified medical expenses for individual Medicare supplemental coverage that is purchased through our third-party Medicare coordinator.
As a result of these changes, the Company's projected benefit obligations were remeasured as of February 1, 2012, which included updating the discount rate assumption to 3.75% from the 4.00% assumed at December 31, 2011. The remeasurement resulted in a decrease of $ 40.5 million to the projected benefit obligation, an actuarial loss of $ 21.3 million and a credit of $ 61.8 million to prior service cost.
In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Healthcare and Education Reform Reconciliation Bill of 2010 (collectively, the Healthcare Reform Legislatio n) were signed into law. The Healthcare Reform Legislation contains provisions which could impact our accounting for retiree medical benefits in future periods. The retiree medical plans currently receive the retiree drug subsidy under Medicare Part D. No later than 2014, a significant portion of the drug coverage will be moved to a Medicare-approved Employer Group Waiver Plan while retaining the same benefit provisions. This change resulted in an actuarial gain which decreased the December 31, 2010 retiree medical plan liability, as well as the net actuarial losses in other comprehensive income, by $ 41.1 million .
In connection with the 2011 Hussmann divestiture, the Company transferred its obligations for postretirement benefits other than pensions for all current and former employees related to the divestiture.

F-25

Table of Contents

The following table details information regarding the Company’s postretirement plans at December 31:

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Change in benefit obligations:	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	919.9		 	$	883.0		
Service cost	 	7.3		 	8.4		
Interest cost	 	30.8		 	42.0		
Plan participants’ contributions	 	19.1		 	20.5		
Actuarial (gains) losses	 	15.4		 	63.3		
Benefits paid, net of Medicare Part D subsidy *	 	(78.8	)	 	(81.2	)	
Settlements/curtailments	 	—		 	(12.7	)	
Amendments	 	(62.3	)	 	(2.2	)	
Other	 	—		 	(1.2	)	
Benefit obligations at end of year	 	$	851.4		 	$	919.9		
* Amounts are net of Medicare Part D subsidy of $ 0.7 million and $ 7.4 million in 2012 and 2011 , respectively

	
									
Funded status:	 	 	 	 	
Plan assets less than benefit obligations	 	$	(851.4	)	 	$	(919.9	)	
Amounts included in the balance sheet:	 	 	 	 	
Accrued compensation and benefits	 	$	(68.2	)	 	$	(71.8	)	
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	 	(783.2	)	 	(848.1	)	
Total	 	$	(851.4	)	 	$	(919.9	)	

The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	Prior service gains	 	Net actuarial losses	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2011	 	$	5.0		 	$	(172.2	)	 	$	(167.2	)	
Current year changes recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	62.2		 	(15.4	)	 	46.8		
Amortization reclassified to earnings	 	(10.3	)	 	7.3		 	(3.0	)	
Balance at December 31, 2012	 	$	56.9		 	$	(180.3	)	 	$	(123.4	)	

F-26

Table of Contents

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Service cost	 	$	7.3		 	$	8.4		 	$	8.9		
Interest cost	 	30.8		 	42.0		 	48.1		
Net amortization of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prior service gains	 	(10.3	)	 	(3.5	)	 	(3.4	)	
Net actuarial losses	 	7.3		 	1.6		 	11.0		
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost	 	35.1		 	48.5		 	64.6		
Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses	 	—		 	(10.1	)	 	—		
Net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses	 	$	35.1		 	$	38.4		 	$	64.6		
Amounts recorded in continuing operations	 	$	23.0		 	$	20.9		 	$	39.4		
Amounts recorded in discontinued operations	 	12.1		 	17.5		 	25.2		
Total	 	$	35.1		 	$	38.4		 	$	64.6		
The curtailment and settlement gains in 2011 are associated with the divestiture of Hussmann. Postretirement cost for 2013 is projected to be $ 34.0 million . Amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic postretirement benefits cost in 2013 for prior service gains and plan net actuarial losses are $ 10.5 million and $ 10.6 million , respectively.

	
										
Assumptions:	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Weighted-average discount rate assumption to determine:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligations at December 31	 	3.25	%	 	4.00	%	 	5.00	%	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the period January 1 to January 31	 	4.00	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.50	%	
For the period February 1 to December 31	 	3.75	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.50	%	
Assumed health-care cost trend rates at December 31:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current year medical inflation	 	8.05	%	 	8.45	%	 	8.85	%	
Ultimate inflation rate	 	5.00	%	 	5.00	%	 	5.00	%	
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate	 	2021		 	2021		 	2021		
A 1% change in the medical trend rate assumed for postretirement benefits would have the following effects at December 31, 2012 :

	
									
In millions	 	1%
Increase	 	1%
Decrease	
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	 	$	1.4		 	$	(1.3	)	
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	 	39.0		 	(34.2	)	

F-27

Table of Contents

Benefit payments for postretirement benefits, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be paid as follows:

	
				
In millions	  	
2013	$	69.3		
2014	68.0		
2015	67.3		
2016	66.6		
2017	65.3		
2018 - 2022	293.2		
NOTE 12 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on a framework that utilizes the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:
		
•	Level 1 – Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	
		
•	Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.	
		
•	Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities.	
The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

	
																
 	Fair value measurements	 	Total
fair value	
In millions	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)	 	Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)	 	Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)	 		
Recurring fair value measurements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Marketable securities	$	16.7		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	16.7		
Derivative instruments	—		 	4.7		 	—		 	4.7		
Total asset recurring fair value measurements	$	16.7		 	$	4.7		 	$	—		 	$	21.4		
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments	$	—		 	$	11.7		 	$	—		 	$	11.7		
Total liability recurring fair value measurements	$	—		 	$	11.7		 	$	—		 	$	11.7		
Financial instruments not carried at fair value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	$	—		 	$	3,663.1		 	$	—		 	$	3,663.1		
Total financial instruments not carried at fair value	$	—		 	$	3,663.1		 	$	—		 	$	3,663.1		

F-28

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	
																
 	Fair value measurements	 	Total
fair value	
In millions	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)	 	Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)	 	Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)	 		
Recurring fair value measurements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Marketable securities	$	10.4		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	10.4		
Derivative instruments	—		 	9.3		 	—		 	9.3		
Total asset recurring fair value measurements	$	10.4		 	$	9.3		 	$	—		 	$	19.7		
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative instruments	$	—		 	$	22.2		 	$	—		 	$	22.2		
Total liability recurring fair value measurements	$	—		 	$	22.2		 	$	—		 	$	22.2		
Financial instruments not carried at fair value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	$	—		 	$	4,359.2		 	$	—		 	$	4,359.2		
Total financial instruments not carried at fair value	$	—		 	$	4,359.2		 	$	—		 	$	4,359.2		
In prior years, the Company included benefit trust assets and liabilities within its fair value disclosures. Benefit trust assets consist primarily of insurance contracts and are recorded at cash surrender value. Benefit trust liabilities include deferred compensation and executive death benefits, and are recorded based on the underlying investment portfolio of the deferred compensation plan and the specific benefits guaranteed in the death benefit contract with each executive. Benefit trust assets and liabilities of $ 169.5 million and $ 178.3 million , respectively, have been removed from the December 31, 2011 table above.
See Note 11 for disclosure of fair value measurements related to the Company’s pension assets.
The Company determines the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:
		
•	Marketable securities – These securities include investments in publicly traded stock of non-U.S. companies held by non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company. The fair value is obtained for the securities based on observable market prices quoted on public stock exchanges.	
		
•	Derivative instruments – These instruments include forward foreign currency contracts and instruments related to non-functional currency balance sheet exposures. The fair value of the derivative instruments are determined based on a pricing model that uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable.	
		
•	Debt – These securities are recorded at cost and include fixed-rate debentures maturing in 2027 and 2028 , which only require early prepayment at the option of the holder; exchangeable senior notes; other senior notes maturing through 2025 , and other short-term borrowings. The fair value of the long-term debt instruments is obtained based on observable market prices quoted on public exchanges for similar assets.	
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
These methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 are the same as those used at December 31, 2011 . There have been no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories.

F-29

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – EQUITY
Ordinary Shares
At December 31, 2012 , a reconciliation of ordinary shares is as follows:

	
			
In millions	Total	
December 31, 2011	297.1		
Shares issued under incentive plans	6.1		
Shares issued for settlement of Exchangeable Senior Notes	10.8		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(18.4	)	
December 31, 2012	295.6		
In April 2011, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $ 2.0 billion of the Company's ordinary shares under a share repurchase program. On June 8, 2011, the Company commenced share repurchases under this program. During 2011, the Company repurchased 36.3 million shares for approximately $ 1.2 billion , excluding commissions. During 2012 , the Company repurchased 18.4 million shares for approximately $ 0.8 billion , excluding commissions. These repurchases were accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary shares and Capital in excess of par value as they were canceled upon repurchase.
In December 2011, the Company declared a dividend of $ 0.16 per ordinary share payable on March 30, 2012 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2012. This represented a non-cash financing activity and was excluded from the 2011 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The cash impact of the dividend is reflected in the 2012 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, as the dividend was paid during 2012.
In December 2012, the Company declared a dividend of $ 0.21 per ordinary share payable on March 28, 2013 to shareholders of record on March 12, 2013. This represents a non-cash financing activity and has been excluded from the 2012 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The cash impact of the dividend will be reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows when paid.
The authorized share capital of IR-Ireland is 1,185,040,000 shares, consisting of (1)  1,175,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $ 1.00 per share, (2)  40,000 ordinary shares, par value EUR 1.00 and (3)  10,000,000 preference shares, par value $ 0.001 per share. No preference shares were outstanding at December 31, 2012 or 2011 .
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

																	
In millions	 	Cash flow hedges and marketable securities	 	Pension and OPEB Items	 	Foreign Currency Items	 	Total	
December 31, 2010	 	$	(5.4	)	 	$	(825.7	)	 	$	506.1		 	$	(325.0	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	0.9		 	(71.4	)	 	(158.1	)	 	(228.6	)	
December 31, 2011	 	$	(4.5	)	 	$	(897.1	)	 	$	348.0		 	$	(553.6	)	
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax	 	3.1		 	(67.1	)	 	96.6		 	32.6		
December 31, 2012	 	$	(1.4	)	 	$	(964.2	)	 	$	444.6		 	$	(521.0	)	

The amounts of Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests are as follows:

													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Pension and OPEB items	 	$	(1.3	)	 	$	(0.6	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Foreign currency items	 	(11.1	)	 	—		 	—		
Total other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	$	(12.4	)	 	$	(0.6	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
During 2012, the Company reclassified a $ 11.5 million currency translation loss to Noncontrolling interests from IR-Ireland shareholders' equity related to activity from prior to 2012. This reclassification corrects the allocation of currency translation gains (losses) between the Equity components. The Company does not believe this reclassification adjustment is material to 2012 or to any of its previously issued annual or interim financial statements.

F-30

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company records share-based compensation awards using a fair value method and recognizes compensation expense for an amount equal to the fair value of the share-based payment issued in its financial statements. The Company’s share-based compensation plans include programs for stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance share units (PSUs), and deferred compensation.
Under the Company's incentive stock plan, the total number of ordinary shares authorized by the shareholders is 27.0 million , of which 5.3 million remains available as of December 31, 2012 for future incentive awards.
Compensation Expense
Share-based compensation expense related to continuing operations is included in Selling and administrative expenses. The following table summarizes the expenses recognized:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Stock options	 	$	5.7		 	$	22.3		 	$	30.8		
RSUs	 	22.0		 	21.1		 	13.7		
PSUs	 	22.5		 	(0.5	)	 	28.6		
Deferred compensation	 	0.1		 	1.1		 	1.5		
Other	 	2.3		 	(0.9	)	 	1.3		
Pre-tax expense	 	52.6		 	43.1		 	75.9		
Tax benefit	 	20.1		 	16.5		 	29.0		
After-tax expense	 	$	32.5		 	$	26.6		 	$	46.9		
Amounts recorded in continuing operations	 	$	32.5		 	$	26.6		 	$	46.8		
Amounts recorded in discontinued operations	 	—		 	—		 	0.1		
Total	 	$	32.5		 	$	26.6		 	$	46.9		

During 2012, the Company recorded a correcting adjustment resulting in the reversal of $ 13.5 million ($ 8.3 million after tax) of previously charged compensation expense related to the accounting for stock option forfeitures. The Company does not believe the correcting adjustment is material to 2012 or to any of its previously issued annual or interim financial statements.
Stock Options / RSUs
Eligible participants may receive (i) stock options, (ii) RSUs or (iii) a combination of both stock options and RSUs. The fair value of each of the Company’s stock option and RSU awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the required service period, which is generally the 3 -year vesting period. However, for stock options and RSUs granted to retirement eligible employees, the Company recognizes expense for the fair value at the grant date.

The average fair value of the stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was estimated to be $ 13.67 per share and $ 13.99 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions were used:

	
							
 	 	2012	 	2011	
Dividend yield	 	1.33	%	 	1.33	%	
Volatility	 	43.60	%	 	34.81	%	
Risk-free rate of return	 	0.92	%	 	2.45	%	
Expected life	 	5.1 years		 	5.3 years		
Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility from traded options on the Company's stock. The risk-free rate of return is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Historical data is used to estimate forfeitures within the Company's valuation model. The expected life of the Company's stock option awards is derived from historical experience and represents the period of time that awards are expected to be outstanding.

F-31

Table of Contents

Changes in options outstanding under the plans for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	
														
 	 	Shares
subject
to option	 	Weighted-
average
exercise price	 	Aggregate
intrinsic
value (millions)	 	Weighted-
average
remaining life	
December 31, 2009	 	27,858,083		 	$	29.54		 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	2,631,467		 	31.72		 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	(7,255,729	)	 	20.81		 	 	 	 	
Cancelled	 	(1,527,593	)	 	35.63		 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2010	 	21,706,228		 	32.30		 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	1,834,564		 	44.99		 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	(4,275,088	)	 	30.00		 	 	 	 	
Cancelled	 	(650,428	)	 	35.36		 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2011	 	18,615,276		 	33.97		 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	1,463,352		 	40.67		 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	(5,578,783	)	 	28.87		 	 	 	 	
Cancelled	 	(408,883	)	 	41.30		 	 	 	 	
Outstanding December 31, 2012	 	14,090,962		 	$	36.47		 	$	162.4		 	4.9	
Exercisable December 31, 2012	 	10,697,954		 	$	35.39		 	$	135.0		 	4.0	
The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options:

	
																											
  	 	 	 	 	 	Options outstanding	 	Options exercisable	
Range of
exercise price	 	Number
outstanding at
December 31,
2012	 	Weighted-
average
remaining
life	 	Weighted-
average
exercise
price	 	Number
outstanding at
December 31,
2012	 	Weighted-
average
remaining
life	 	Weighted-
average
exercise
price	
10.01		 	—	 	20.00		 	1,299,987		 	5.4	 	16.70		 	1,299,987		 	5.4	 	16.70		
20.01		 	—	 	30.00		 	731,850		 	2.5	 	24.35		 	726,516		 	2.4	 	24.33		
30.01		 	—	 	40.00		 	6,721,700		 	4.0	 	35.80		 	5,724,586		 	3.6	 	36.51		
40.01		 	—	 	50.00		 	5,209,053		 	6.3	 	43.59		 	2,827,411		 	4.6	 	43.83		
50.01		 	—	 	60.00		 	128,372		 	5.0	 	52.26		 	119,454		 	4.8	 	52.41		
$	12.04		 	—	 	$	55.22		 	14,090,962		 	4.9	 	$	36.47		 	10,697,954		 	4.0	 	$	35.39		
At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 16.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from stock option arrangements granted under the plan, which is primarily related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 89.7 million and $ 76.2 million , respectively. Generally, stock options expire ten years from their date of grant.

F-32

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes RSU activity for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :

	
								
 	 	RSUs	 	Weighted-
average grant
date fair value	
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2009	 	864,756		 	$	16.85		
Granted	 	839,865		 	32.22		
Vested	 	(290,868	)	 	16.95		
Cancelled	 	(113,579	)	 	23.71		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2010	 	1,300,174		 	$	26.14		
Granted	 	672,185		 	43.87		
Vested	 	(512,614	)	 	24.20		
Cancelled	 	(152,572	)	 	34.87		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011	 	1,307,173		 	$	35.00		
Granted	 	643,822		 	40.74		
Vested	 	(575,214	)	 	30.05		
Cancelled	 	(91,089	)	 	38.92		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2012	 	1,284,692		 	$	39.81		
At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 21.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from RSU arrangements granted under the plan, which is related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees.
Performance Shares
The Company has a Performance Share Program (PSP) for key employees. The program provides awards in the form of PSUs based on performance against pre-established objectives. The annual target award level is expressed as a number of the Company's ordinary shares. All PSUs are settled in the form of ordinary shares unless deferred.
Awards granted in 2011 and 2010 are based upon the Company's relative earnings-per-share (EPS) growth as compared to the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index over the three-year performance period.
In 2011 the Compensation Committee approved certain changes to the Company's PSP to be implemented beginning with the 2012 grant year. Under these changes, PSU awards are based 50% upon a performance condition, measured at each reporting period by relative EPS growth to the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index and the fair market value of the Company's stock on the date of grant, and 50% upon a market condition, measured by the Company's relative total shareholder return (TSR) as compared to the TSR of the industrial group of companies in the S&P 500 Index over the three-year performance period. The fair value of the market condition is estimated using a Monte Carlo Simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework based upon historical volatility, risk-free rates and correlation matrix.
In 2012 the Compensation Committee approved a change to fix the measurement of EPS for all outstanding 2010 and 2011 PSU awards, effective January 31, 2012. This change results in fixed accounting being applied as of the date of change. The fair value of the Company's stock price used to fix the remaining amount of expense to be recorded over the life of the awards was $ 34.94 .

F-33

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes PSU activity for the maximum number of shares that may be issued for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 :

								
 	 	PSUs	 	Weighted-average grant date fair value	
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2009	 	3,671,374		 	$	17.70		
Granted	 	937,788		 	32.39		
Vested	 	(140,904	)	 	39.00		
Forfeited	 	(699,552	)	 	18.74		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2010	 	3,768,706		 	$	20.36		
Granted	 	614,006		 	46.66		
Vested	 	(633,504	)	 	16.95		
Forfeited	 	(1,116,212	)	 	19.31		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011	 	2,632,996		 	$	27.76		
Granted	 	649,668		 	50.75		
Vested	 	—		 	—		
Forfeited	 	(1,423,028	)	 	18.68		
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2012	 	1,859,636		 	$	40.30		
At December 31, 2012 , there was $ 15.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from the PSP based on current performance, which is related to unvested shares. This compensation will be recognized over the required service period, which is generally the three-year vesting period.
Deferred Compensation
The Company allows key employees to defer a portion of their eligible compensation into a number of investment choices, including its ordinary share equivalents. Any amounts invested in ordinary share equivalents will be settled in ordinary shares of the Company at the time of distribution.
Other Plans
The Company has not granted stock appreciation rights (SARs) since 2006 and does not anticipate additional grants in the future. As of December 31, 2012 , SARs outstanding of 0.3 million are vested and expire 10 years from the date of grant. All SARs exercised are settled with the Company’s ordinary shares.
The Company has issued stock grants as an incentive plan for certain key employees, with varying vesting periods. All stock grants are settled with the Company’s ordinary shares. At December 31, 2012 , there were 43,323 stock grants outstanding, all of which were vested.
NOTE 15 – RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES
Restructuring charges recorded during the years ended December 31 were as follows:

													
In millions	 	2012		2011		2010	
Climate Solutions	 	$	12.7			$	14.9			$	23.7		
Residential Solutions	 	0.2			2.7			0.6		
Industrial Technologies	 	7.6			6.7		*	17.9		
Security Technologies	 	7.4			(0.3	)	**	3.1		
Corporate and Other	 	2.8			0.3			—		
Total	 	$	30.7			$	24.3			$	45.3		
Cost of goods sold	 	$	13.3			$	6.8			$	29.1		
Selling and administrative expenses	 	17.4			17.5			16.2		
Total	 	$	30.7			$	24.3			$	45.3		

F-34

Table of Contents

The changes in the restructuring reserve were as follows:

																									
In millions	 	Climate
Solutions	 	Residential
Solutions	 	Industrial
Technologies	 	Security
Technologies	 	Corporate
and Other	 	Total	
December 31, 2010	 	$	3.2		 	$	3.2		 	$	10.1		 	$	8.1		 	$	3.4		 	$	28.0		
Additions, net of reversals	 	14.9		 	2.7		 	6.7		*	(0.3	)	**	0.3		 	24.3		
Cash and non-cash uses	 	(14.2	)	 	(4.3	)	 	(12.6	)	 	(6.2	)	 	(2.0	)	 	(39.3	)	
Currency translation	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.1		 	—		 	0.1		
December 31, 2011	 	3.9		 	1.6		 	4.2		 	1.7		 	1.7		 	13.1		
Additions, net of reversals	 	12.7		 	0.2		 	7.6		 	7.4		 	2.8		 	30.7		
Cash and non-cash uses	 	(12.0	)	 	(1.8	)	 	(9.7	)	 	(6.0	)	 	(2.6	)	 	(32.1	)	
Currency translation	 	0.1		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.1		
December 31, 2012	 	$	4.7		 	$	—		 	$	2.1		 	$	3.1		 	$	1.9		 	$	11.8		
* Amount includes the reversal of $ 6.7 million of previously accrued restructuring charges.
** Amount includes the reversal of $ 2.2 million of previously accrued restructuring charges.
During 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 , the Company incurred costs of $30.7 million , $24.3 million , and $ 45.3 million respectively, associated with ongoing restructuring actions. These actions included workforce reductions as well as the closure and consolidation of manufacturing facilities in an effort to increase efficiencies across multiple lines of business. Due to changes in various economic factors, the Company made a decision in the first quarter of 2011 to continue operating a facility for which the Company had previously accrued approximately $ 6.7 million of restructuring charges. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company released approximately $ 2.2 million of previously accrued restructuring charges as a result of the decision to discontinue a portion of the Company's restructuring plans. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had $ 11.8 million accrued for costs associated with its ongoing restructuring actions, of which a majority is expected to be paid within one year.

NOTE 16 – OTHER, NET
At December 31, the components of Other, net were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Interest income	 	$	16.3		 	$	25.9		 	$	15.2		
Exchange gain (loss)	 	(2.8	)	 	2.8		 	0.9		
Earnings (loss) from equity investments	 	(5.9	)	 	(3.5	)	 	—		
Other	 	17.4		 	7.8		 	16.4		
Other, net	 	$	25.0		 	$	33.0		 	$	32.5		
Included within Earnings (loss) from equity investments for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is $ 5.9 million and $ 3.5 million of equity loss, respectively, on the Hussmann equity investment incurred subsequent to the Hussmann divestiture transaction dates. The activity included within Other for the year ended December 31, 2012 is primarily related to adjustments to actual and expected insurance recoveries as a result of a settlement.
NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES
Earnings before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were taxed within the following jurisdictions:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
United States	 	$	335.4		 	$	(718.0	)	 	$	(38.7	)	
Non-U.S.	 	941.3		 	1,331.3		 	1,049.4		
Total	 	$	1,276.7		 	$	613.3		 	$	1,010.7		

F-35

Table of Contents

The components of the Provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Current tax expense (benefit):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	(45.6	)	 	$	59.2		 	$	31.0		
Non-U.S.	 	198.7		 	202.6		 	114.5		
Total:	 	153.1		 	261.8		 	145.5		
Deferred tax expense (benefit):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	242.4		 	(120.0	)	 	84.9		
Non-U.S.	 	(168.5	)	 	45.4		 	(2.3	)	
Total:	 	73.9		 	(74.6	)	 	82.6		
Total tax expense (benefit):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	196.8		 	(60.8	)	 	115.9		
Non-U.S.	 	30.2		 	248.0		 	112.2		
Total	 	$	227.0		 	$	187.2		 	$	228.1		
The Provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income tax rate to pretax income, as a result of the following differences:

										
 	 	Percent of pretax income	
   	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Statutory U.S. rate	 	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	
Increase (decrease) in rates resulting from:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-U.S. tax rate differential	 	(15.1	)	 	(37.6	)	 	(17.3	)	
Tax on U.S. subsidiaries on non-U.S. earnings (1)	 	3.0		 	8.1		 	2.4		
State and local income taxes (1)	 	0.6		 	(4.7	)	 	—		
Valuation allowances	 	(10.8	)	 	(0.2	)	 	0.1		
Non-deductible goodwill write-off - Hussmann	 	—		 	23.2		 	—		
Reserves for uncertain tax positions	 	2.8		 	6.8		 	0.4		
Impact of change in taxation of retiree drugs subsidy	 	1.3		 	—		 	4.0		
Provision to return and other true-up adjustments	 	—		 	(0.7	)	 	(1.5	)	
Other adjustments	 	1.0		 	0.6		 	(0.5	)	
Effective tax rate	 	17.8	 %	 	30.5	 %	 	22.6	 %	
		
(1)	Net of changes in valuation allowances	
Tax incentives, in the form of tax holidays, have been granted to the Company in certain jurisdictions to encourage industrial development. The expiration of these tax holidays varies by country. The tax holidays are conditional on the Company meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The most significant tax holidays relate to the Company’s qualifying locations in China and Puerto Rico. The benefit for the tax holidays for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 13.7 million and $ 15.2 million , respectively.

F-36

Table of Contents

At December 31, a summary of the deferred tax accounts were as follows:

									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	
Inventory and accounts receivable	 	$	35.2		 	$	26.8		
Fixed assets and intangibles	 	5.5		 	4.0		
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	 	815.2		 	814.3		
Product liability	 	237.7		 	258.7		
Other reserves and accruals	 	202.1		 	213.8		
Net operating losses and credit carryforwards	 	901.4		 	1,002.9		
Other	 	118.6		 	148.7		
Gross deferred tax assets	 	2,315.7		 	2,469.2		
Less: deferred tax valuation allowances	 	(187.3	)	 	(333.8	)	
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowances	 	$	2,128.4		 	$	2,135.4		
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	
Inventory and accounts receivable	 	$	(47.5	)	 	$	(44.9	)	
Fixed assets and intangibles	 	(2,181.8	)	 	(2,149.3	)	
Postemployment and other benefit liabilities	 	(1.4	)	 	(4.6	)	
Other reserves and accruals	 	(5.0	)	 	(6.6	)	
Other	 	(64.6	)	 	(74.3	)	
Gross deferred tax liabilities	 	(2,300.3	)	 	(2,279.7	)	
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	 	$	(171.9	)	 	$	(144.3	)	
At December 31, 2012 , no deferred taxes have been provided for any portion of the $ 7.5 billion of undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries, since these earnings have been, and under current plans will continue to be, permanently reinvested in these subsidiaries. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional taxes which may be payable upon distribution.
At December 31, 2012 , the Company had the following operating loss and tax credit carryforwards available to offset taxable income in prior and future years:

	
							
In millions	 	Amount	 	Expiration
Period	
U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards	 	$	1,308.9		 	2013-2032	
U.S. Federal credit carryforwards	 	79.9		 	2014-Unlimited	
U.S. State net operating loss carryforwards	 	3,246.5		 	2013-2032	
U.S. State credit carryforwards	 	18.3		 	2013-Unlimited	
Non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards	 	1,166.0		 	2013-Unlimited	
Non-U.S. credit carryforwards	 	9.7		 	Unlimited	
The amount of net operating loss carryforwards for which a benefit would be recorded in additional paid in capital when realized is $ 165.0 million .
The U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions. The non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions, predominantly in Barbados, Belgium, Brazil, Germany, India, Spain, and the United Kingdom.

F-37

Table of Contents

Activity associated with the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Beginning balance	 	$	333.8		 	$	378.7		 	$	352.6		
Increase to valuation allowance	 	51.6		 	17.0		 	106.9		
Decrease to valuation allowance	 	(194.8	)	 	(52.2	)	 	(45.9	)	
Other deductions	 	—		 	(1.5	)	 	(1.5	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	(3.3	)	 	(8.2	)	 	(33.4	)	
Ending balance	 	$	187.3		 	$	333.8		 	$	378.7		
The Company has total unrecognized tax benefits of $ 533.7 million and $ 536.9 million as of December 31, 2012 , and December 31, 2011 , respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the continuing operations effective tax rate are $ 436.7 million as of December 31, 2012 . A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Beginning balance	 	$	536.9		 	$	534.1		 	$	525.1		
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	 	10.1		 	16.7		 	14.1		
Additions based on tax positions related to acquisitions	 	—		 	—		 	—		
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	 	94.7		 	64.9		 	116.3		
Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years	 	(28.3	)	 	(63.6	)	 	(101.4	)	
Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities	 	(51.4	)	 	(3.7	)	 	(11.9	)	
Reductions related to lapses of statute of limitations	 	(30.7	)	 	(10.4	)	 	(6.0	)	
Translation (gain)/loss	 	2.4		 	(1.1	)	 	(2.1	)	
Ending balance	 	$	533.7		 	$	536.9		 	$	534.1		
In connection with Trane’s spin-off of WABCO Holdings Inc. (WABCO), Trane and WABCO entered into a tax sharing agreement for the allocation of pre spin-off taxes. Of the total unrecognized tax benefit of $ 533.7 million at December 31, 2012 , WABCO has agreed to indemnify Trane for $ 6.4 million , which is reflected in an other long-term receivable account.
The Company records interest and penalties associated with the uncertain tax positions within its Provision for income taxes. The Company had reserves associated with interest and penalties, net of tax, of $ 84.1 million and $ 108.3 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the Company recognized $ 0.9 million and $ 12.3 million , respectively, in interest and penalties net of tax in continuing operations related to these uncertain tax positions.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company's tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, the settlements of ongoing audits and/or the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Although the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, could potentially be reduced by up to approximately $ 166.9 million during the next 12 months.
The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and the United States. In general, the examination of the Company’s material tax returns is complete for the years prior to 2001, with certain matters being resolved through appeals and litigation.
In 2007, the Company received a notice from the IRS containing proposed adjustments to the Company’s tax filings in connection with an audit of the 2001 and 2002 tax years. The IRS did not contest the validity of the Company’s reincorporation in Bermuda.

F-38

Table of Contents

The most significant adjustments proposed by the IRS involve treating the entire intercompany debt incurred in connection with the Company’s reincorporation in Bermuda as equity. As a result of this recharacterization, the IRS disallowed the deduction of interest paid on the debt and imposed dividend withholding taxes on the payments denominated as interest. The IRS also asserted an alternative argument to be applied if the intercompany debt is respected as debt. In that circumstance the IRS proposed to ignore the entities that hold the debt and to which the interest was paid and impose 30% withholding tax on a portion of the interest payments as if they were made directly to a company that was not eligible for reduced U.S withholding tax under a U.S income tax treaty. The IRS asserted under this alternative theory that the Company owes additional taxes with respect to 2002 of approximately $ 84 million plus interest. The Company strongly disagreed with the view of the IRS and filed a protest with the IRS.
In 2010, the Company received an amended notice from the IRS eliminating its assertion that the intercompany debt incurred in connection with the Company’s reincorporation in Bermuda should be treated as equity. However, the IRS continues to assert the alternative position described above and proposes adjustments to the Company’s 2002 tax filings. If this alternative position is upheld, the Company would be required to record additional charges. In addition, the IRS also provided notice that it is assessing penalties of 30% on the asserted underpayment of tax described above.
The Company has and intends to continue to vigorously contest these proposed adjustments. The Company, in consultation with its outside advisors, carefully considered the form and substance of the Company’s intercompany financing arrangements including the actions necessary to qualify for the benefits of the applicable U.S. income tax treaties. The Company believes that these financing arrangements are in accordance with the laws of the relevant jurisdictions including the U.S., that the entities involved should be respected and that the interest payments qualify for the U.S income tax treaty benefits claimed.
Although the outcome of this matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based upon an analysis of the merits of the Company's position, the Company believes that it is adequately reserved for this matter and does not expect that the ultimate resolution will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. As the Company moves forward to resolve this matter with the IRS, the reserves established may be adjusted. Although the Company continues to contest the IRS's position, there can be no assurance that it will be successful. If the IRS's position with respect to 2002 is ultimately sustained it will have a material adverse impact on the Company's future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Although the Company expects them to do so, at this time the IRS has not yet proposed any similar adjustments for years subsequent to 2002 as the federal income tax audits for those years are still in process or have not yet begun. It is unclear how the IRS will apply their position to subsequent years or whether the IRS will take a similar position with respect to other intercompany debt instruments.
The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of any tax disputes, but will adjust its reserves if events so dictate in accordance with GAAP. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from the original or adjusted estimates of the Company, the effect will be recorded in the Provision for income taxes.
On January 18, 2013, the Company received notice of an adverse decision from the Milan Court of Appeal overturning a Milan Provincial Tax Court decision in favor of the Company, primarily regarding the treatment of certain interest costs of one of its Italian subsidiaries. The Company has reviewed the decision and plans to appeal to the Supreme Tax Court of Rome. At this time, based upon an analysis of the merits of the Company's position, the Company believes that its tax return position is valid and that it is more likely than not to prevail in this appeal. Although the outcome of this matter cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that it is adequately reserved for this matter and does not expect that the ultimate resolution will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.
As a result of the Healthcare Reform Legislation, defined in Note 11, effective 2013, the tax benefits available to the Company are reduced to the extent its prescription drug expenses are reimbursed under the Medicare Part D retiree drug subsidy program. Although the provisions of the Healthcare Reform Legislation relating to the retiree drug subsidy program did not take effect until 2013, the Company is required to recognize the full accounting impact in its financial statements in the reporting period in which the Healthcare Reform Legislatio n is enacted. As retiree healthcare liabilities and related tax impacts were already reflected in the Company’s financial statements, the Healthcare Reform Legislation resulted in a non-cash charge to income tax expense in the first quarter of 2010 of $ 40.5 million . In 2012, the Company recorded a $ 16.6 million non-cash charge to income tax expense related to the required tax accounting between the enactment date of March 30, 2010 and the effective date of January 1, 2013 of the Healthcare Reform Legislation. 
During 2012, the Company identified certain accounting errors associat ed with its previously reported income tax balances and tax positions. The Company corrected these errors in 2012 resulting in a tax charge of $ 24 million primarily related to the accrual of previously unrecorded unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not believe that the accounting errors are material to 2012 or to any of its previously issued financial statements. As a result, the Company did not adjust any prior period amount.

F-39

Table of Contents

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a $ 54 million out-of-period adjustment related to a Spanish tax law change (Royal Decree-Law 12/2012) enacted on March 31, 2012, the benefit of which should have been recorded by the Company during the first quarter of 2012.  The Company does not believe this out-of-period adjustment is material to its 2012 annual results or to its previously issued interim financial statements. 
During 2011, the Company identified certain accounting errors associated with its previously reported income tax balances and tax positions.  The Company corrected these errors in 2011 resulting in a tax charge of approximately $ 38.2 million , of which $ 30 million was recorded in the third quarter, primarily related to the accrual of a previously unrecorded future withholding tax liability.  The Company does not believe that the accounting errors are material to 2011 or to any of its previously issued financial statements.  As a result, the Company did not adjust any prior period amounts.
During 2012, the Company recorded to continuing operations a tax benefit of approximately $ 138 million as a result of reducing its deferred tax asset valuation allowance for non-U.S. net operating losses. During 2011 the Company recorded to continuing operations a tax benefit of approximately $ 27 million as a result of reducing its deferred tax asset valuation allowance for st ate net operating losses.
NOTE 18 – DIVESTITURES AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Divested Operations
Hussmann Divestiture
On September 30, 2011, the Company completed a transaction to sell its Hussmann refrigerated display case business to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).  This transaction included the equipment business and certain of the service branches in the U.S. and Canada, and the equipment, service and installation businesses in Mexico, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, and Japan (Hussmann Business).  The final transaction allowed Hussmann Parent the option to acquire the remaining North American Hussmann service and installation branches (Hussmann Branches).  Hussmann Parent completed the acquisition of the Hussmann Branches on November 30, 2011.  The Hussmann Business and Branches, which are reported as part of the Climate Solutions segment, manufacture, market, distribute, install, and service refrigerated display merchandising equipment, refrigeration systems, over the counter parts, and other commercial and industrial refrigeration applications.

The Hussmann Business divestiture was originally announced on April 21, 2011 and met the criteria for classification as held for sale treatment in accordance with GAAP during the first quarter of 2011. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company negotiated the final transaction to sell the Hussmann Business and Branches to CD&R in exchange for $ 370 million in cash, subject to purchase price adjustments, and common stock of Hussmann Parent, such that following the sale, CD&R would own cumulative convertible participating preferred stock of Hussmann Parent, initially representing 60% of the outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted basis) of Hussmann Parent, and the Company would own all of the common stock, initially representing the remaining 40% of the outstanding capital stock (on an as-converted basis) of Hussmann Parent. The Company's ownership of common stock of Hussmann Parent represents significant continuing involvement. Therefore, the results of the Hussmann Business and Branches are included in continuing operations for all periods presented.  Based on these terms, the Company recorded a total pre-tax loss on sale/asset impairment charge of $ 646.9 million during the full year of 2011.
Results for the Hussmann Business and Branches for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

								
In millions	2011*		2010	
Net revenues	$	818.5			$	1,106.1		
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	(646.9	)	**	—		
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	(513.1	)		55.7		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc ordinary shareholders:	(1.51	)		0.16		
* Results represent the operating results of Hussmann Business and Branches through their respective divestiture transaction dates.
** Included in Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment for the year ended December 31, 2011 are transaction costs of $ 12.2 million .
Hussmann Parent is required to pay a quarterly preferred dividend payment to CD&R in the form of cash or additional preferred shares. The Company's ownership percentage as of December 31, 2012 was 37.2% . The Company's ownership interest in Hussmann Parent is reported using the equity method of accounting subsequent to September 30, 2011.  The Company's equity investment in the Hussmann Parent is reported within Other noncurrent assets and the related equity earnings reported in Other, net within Net earnings.

F-40

Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

The components of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Net revenues	 	$	—		 	$	72.2		 	$	143.6		
Pre-tax earnings (loss) from operations	 	(49.2	)	 	(69.0	)	 	(173.4	)	
Pre-tax gain (loss) on sale	 	2.3		 	(57.7	)	 	(5.4	)	
Tax benefit (expense)	 	41.2		 	69.9		 	61.3		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(5.7	)	 	$	(56.8	)	 	$	(117.5	)	
Discontinued operations by business for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Integrated Systems and Services, net of tax	 	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(6.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Energy Systems, net of tax	 	(0.2	)	 	0.2		 	(17.6	)	
KOXKA, net of tax	 	0.5		 	(3.3	)	 	(54.0	)	
Other discontinued operations, net of tax	 	(3.2	)	 	(47.4	)	 	(45.1	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(5.7	)	 	$	(56.8	)	 	$	(117.5	)	

Integrated Systems and Services Divestiture
On December 30, 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. This business, which was previously reported as part of the Security Technologies segment, designs, installs and services security systems. The Company reported this business as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. During 2011, the Company recorded a pre-tax loss on sale of $ 6.7 million ($ 5.0 million after-tax) within discontinued operations.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Integrated Systems and Services business for the year ended December 31 were as follows:

												
In millions	2012	 	2011		2010	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	72.2		 	$	78.0		
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	(1.2	)	 	$	(1.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	(1.6	)	 	(5.0	)	 	—		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(2.8	)	 	$	(6.3	)	 	$	(0.8	)	

Energy Systems Divestiture
On December 30, 2010, the Company completed the divestiture of its gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. The business, which was previously reported as part of the Industrial Technologies segment, designs, manufactures, markets, distributes, and services gas powered microturbine generators which feature energy efficient design and low emissions technology. During 2010, the Company recognized an $ 8.3 million after-tax impairment loss within discontinued operations related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.

F-41

Table of Contents

Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the Energy Systems business for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	2012	 	2011		2010	 	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	—			$	8.9		 	
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	(0.2	)	 	$	(0.4	)		$	(14.4	)	*	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	—		 	0.6			(3.2	)	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(0.2	)	 	$	0.2			$	(17.6	)	 	
* Included in discontinued operations for Energy Systems in 2010 is an after-tax impairment loss of $ 8.3 million related to the initial write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.
 
KOXKA Divestiture
On October 4, 2010, the Company completed the divestiture of its European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). The business, which was previously reported as part of the Climate Solutions segment, designs, manufactures and markets commercial refrigeration equipment through sales branches and a network of distributors throughout Europe, Africa and the Middle East. During 2010, the Company recognized a $ 53.9 million after-tax impairment loss within discontinued operations related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value.
Net revenues and after-tax earnings of the KOXKA business for years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	2012	  	2011	 	2010	 	
Net revenues	$	—		  	$	—		 	$	56.7		 	
After-tax earnings (loss) from operations	$	0.5		 	$	(3.3	)	 	$	(53.1	)	*	
Gain (loss) on sale, net of tax	—		 	—		 	(0.9	)	 	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	0.5		 	$	(3.3	)	 	$	(54.0	)	 	
* Included in discontinued operations for KOXKA for 2010 is an after-tax impairment loss of $ 53.9 million related to the write-down of the net assets to their estimated fair value. Also included in 2010 is a $ 12.2 million tax benefit resulting from a reduction in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance for net operating losses.
Other Discontinued Operations
The components of other discontinued operations for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

												
In millions	2012	  	2011	 	2010	
Retained costs, net of tax	$	(17.2	)	 	$	(31.8	)	 	$	(45.0	)	
Net gain (loss) on disposals, net of tax	14.0		 	(15.6	)	 	(0.1	)	
Discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(3.2	)	 	$	(47.4	)	 	$	(45.1	)	
On November 30, 2007, the Company completed the sale of its Bobcat, Utility Equipment and Attachments businesses (collectively, Compact Equipment) to Doosan Infracore for gross proceeds of approximately $ 4.9 billion , subject to post-closing purchase price adjustments. Compact Equipment manufactured and sold compact equipment, including skid-steer loaders, compact track loaders, mini- excavators and telescopic tool handlers; portable air compressors, generators and light towers; general-purpose light construction equipment; and attachments. The Company was in dispute regarding post-closing matters with Doosan Infracore. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company collected approximately $ 48.3 million of its outstanding receivable from Doosan Infracore related to certain purchase price adjustments. During the second quarter of 2012, Doosan Infracore paid the Company a total of $ 46.5 million to settle the outstanding receivable and remaining disputed post-closing matters.
Other discontinued operations, net of tax from previously sold businesses is mainly related to postretirement ben efits, product liability, worker's compensation, and legal costs (mostly asbestos-related) and tax effects of post-closing purchase price adjustments.

F-42

Table of Contents

NOTE 19 – EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing Net earnings attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted EPS is calculated after adjusting the denominator of the basic EPS calculation for the effect of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares, which in the Company’s case, includes shares issuable under share-based compensation plans and the effects of the Exchangeable Senior Notes issued in April 2009. The following table summarizes the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations:

	
										
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Weighted-average number of basic shares	 	303.9		 	324.8		 	324.7		
Shares issuable under incentive stock plans	 	3.7		 	3.8		 	5.1		
Exchangeable Senior Notes	 	3.0		 	10.7		 	10.0		
Weighted-average number of diluted shares	 	310.6		 	339.3		 	339.8		
Anti-dilutive shares	 	5.2		 	5.0		 	12.4		
The Company settled all remaining outstanding Exchangeable Senior Notes during 2012. As a result, the Company issued 10.8 million ordinary shares related to the equity portion of the Notes. See Note 9 for a further discussion.

NOTE 20 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in various litigations, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to environmental, asbestos, and product liability matters. Amounts recorded for identified contingent liabilities are estimates, which are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional information when it becomes available. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, except as expressly set forth in this note, management believes that any liability which may result from these legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company.
Environmental Matters
The Company continues to be dedicated to an environmental program to reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials during the manufacturing process and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, the Company is currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former manufacturing facilities.
The Company is sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and has received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state authorities. It has also been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. For all such sites, there are other PRPs and, in most instances, the Company’s involvement is minimal.
In estimating its liability, the Company has assumed it will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. Additional lawsuits and claims involving environmental matters are likely to arise from time to time in the future.
The Company incurred $ 4.5 million , $ 3.1 million , and $ 1.0 million of expenses during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively, for environmental remediation at sites presently or formerly owned or leased by us. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company has recorded reserves for environmental matters of $ 65.9 million and $ 70.9 million , respectively. Of these amounts $ 47.3 million and $ 51.3 million , respectively, relate to remediation of sites previously disposed by the Company. Environmental reserves are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. The Company's total current environmental reserve at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $ 22.2 million and $ 26.1 million , respectively. Given the evolving nature of environmental laws, regulations and technology, the ultimate cost of future compliance is uncertain.

Asbestos-Related Matters
Certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company are named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims have been filed against either Ingersoll-Rand Company (IR-New Jersey) or Trane U.S. Inc. (Trane) and generally allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products sold by IR-New Jersey or Trane, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake shoes. Neither IR-New Jersey nor Trane was a producer or manufacturer of asbestos, however, some

F-43

Table of Contents

formerly manufactured products utilized asbestos-containing components such as gaskets and packings purchased from third-party suppliers.
The Company engages an outside expert to assist in calculating an estimate of the Company’s total liability for pending and unasserted future asbestos-related claims and annually performs a detailed analysis with the assistance of an outside expert to update its estimated asbestos-related assets and liabilities. The methodology used to project the Company’s total liability for pending and unasserted potential future asbestos-related claims relied upon and included the following factors, among others:
		
•	the outside expert’s interpretation of a widely accepted forecast of the population likely to have been occupationally exposed to asbestos;	
		
•	epidemiological studies estimating the number of people likely to develop asbestos-related diseases such as mesothelioma and lung cancer;	
		
•	the Company’s historical experience with the filing of non-malignancy claims and claims alleging other types of malignant diseases filed against the Company relative to the number of lung cancer claims filed against the Company;	
		
•	the outside expert’s analysis of the number of people likely to file an asbestos-related personal injury claim against the Company based on such epidemiological and historical data and the Company’s most recent three-year claims history;	
		
•	an analysis of the Company’s pending cases, by type of disease claimed and by year filed;	
		
•	an analysis of the Company’s most recent three-year history to determine the average settlement and resolution value of claims, by type of disease claimed;	
		
•	an adjustment for inflation in the future average settlement value of claims, at a 2.5% annual inflation rate, adjusted downward to 1.5% to take account of the declining value of claims resulting from the aging of the claimant population; and	
		
•	an analysis of the period over which the Company has and is likely to resolve asbestos-related claims against it in the future.	
At December 31, 2012 , over 80 percent of the open claims against the Company are non-malignancy claims, many of which have been placed on inactive or deferral dockets and the vast majority of which have little or no settlement value against the Company, particularly in light of recent changes in the legal and judicial treatment of such claims.
The Company’s liability for asbestos-related matters and the asset for probable asbestos-related insurance recoveries are included in the following balance sheet accounts:

								
In millions	December 31,
2012	 	December 31,
2011	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	69.1		 	$	69.7		
Other noncurrent liabilities	810.4		 	868.6		
Total asbestos-related liabilities	$	879.5		 	$	938.3		
Other current assets	$	22.5		 	$	23.5		
Other noncurrent assets	297.8		 	298.9		
Total asset for probable asbestos-related insurance recoveries	$	320.3		 	$	322.4		
The Company's asbestos insurance receivable related to IR-New Jersey and Trane was $ 125.5 million and $ 194.8 million at December 31, 2012 , and $ 126.9 million and $ 195.5 million at December 31, 2011 , respectively.

F-44

Table of Contents

The (costs) income associated with the settlement and defense of asbestos-related claims after insurance recoveries, for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Continuing operations	 	$	6.6		 	$	(1.2	)	 	$	(1.4	)	
Discontinued operations	 	(11.0	)	 	(8.9	)	 	(17.4	)	
Total	 	$	(4.4	)	 	$	(10.1	)	 	$	(18.8	)	
IR-New Jersey records income and expenses associated with its asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries within discontinued operations, as they relate to previously divested businesses, primarily Ingersoll-Dresser Pump, which was sold in 2000. Income and expenses associated with Trane’s asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries are recorded within continuing operations.
Trane has now settled claims regarding asbestos coverage with most of its insurers. The settlements collectively account for approximately 95% of its recorded asbestos-related insurance receivable as of December 31, 2012 . Most of Trane’s settlement agreements constitute “coverage-in-place” arrangements, in which the insurer signatories agree to reimburse Trane for specified portions of its costs for asbestos bodily injury claims and Trane agrees to certain claims-handling protocols and grants to the insurer signatories certain releases and indemnifications. Trane remains in litigation in an action that Trane filed in November 2010 in the Circuit Court for La Crosse County, Wisconsin, relating to claims for insurance coverage for a subset of Trane's historical asbestos-related liabilities.
On January 12, 2012, IR-New Jersey filed an action in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Middlesex County, seeking a declaratory judgment and other relief regarding the Company's rights to defense and indemnity for asbestos claims. The defendants are several dozen solvent insurance companies, including companies that have been paying a portion of IR-New Jersey's asbestos claim defense and indemnity costs. The action involves IR-New Jersey's unexhausted insurance policies applicable to the asbestos claims that are not subject to any settlement agreement. The responding defendants generally challenged the Company's right to recovery, and raised various coverage defenses.
The Company continually monitors the status of pending litigation that could impact the allocation of asbestos claims against the Company's various insurance policies. The Company has concluded that its IR-New Jersey insurance receivable is probable of recovery because of the following factors:
		
•	a review of other companies in circumstances comparable to IR-New Jersey, including Trane, and the success of other companies in recovering under their insurance policies, including Trane's favorable settlement discussed above;	
		
•	the Company's confidence in its right to recovery under the terms of its policies and pursuant to applicable law; and	
		
•	the Company's history of receiving payments under the IR-New Jersey insurance program, including under policies that had been the subject of prior litigation.	
The amounts recorded by the Company for asbestos-related liabilities and insurance-related assets are based on currently available information. The Company’s actual liabilities or insurance recoveries could be significantly higher or lower than those recorded if assumptions used in the calculations vary significantly from actual results. Key variables in these assumptions include the number and type of new claims to be filed each year, the average cost of resolution of each such new claim, the resolution of coverage issues with insurance carriers, and the solvency risk with respect to the Company’s insurance carriers. Furthermore, predictions with respect to these variables are subject to greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens. Other factors that may affect the Company’s liability include uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, reforms that may be made by state and federal courts, and the passage of state or federal tort reform legislation.
The aggregate amount of the stated limits in insurance policies available to the Company for asbestos-related claims acquired over many years and from many different carriers, is substantial. However, limitations in that coverage, primarily due to the considerations described above, are expected to result in the projected total liability to claimants substantially exceeding the probable insurance recovery.
Warranty Liability
Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available.

F-45

Table of Contents

The changes in the standard product warranty liability for the year ended December 31, were as follows:

								
In millions	2012	 	2011	
Balance at beginning of period	$	264.4		 	$	266.6		
Reductions for payments	(151.2	)	 	(168.5	)	
Accruals for warranties issued during the current period	149.5		 	175.4		
Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties	(0.3	)	 	(8.5	)	
Translation	0.7		 	(0.6	)	
Balance at end of period	$	263.1		 	$	264.4		
Standard product warranty liabilities are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. The Company's total current standard product warranty reserve at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $ 147.4 million and $ 148.8 million , respectively.
The Company's extended warranty liability represents the deferred revenue associated with its extended warranty contracts and is amortized into Revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs incurred. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liability by evaluating the expected costs under its existing contracts to ensure these expected costs do not exceed the extended warranty liability.
The changes in the extended warranty liability for the year ended December 31, were as follows:

								
In millions	2012	 	2011	
Balance at beginning of period	$	372.0		 	$	364.8		
Amortization of deferred revenue for the period	(102.6	)	 	(100.1	)	
Additions for extended warranties issued during the period	105.2		 	105.9		
Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties	0.2		 	1.7		
Translation	0.3		 	(0.3	)	
Balance at end of period	$	375.1		 	$	372.0		
The extended warranty liability is classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities or Other noncurrent liabilities based on the timing of when the deferred revenue is expected to be amortized into Revenue. The Company's total current extended warranty liability at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $ 98.5 million and $ 96.3 million , respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company incurred costs of $ 60.3 million and $ 70.8 million , respectively, related to extended warranties.
Other Commitments and Contingencies
Certain office and warehouse facilities, transportation vehicles and data processing equipment are leased by the Company. Total rental expense was $ 202.5 million in 2012 , $ 215.0 million in 2011 and $ 200.7 million in 2010 . Minimum lease payments required under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year for the next five years are as follows: $ 132.4 million in 2013, $ 105.4 million in 2014, $ 81.9 million in 2015, $ 60.8 million in 2016, and $ 42.6 million in 2017.
Trane has commitments and performance guarantees, including energy savings guarantees, totaling $ 428.5 million extending from 2013-2032. These guarantees are provided under long-term service and maintenance contracts related to its air conditioning equipment and system controls. Through 2012 , the Company has experienced no significant losses under such arrangements and considers the probability of any significant future losses to be remote.
NOTE 21 – BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies except that the operating segments’ results are prepared on a management basis that is consistent with the manner in which the Company disaggregates financial information for internal review and decision making. The Company largely evaluates performance based on Segment operating income and Segment operating margins. Intercompany sales between segments are considered immaterial.
Segment operating income is the measure of profit and loss that the Company's chief operating decision maker uses to evaluate the financial performance of the business and as the basis for performance reviews, compensation and resource allocation. For these reasons, the Company believes that Segment operating income represents the most relevant measure of segment profit and

F-46

Table of Contents

loss. The Company may exclude certain charges or gains from Operating income to arrive at a Segment operating income that is a more meaningful measure of profit and loss upon which to base its operating decisions.
On September 30, 2011 and November 30, 2011, the Company completed transactions to sell the Hussmann Business and Branches, respectively, to a newly-formed affiliate (Hussmann Parent) of private equity firm Clayton Dubilier & Rice, LLC (CD&R).  During 2011, the Company recorded a pre-tax loss on sale and impairment charges related to the Hussmann divestiture of $ 646.9 million . These charges, as well as related adjustments recorded in 2012, have been excluded from Segment operating income within the Climate Solutions segment as management excludes these charges from Operating income when making operating decisions about the business. See Note 18 for a further discussion of the Hussmann divestiture.
2011 Net revenues and Segment operating income for the Climate Solutions segment includes the operating results of the Hussmann Business and Branches prior to the sale. The operating results for the Hussmann Business and Branches are included in Net revenues and Segment operating income for the Climate Solutions segment for the years ended December 31 as follows:

								
In millions	2011	 	2010	
Net revenues	$	818.5		 	$	1,106.1		
Segment operating income	$	58.6		 	$	84.4		
On December 30, 2011, the Company completed the divestiture of its security installation and service business, which was sold under the Integrated Systems and Services brand in the United States and Canada, to Kratos Public Safety & Security Solutions, Inc. Segment information for Security Technologies has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
On December 30, 2010, the Company completed the divestiture of its gas microturbine generator business, which was sold under the Energy Systems brand, to Flex Energy, Inc. Segment information for Industrial Technologies has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
On October 4, 2010, the Company completed the divestiture of its European refrigerated display case business, which was sold under the KOXKA brand, to an affiliate of American Industrial Acquisition Corporation (AIAC Group). Segment information for Climate Solutions has been revised to exclude the results of this business for all periods presented.
Each reportable segment is based primarily on the types of products it generates. The operating segments have been aggregated as required by GAAP. A description of the Company’s reportable segments is as follows:
The Climate Solutions segment delivers energy-efficient refrigeration and Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) throughout the world. Encompassing the transport refrigeration markets as well as the commercial HVAC markets, this segment offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions to manage controlled temperature environments. This segment includes the market-leading brands of Thermo King and Trane.
The Residential Solutions segment provides safety, comfort and efficiency to homeowners throughout North America and parts of South America. It offers customers a broad range of products, services and solutions including mechanical and electronic locks, energy-efficient HVAC systems, indoor air quality solutions, advanced controls, portable security systems and remote home management. This segment is comprised of well-known brands like American Standard ® , Schlage and Trane.
The Industrial Technologies segment provides products, services and solutions that improve productivity, energy efficiency, safety, and operations.  It offers global customers a diverse and innovative range of products including compressed air systems, power tools, pumps, material handling equipment, and golf, utility, and rough terrain vehicles.  It also provides a range of service offerings including preventative maintenance and comprehensive care multi-year contracts, service parts, installation, remanufactured compressors and tools, and solutions to optimize customers' energy and total production costs.  This segment includes the Ingersoll-Rand, Club Car, and ARO ® market-leading brands.
The Security Technologies segment is a leading global provider of products and services that make environments safe, secure and productive. The segment’s market-leading products include electronic and biometric access control systems and software, locks and locksets, door closers, exit devices, steel doors and frames, as well as time, attendance and personnel scheduling systems. These products serve a wide range of markets including the commercial construction market, healthcare, retail, and transport industries as well as educational and governmental facilities. This segment includes the CISA, LCN, Schlage and Von Duprin market-leading brands.

F-47

Table of Contents

A summary of operations by reportable segments for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

													
Dollar amounts in millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Climate Solutions	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	$	7,409.1		 	$	8,284.6		 	$	7,800.8		
Segment operating income *	 	768.1		 	824.6		 	598.3		
Segment operating income as a percentage of revenues	 	10.4	%	 	10.0	%	 	7.7	%	
Depreciation and amortization	 	154.5		 	171.4		 	206.0		
Capital expenditures	 	87.0		 	81.6		 	67.0		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Residential Solutions	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	2,054.4		 	2,012.7		 	2,121.7		
Segment operating income	 	115.4		 	62.1		 	191.3		
Segment operating income as a percentage of revenues	 	5.6	%	 	3.1	%	 	9.0	%	
Depreciation and amortization	 	109.8		 	110.1		 	107.4		
Capital expenditures	 	22.6		 	27.7		 	35.9		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Industrial Technologies	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	2,945.8		 	2,852.9		 	2,485.2		
Segment operating income	 	455.8		 	415.5		 	310.4		
Segment operating income as a percentage of revenues	 	15.5	%	 	14.6	%	 	12.5	%	
Depreciation and amortization	 	42.9		 	40.3		 	41.5		
Capital expenditures	 	62.6		 	57.2		 	31.3		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Security Technologies	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	1,625.6		 	1,631.8		 	1,593.4		
Segment operating income	 	327.7		 	331.6		 	328.3		
Segment operating income as a percentage of revenues	 	20.2	%	 	20.3	%	 	20.6	%	
Depreciation and amortization	 	46.8		 	37.2		 	38.7		
Capital expenditures	 	27.5		 	22.8		 	14.6		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	$	14,034.9		 	$	14,782.0		 	$	14,001.1		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reconciliation to Operating Income	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment operating income from reportable segments	 	1,667.0		 	1,633.8		 	1,428.3		
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment *	 	4.5		 	(646.9	)	 	—		
Unallocated corporate expense	 	(166.3	)	 	(126.6	)	 	(166.9	)	
Total operating income	 	$	1,505.2		 	$	860.3		 	$	1,261.4		
Total operating income as a percentage of revenues	 	10.7	%	 	5.8	%	 	9.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization from reportable segments	 	354.0		 	359.0		 	393.6		
Unallocated depreciation and amortization	 	21.5		 	43.7		 	43.2		
Total depreciation and amortization	 	$	375.5			$	402.7			$	436.8		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures from reportable segments	 	199.7		 	189.3		 	148.8		
Corporate capital expenditures	 	62.9		 	53.6		 	30.7		
Total capital expenditures	 	$	262.6		 	$	242.9		 	$	179.5		
* During year ended December 31, 2011 , the Company recorded a pre-tax loss on sale/asset impairment charge related to the Hussmann divestiture totaling $ 646.9 million . During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company recorded $ 4.5 million of purchase price adjustments related to the Hussmann sale. These amounts have been excluded from Segment operating income within the Climate Solutions segment as management excludes these charges from Operating income when making operating decisions about the business.

F-48

Table of Contents

Included in Segment operating income for Climate Solutions for the year ended December 31, 2011 is a $ 23 million gain associated with the sale of assets from a restructured business in China.

Revenues by destination and long-lived assets by geographic area for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

	
													
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
Revenues	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	8,338.9		 	$	8,683.7		 	$	8,585.9		
Non-U.S.	 	5,696.0		 	6,098.3		 	5,415.2		
Total	 	$	14,034.9		 	$	14,782.0		 	$	14,001.1		

	
									
In millions	 	2012	 	2011	
Long-lived assets	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	2,458.9		 	$	2,578.5		
Non-U.S.	 	783.6		 	783.5		
Total	 	$	3,242.5		 	$	3,362.0		

NOTE 22 – GUARANTOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company (IR-Ireland), is the successor to Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company (IR-Limited), following a corporate reorganization that became effective on July 1, 2009 (the Ireland Reorganization). IR-Limited is the successor to Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation (IR-New Jersey), following a corporate reorganization that occurred on December 31, 2001 (the Bermuda Reorganization). Both the Ireland Reorganization and the Bermuda Reorganization were accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control and accordingly, did not result in any changes to the consolidated amounts of assets, liabilities and equity.
As a part of the Bermuda Reorganization, IR-Limited issued non-voting, Class B common shares to IR-New Jersey and certain IR-New Jersey subsidiaries in exchange for a $ 3.6 billion note and shares of certain IR-New Jersey subsidiaries. The note had a fixed rate of interest of 11%  per annum payable semi-annually and imposed certain restrictive covenants upon IR-New Jersey. In 2002, IR-Limited contributed the note to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which subsequently transferred portions of the note to several other subsidiaries, all of which are included in the “Other Subsidiaries” column below. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company repaid the remaining $ 1.0 billion outstanding of the original $ 3.6 billion note.
In addition, as part of the Bermuda Reorganization, IR-Limited fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the issued public debt securities of IR-New Jersey. IR-New Jersey unconditionally guaranteed payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on IR-Limited’s 4.75% Senior Notes due in 2015 in the aggregate principal amount of $ 300 million . The guarantee is unsecured and provided on an unsubordinated basis. The guarantee ranks equally in right of payment with all of the existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated debt of IR-New Jersey.
As part of the Ireland Reorganization, the guarantor financial statements were revised to present IR-Ireland as the ultimate parent company and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited (IR-International) as a stand-alone subsidiary. In addition, the guarantee structure was updated to reflect the newly created legal structure under which (i) IR-International assumed the obligations of IR-Limited as issuer or guarantor, as the case may be, and (ii) IR-Ireland and IR-Limited fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations under the various indentures covering the currently outstanding public debt of IR-International, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited (IR-Global), and IR-New Jersey. Also as part of the Ireland Reorganization, IR-Limited transferred all the shares of IR-Global to IR-International in exchange for a note payable that initially approximated $ 15 billion , which was then immediately reduced by the settlement of net intercompany payables of $ 4.1 billion . At December 31, 2012 , $ 10.8 billion remains outstanding.
The Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements present the investments of IR-Ireland, IR-Limited, IR-Global, IR-International and IR-New Jersey and their subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. Intercompany investments in the non-voting Class B common shares are accounted for on the cost method and are reduced by intercompany dividends. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the amounts related to the issuance of the Class B shares have been recorded as a reduction of Total equity. The Notes payable affiliate continues to be reflected on the Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet of IR-International and is enforceable in accordance with their terms.

F-49

Table of Contents

See Note 9 for a further discussion on the public debt issuance and related guarantees.
The following condensed consolidating financial information for IR-Ireland, IR-Limited, IR-Global, IR-International and IR-New Jersey, and all their other subsidiaries is included so that separate financial statements of IR-Ireland, IR-Limited, IR-Global, IR-International, and IR-New Jersey are not required to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

F-50

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended December 31, 2012

																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net revenues	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	932.7		 	$	13,102.2		 	$	—		 	$	14,034.9		
Cost of goods sold	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(613.7	)	 	(9,144.5	)	 	—		 	(9,758.2	)	
Selling and administrative expenses	(14.9	)	 	(0.3	)	 	—		 	(0.6	)	 	(328.4	)	 	(2,431.8	)	 	—		 	(2,776.0	)	
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	4.5		 	—		 	4.5		
Operating income (loss)	(14.9	)	 	(0.3	)	 	—		 	(0.6	)	 	(9.4	)	 	1,530.4		 	—		 	1,505.2		
Equity earnings (loss) in affiliates, net of tax	1,048.8		 	848.3		 	919.1		 	1,339.9		 	198.3		 	979.3		 	(5,333.7	)	 	—		
Interest expense	—		 	(0.1	)	 	(15.8	)	 	(168.3	)	 	(50.0	)	 	(19.3	)	 	—		 	(253.5	)	
Intercompany interest and fees	(10.5	)	 	—		 	(44.3	)	 	(48.8	)	 	0.6		 	103.0		 	—		 	—		
Other, net	(4.8	)	 	—		 	0.7		 	(200.6	)	 	53.9		 	(1.9	)	 	177.7		 	25.0		
Earnings (loss) before income taxes	1,018.6		 	847.9		 	859.7		 	921.6		 	193.4		 	2,591.5		 	(5,156.0	)	 	1,276.7		
Benefit (provision) for income taxes	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(74.0	)	 	(153.0	)	 	—		 	(227.0	)	
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	1,018.6		 	847.9		 	859.7		 	921.6		 	119.4		 	2,438.5		 	(5,156.0	)	 	1,049.7		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.3		 	(6.0	)	 	—		 	(5.7	)	
Net earnings (loss)	1,018.6		 	847.9		 	859.7		 	921.6		 	119.7		 	2,432.5		 	(5,156.0	)	 	1,044.0		
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(48.7	)	 	23.3		 	(25.4	)	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	$	1,018.6		 	$	847.9		 	$	859.7		 	$	921.6		 	$	119.7		 	$	2,383.8		 	$	(5,132.7	)	 	$	1,018.6		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income (loss)	1,051.2		 	880.6		 	860.9		 	922.0		 	185.4		 	2,386.0		 	(5,221.9	)	 	1,064.2		
Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(36.3	)	 	23.3		 	(13.0	)	
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	$	1,051.2		 	$	880.6		 	$	860.9		 	$	922.0		 	$	185.4		 	$	2,349.7		 	$	(5,198.6	)	 	$	1,051.2		

F-51

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended December 31, 2011

																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net revenues	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	867.8		 	$	13,914.2		 	$	—		 	$	14,782.0		
Cost of goods sold	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(584.8	)	 	(9,908.8	)	 	—		 	(10,493.6	)	
Selling and administrative expenses	(9.2	)	 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(0.4	)	 	(277.0	)	 	(2,494.5	)	 	—		 	(2,781.2	)	
Gain (loss) on sale/asset impairment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(646.9	)	 	—		 	(646.9	)	
Operating income (loss)	(9.2	)	 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(0.4	)	 	6.0		 	864.0		 	—		 	860.3		
Equity earnings (loss) in affiliates, net of tax	358.8		 	614.8		 	757.5		 	653.0		 	116.0		 	595.2		 	(3,095.3	)	 	—		
Interest expense	—		 	—		 	(15.7	)	 	(193.2	)	 	(50.7	)	 	(20.4	)	 	—		 	(280.0	)	
Intercompany interest and fees	(2.5	)	 	—		 	(129.4	)	 	52.5		 	(117.9	)	 	197.3		 	—		 	—		
Other, net	(3.9	)	 	(5.2	)	 	1.7		 	251.5		 	77.9		 	(28.9	)	 	(260.1	)	 	33.0		
Earnings (loss) before income taxes	343.2		 	609.5		 	614.1		 	763.4		 	31.3		 	1,607.2		 	(3,355.4	)	 	613.3		
Benefit (provision) for income taxes	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	29.0		 	(216.2	)	 	—		 	(187.2	)	
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	343.2		 	609.5		 	614.1		 	763.4		 	60.3		 	1,391.0		 	(3,355.4	)	 	426.1		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(79.1	)	 	22.3		 	—		 	(56.8	)	
Net earnings (loss)	343.2		 	609.5		 	614.1		 	763.4		 	(18.8	)	 	1,413.3		 	(3,355.4	)	 	369.3		
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(35.5	)	 	9.4		 	(26.1	)	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	$	343.2		 	$	609.5		 	$	614.1		 	$	763.4		 	$	(18.8	)	 	$	1,377.8		 	$	(3,346.0	)	 	$	343.2		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income (loss)	114.3		 	380.6		 	615.3		 	757.1		 	(115.7	)	 	1,291.3		 	(2,902.8	)	 	140.1		
Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(34.9	)	 	9.4		 	(25.5	)	
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	$	114.3		 	$	380.6		 	$	615.3		 	$	757.1		 	$	(115.7	)	 	$	1,256.4		 	$	(2,893.4	)	 	$	114.6		

F-52

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended December 31, 2010

	
																																	
In millions	 	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global
Holding	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net revenues	 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	741.3		 	$	13,259.8		 	$	—		 	$	14,001.1		
Cost of goods sold	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(578.1	)	 	(9,481.8	)	 	—		 	(10,059.9	)	
Selling and administrative expenses	 	(8.4	)	 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(0.6	)	 	(223.8	)	 	(2,446.9	)	 	—		 	(2,679.8	)	
Operating income (loss)	 	(8.4	)	 	(0.1	)	 	—		 	(0.6	)	 	(60.6	)	 	1,331.1		 	—		 	1,261.4		
Equity earnings (loss) in affiliates, net of tax	 	659.8		 	470.4		 	615.2		 	1,050.5		 	168.3		 	526.6		 	(3,490.8	)	 	—		
Interest expense	 	—		 	—		 	(15.6	)	 	(194.2	)	 	(51.9	)	 	(21.5	)	 	—		 	(283.2	)	
Intercompany interest and fees	 	—		 	(0.1	)	 	(135.0	)	 	(33.3	)	 	(122.2	)	 	290.6		 	—		 	—		
Other, net	 	(8.6	)	 	(0.3	)	 	0.6		 	(189.7	)	 	51.4		 	6.0		 	173.1		 	32.5		
Earnings (loss) before income taxes	 	642.8		 	469.9		 	465.2		 	632.7		 	(15.0	)	 	2,132.8		 	(3,317.7	)	 	1,010.7		
Benefit (provision) for income taxes	 	(0.6	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	93.1		 	(320.6	)	 	—		 	(228.1	)	
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations	 	642.2		 	469.9		 	465.2		 	632.7		 	78.1		 	1,812.2		 	(3,317.7	)	 	782.6		
Discontinued operations, net of tax	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(16.8	)	 	(100.7	)	 	—		 	(117.5	)	
Net earnings (loss)	 	642.2		 	469.9		 	465.2		 	632.7		 	61.3		 	1,711.5		 	(3,317.7	)	 	665.1		
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(39.6	)	 	16.7		 	(22.9	)	
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	$	642.2		 	$	469.9		 	$	465.2		 	$	632.7		 	$	61.3		 	$	1,671.9		 	$	(3,301.0	)	 	$	642.2		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income (loss)	 	751.5		 	579.3		 	466.2		 	630.8		 	91.8		 	1,775.5		 	(3,521.5	)	 	773.6		
Less: Total comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(38.8	)	 	16.7		 	(22.1	)	
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ingersoll-Rand plc	 	$	751.5		 	$	579.3		 	$	466.2		 	$	630.8		 	$	91.8		 	$	1,736.7		 	$	(3,504.8	)	 	$	751.5		

F-53

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2012

	
																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	61.9		 	$	59.1		 	$	761.1		 	$	—		 	$	882.1		
Accounts and notes receivable, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	128.8		 	2,028.7		 	—		 	2,157.5		
Inventories	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	73.1		 	1,235.7		 	—		 	1,308.8		
Other current assets	0.1		 	—		 	0.1		 	0.2		 	149.3		 	444.6		 	—		 	594.3		
Accounts and notes receivable affiliates	148.9		 	3,039.2		 	2.0		 	2,189.0		 	8,669.5		 	23,772.0		 	(37,820.6	)	 	—		
Total current assets	149.0		 	3,039.2		 	2.1		 	2,251.1		 	9,079.8		 	28,242.1		 	(37,820.6	)	 	4,942.7		
Investment in affiliates	8,885.1		 	7,095.3		 	21,185.6		 	18,589.8		 	8,179.9		 	99,205.0		 	(163,140.7	)	 	—		
Property, plant and equipment, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.2		 	254.0		 	1,398.4		 	—		 	1,652.6		
Intangible assets, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	83.8		 	10,256.0		 	—		 	10,339.8		
Other noncurrent assets	—		 	—		 	0.5		 	10.0		 	867.3		 	680.0		 	—		 	1,557.8		
Total assets	$	9,034.1		 	$	10,134.5		 	$	21,188.2		 	$	20,851.1		 	$	18,464.8		 	$	139,781.5		 	$	(200,961.3	)	 	$	18,492.9		
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accruals	$	70.5		 	$	—		 	$	4.0		 	$	46.0		 	$	420.2		 	$	2,656.9		 	$	—		 	$	3,197.6		
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	—		 	—		 	—		 	600.0		 	350.5		 	13.2		 	—		 	963.7		
Accounts and note payable affiliates	1,734.3		 	34.3		 	4,888.9		 	7,602.2		 	13,337.7		 	9,867.6		 	(37,465.0	)	 	—		
Total current liabilities	1,804.8		 	34.3		 	4,892.9		 	8,248.2		 	14,108.4		 	12,537.7		 	(37,465.0	)	 	4,161.3		
Long-term debt	—		 	—		 	299.7		 	1,404.4		 	364.7		 	200.5		 	—		 	2,269.3		
Note payable affiliate	—		 	—		 	10,755.7		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(10,755.7	)	 	—		
Other noncurrent liabilities	—		 	4.3		 	3.8		 	—		 	1,620.0		 	3,204.9		 	—		 	4,833.0		
Total liabilities	1,804.8		 	38.6		 	15,952.1		 	9,652.6		 	16,093.1		 	15,943.1		 	(48,220.7	)	 	11,263.6		
Temporary equity	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Equity:		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		
Total equity	7,229.3		 	10,095.9		 	5,236.1		 	11,198.5		 	2,371.7		 	123,838.4		 	(152,740.6	)	 	7,229.3		
Total liabilities and equity	$	9,034.1		 	$	10,134.5		 	$	21,188.2		 	$	20,851.1		 	$	18,464.8		 	$	139,781.5		 	$	(200,961.3	)	 	$	18,492.9		

F-54

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2011

	
																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	241.8		 	$	77.8		 	$	841.1		 	$	—		 	$	1,160.7		
Accounts and notes receivable, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	166.7		 	1,968.9		 	—		 	2,135.6		
Inventories	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	73.3		 	1,205.0		 	—		 	1,278.3		
Other current assets	0.1		 	—		 	0.1		 	0.5		 	176.0		 	527.9		 	—		 	704.6		
Accounts and notes receivable affiliates	137.5		 	3,013.3		 	17.0		 	2,465.4		 	4,829.9		 	19,993.4		 	(30,456.5	)	 	—		
Total current assets	137.6		 	3,013.3		 	17.1		 	2,707.7		 	5,323.7		 	24,536.3		 	(30,456.5	)	 	5,279.2		
Investment in affiliates	8,179.9		 	6,254.6		 	20,206.3		 	17,362.2		 	7,921.1		 	89,195.5		 	(149,119.6	)	 	—		
Property, plant and equipment, net	0.1		 	—		 	—		 	0.2		 	217.0		 	1,422.1		 	—		 	1,639.4		
Intangible assets, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	83.9		 	10,353.7		 	—		 	10,437.6		
Other noncurrent assets	—		 	—		 	0.7		 	12.7		 	906.4		 	568.1		 	—		 	1,487.9		
Total assets	$	8,317.6		 	$	9,267.9		 	$	20,224.1		 	$	20,082.8		 	$	14,452.1		 	$	126,075.7		 	$	(179,576.1	)	 	$	18,844.1		
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accruals	$	51.7		 	$	—		 	$	3.9		 	$	50.8		 	$	433.1		 	$	2,822.8		 	$	—		 	$	3,362.3		
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	—		 	—		 	—		 	581.0		 	351.9		 	70.2		 	(239.8	)	 	763.3		
Accounts and note payable affiliates	1,250.2		 	40.3		 	4,812.5		 	7,352.8		 	9,455.3		 	7,131.9		 	(30,043.0	)	 	—		
Total current liabilities	1,301.9		 	40.3		 	4,816.4		 	7,984.6		 	10,240.3		 	10,024.9		 	(30,282.8	)	 	4,125.6		
Long-term debt	—		 	—		 	299.6		 	2,004.2		 	372.6		 	202.9		 	—		 	2,879.3		
Note payable affiliate	—		 	—		 	10,789.4		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(10,789.4	)	 	—		
Other noncurrent liabilities	—		 	—		 	3.8		 	—		 	1,894.4		 	2,925.3		 	—		 	4,823.5		
Total liabilities	1,301.9		 	40.3		 	15,909.2		 	9,988.8		 	12,507.3		 	13,153.1		 	(41,072.2	)	 	11,828.4		
Temporary equity	3.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	3.3		
Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total equity	7,012.4		 	9,227.6		 	4,314.9		 	10,094.0		 	1,944.8		 	112,922.6		 	(138,503.9	)	 	7,012.4		
Total liabilities and equity	$	8,317.6		 	$	9,267.9		 	$	20,224.1		 	$	20,082.8		 	$	14,452.1		 	$	126,075.7		 	$	(179,576.1	)	 	$	18,844.1		

F-55

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended December 31, 2012

	
																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities	$	(19.7	)	 	$	(0.4	)	 	$	(15.1	)	 	$	(570.5	)	 	$	(122.1	)	 	$	2,325.0		 	$	(319.5	)	 	$	1,277.7		
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.3		 	(97.1	)	 	—		 	(96.8	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(19.7	)	 	(0.4	)	 	(15.1	)	 	(570.5	)	 	(121.8	)	 	2,227.9		 	(319.5	)	 	1,180.9		
Cash flows from investing activities:		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	—		
Capital expenditures	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(74.9	)	 	(187.7	)	 	—		 	(262.6	)	
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	3.1		 	16.1		 	—		 	19.2		
Proceeds from business disposition, net of cash sold	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	52.7		 	—		 	52.7		
Dividends received from equity investments	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	44.3		 	—		 	44.3		
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(71.8	)	 	(74.6	)	 	—		 	(146.4	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(71.8	)	 	(74.6	)	 	—		 	(146.4	)	
Cash flows from financing activities:		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	—		
Net proceeds (repayments) in debt	—		 	—		 	—		 	(344.5	)	 	(9.2	)	 	(61.1	)	 	—		 	(414.8	)	
Debt issuance costs	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2.5	)	
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation	19.6		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	19.6		
Net inter-company proceeds (payments)	884.5		 	0.4		 	15.1		 	737.6		 	184.1		 	(1,821.7	)	 	—		 	—		
Dividends paid	(192.4	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(340.2	)	 	319.5		 	(213.1	)	
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests	(0.4	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1.1	)	 	—		 	(1.5	)	
Proceeds from shares issued under incentive plans	152.9		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	152.9		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(839.8	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(839.8	)	
Other, net	(4.7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(4.7	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities	19.7		 	0.4		 	15.1		 	390.6		 	174.9		 	(2,224.1	)	 	319.5		 	(1,303.9	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(9.2	)	 	—		 	(9.2	)	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	—		 	—		 	—		 	(179.9	)	 	(18.7	)	 	(80.0	)	 	—		 	(278.6	)	
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	—		 	—		 	—		 	241.8		 	77.8		 	841.1		 	—		 	1,160.7		
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	61.9		 	$	59.1		 	$	761.1		 	$	—		 	$	882.1		

F-56

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended December 31, 2011

	
																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities	$	(13.1	)	 	$	(5.3	)	 	$	(14.0	)	 	$	(185.3	)	 	$	143.0		 	$	1,326.4		 	$	(21.5	)	 	$	1,230.2		
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(79.1	)	 	35.7		 	—		 	(43.4	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(13.1	)	 	(5.3	)	 	(14.0	)	 	(185.3	)	 	63.9		 	1,362.1		 	(21.5	)	 	1,186.8		
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(47.6	)	 	(195.3	)	 	—		 	(242.9	)	
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1.9	)	 	—		 	(1.9	)	
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	3.1		 	48.9		 	—		 	52.0		
Proceeds from business disposition, net of cash sold	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	400.3		 	—		 	400.3		
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(44.5	)	 	252.0		 	—		 	207.5		
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(44.5	)	 	252.0		 	—		 	207.5		
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net proceeds (repayments) in debt	—		 	—		 	—		 	(0.2	)	 	(7.7	)	 	(46.1	)	 	—		 	(54.0	)	
Debt issuance costs	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2.3	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(2.3	)	
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	11.8		 	12.8		 	—		 	24.6		
Net inter-company proceeds (payments)	1,199.0		 	5.3		 	2.0		 	329.7		 	(81.2	)	 	(1,454.8	)	 	—		 	—		
Dividends paid	(137.3	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(47.7	)	 	21.5		 	(163.5	)	
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1.3	)	 	—		 	(1.3	)	
Proceeds from shares issued under incentive plans	109.0		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	109.0		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(1,157.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1,157.5	)	
Other, net	(0.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(0.9	)	 	—		 	(1.4	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities	12.7		 	5.3		 	2.0		 	327.2		 	(77.1	)	 	(1,538.0	)	 	21.5		 	(1,246.4	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(1.5	)	 	—		 	(1.5	)	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(0.4	)	 	—		 	(12.0	)	 	141.9		 	(57.7	)	 	74.6		 	—		 	146.4		
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	0.4		 	—		 	12.0		 	99.9		 	135.5		 	766.5		 	—		 	1,014.3		
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	—		 	$	241.8		 	$	77.8		 	$	841.1		 	$	—		 	$	1,160.7		

F-57

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended December 31, 2010

	
																																
In millions	IR
Ireland	 	IR
Limited	 	IR
International	 	IR Global	 	IR New
Jersey	 	Other
Subsidiaries	 	Consolidating Adjustments	 	IR Ireland
Consolidated	
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities	$	5.7		 	$	(0.4	)	 	$	(15.0	)	 	$	(379.9	)	 	$	(486.8	)	 	$	1,678.6		 	$	(45.8	)	 	$	756.4		
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(16.8	)	 	(44.2	)	 	—		 	(61.0	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	5.7		 	(0.4	)	 	(15.0	)	 	(379.9	)	 	(503.6	)	 	1,634.4		 	(45.8	)	 	695.4		
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	—		 	—		 	—		 	(0.3	)	 	(36.3	)	 	(142.9	)	 	—		 	(179.5	)	
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(14.0	)	 	—		 	(14.0	)	
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	14.5		 	—		 	14.5		
Proceeds from business disposition, net of cash sold	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	(0.3	)	 	(36.3	)	 	(142.4	)	 	—		 	(179.0	)	
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	0.4		 	—		 	0.4		
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	—		 	—		 	—		 	(0.3	)	 	(36.3	)	 	(142.0	)	 	—		 	(178.6	)	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net proceeds (repayments) in debt	—		 	—		 	—		 	(249.8	)	 	(7.8	)	 	(171.2	)	 	—		 	(428.8	)	
Debt issuance costs	—		 	—		 	—		 	(5.5	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(5.5	)	
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	4.2		 	—		 	—		 	4.2		
Net inter-company proceeds (payments)	(60.6	)	 	37.1		 	27.0		 	653.6		 	503.5		 	(1,160.6	)	 	—		 	—		
Dividends paid	(90.6	)	 	(36.7	)	 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(29.4	)	 	45.8		 	(110.9	)	
Acquisition/divestiture of noncontrolling interests	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	(8.0	)	 	—		 	(8.0	)	
Proceeds from shares issued under incentive plans	145.3		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	145.3		
Repurchase of ordinary shares	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Other, net	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities	(5.9	)	 	0.4		 	27.0		 	398.3		 	499.9		 	(1,369.2	)	 	45.8		 	(403.7	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	—		 	24.5		 	—		 	24.5		
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(0.2	)	 	—		 	12.0		 	18.1		 	(40.0	)	 	147.7		 	—		 	137.6		
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	0.6		 	—		 	—		 	81.8		 	175.5		 	618.8		 	—		 	876.7		
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	0.4		 	$	—		 	$	12.0		 	$	99.9		 	$	135.5		 	$	766.5		 	$	—		 	$	1,014.3		

F-58

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2012 , 2011 AND 2010
(Amounts in millions)

	
				
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts:	   	
 	 	
Balance December 31, 2009	$	56.4		
Additions charged to costs and expenses	15.7		
Deductions*	(31.6	)	
Business acquisitions and divestitures, net	(0.3	)	
Currency translation	(0.2	)	
Other	0.7		
 	 	
Balance December 31, 2010	40.7		
Additions charged to costs and expenses	12.6		
Deductions*	(25.9	)	
Currency translation	(0.3	)	
 	 	
Balance December 31, 2011	27.1		
Additions charged to costs and expenses	16.1		
Deductions*	(14.3	)	
Currency translation	(0.5	)	
Other	0.8		
 	 	
Balance December 31, 2012	$	29.2		

	
		
(*)	“Deductions” include accounts and advances written off, less recoveries.	

 

F-59

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN OF 2007
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2010)

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF [GRANT DATE] ("GRANT DATE")

Ingersoll-Rand plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to [insert name] (“Participant”) a non-qualified stock option (the “Option”) to purchase [insert number of shares subject to Option] ordinary shares of the Company (the “Shares”) at an exercise price of US$ [insert option price] per Share, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 (the “Plan”) and to such further terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Award Agreement.
1. Non-Qualified Stock Option.     The option to purchase Shares pursuant to the Option is granted as a “non-qualified stock option” within the meaning of the Code.
2.      Vesting and Exercisability .  Participant’s right to purchase Shares subject to the Option shall vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate on each such anniversary. Subject to the provisions below, the term of the Option shall be 10 years from the Grant Date. Participant’s rights with respect to the Option after termination of Participant’s employment shall be as set forth below:
(a) If Participant’s employment terminates by reason of voluntary resignation or a performance based termination, (including, but not limited to, poor performance or fit with the Company and/or an Affiliate or behavior or results that are incompatible with continued employment), Participant’s right to exercise vested Options will expire 90 days following termination of active employment and all unvested Options shall be cancelled as of the date of termination of active employment.
(b)     If Participant’s employment terminates involuntarily by reason of a group termination (including, but not limited to, terminations resulting from sale of a business or division, outsourcing of an entire function, reduction in workforce or closing of a facility) (a “Group Termination Event”), any unvested Options that would have vested within 12 months following such termination of active employment shall become fully vested, all other unvested Options shall be cancelled as of the date of termination of active employment and all vested Options shall remain exercisable for 3 years following termination of active employment. In the event Participant's employer ceases to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, this will not constitute a Group Termination Event.
(c)     If Participant’s employment terminates involuntarily by reason of job elimination, substantial change in the nature of Participant’s position or job relocation, Participant shall have 1 year from the date of termination of active employment to exercise vested Options and all unvested Options will be cancelled as of the date of termination of active employment.
(d)     If Participant’s employment terminates due to disability, all unvested Options shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment and vested Options shall remain exercisable for 3 years following termination of employment.
(e)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(a) through (d) above, if Participant’s employment terminates after attainment of age 55 with at least 5 years of service (“Retirement”), all

unvested Options shall continue to vest according to their original vesting schedule and Participant shall have 5 years from the date of termination of active employment to exercise all vested Options.
(f)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(e) above, if Participant’s employment terminates due to death, all unvested Options shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment and vested Options shall remain exercisable for 3 years following termination of employment.
(g)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(a) through (e) above, if Participant’s employment terminates due to an Involuntary Loss of Job that occurs between the Grant Date and the first anniversary of completion of a Major Restructuring, any unvested Options shall become fully vested as of the date of such termination of employment and all vested Options shall remain exercisable for 3 years from the date of such termination of employment; however, if Participant has attained age 55 with at least 5 years of service as of such date, all vested Options shall remain exercisable for 5 years from the date of such termination of employment.
(h)     In the event Participant’s employment is terminated for cause, all Options, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled immediately. For purposes of this Section 2(h), “cause” shall mean (i) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (iii) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(i)     In no event shall any portion of the Options be exercisable more than 10 years after the Grant Date.
3.      Definitions .
(a)      Cause , for purposes of Section 3(c) below, shall mean (i) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to Participant by the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (iv) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(b)      Good Reason shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in Participant’s title or status (however, performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Major Restructuring shall not constitute Good Reason); (ii) a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus (however, a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus shall not constitute Good Reason if there is a broad-based reduction in the base salary or target bonus applicable to employees in the Company or an Affiliate) or the failure to pay Participant’s base salary or bonus when due or the failure to maintain on behalf of Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those in effect prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than 35 miles from Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; however, any of the events described in clauses (i)-(iii) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Company (or an Affiliate, if applicable) fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; and such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th  day following the later of the occurrence of the event or Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless Participant has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.

2

(c)      Involuntary Loss of Job shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate (i) by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, or (ii) by Participant with Good Reason, unless, with respect to both (i) and (ii), the Company can reasonably demonstrate that such occurrence is not substantially related to, or as a result of, a Major Restructuring. In no event shall Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, on its own, constitute an Involuntary Loss of Job.
(d)      Major Restructuring shall mean a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions which, individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of the Company’s four business sectors ( i.e. , Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies), so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control.
(e)     For purposes of this Award Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall include any entity that was an Affiliate as of the Grant Date if such entity has ceased to be an Affiliate as a result of a Major Restructuring unless otherwise specified herein.
4.     Recoupment Provision.      In the event that Participant commits fraud or engages in intentional misconduct that results in a need for the Company to restate its financial statements, then the Committee may direct the Company to (i) cancel any outstanding portion of the Options and (ii) recover all or a portion of the financial gain realized by Participant through exercise of the Options.
5. Electronic Delivery and Participation .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan by electronic means.
6. Acknowledgement & Acceptance within 120 Days .  This grant is subject to acceptance, within 120 days of the Grant Date, by electronic acceptance through the website of UBS, the Company’s stock option administrator. Failure to accept the Option within 120 days of the Grant Date may result in cancellation of the Option .

Signed for and on behalf of the Company:

/s/ Michael W. Lamach                     
Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and CEO
Ingersoll-Rand plc

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

3

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN OF 2007
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2010)

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF [GRANT DATE] ("GRANT DATE")

Ingersoll-Rand plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to [insert name] (“Participant”) a restricted stock unit award (the “RSUs”) with respect to [insert number of shares subject to RSUs] ordinary shares of the Company (the “Shares”), pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 (the “Plan”) and to such further terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Award Agreement.
1. Vesting and Issuance of Shares; Dividend Equivalents .
(a) Participant’s right to receive Shares subject to the RSUs shall vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the Grant Date (each anniversary being a “Vesting Date”), subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate on each such anniversary.
(b)     Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any cash dividend paid by the Company upon one Share for each RSU held by Participant when such dividend is paid (“Dividend Equivalent”), provided that, (i) Participant shall have no right to receive the Dividend Equivalents unless and until the associated RSUs vest, (ii) Dividend Equivalents shall not accrue interest and (iii) Dividend Equivalents shall be paid in cash at the time that the associated RSUs vest.
(c)     If Participant’s employment terminates involuntarily by reason of a group termination (including, but not limited to, terminations resulting from sale of a business or division, outsourcing of an entire function, reduction in workforce or closing of a facility) (a “Group Termination Event”), the number of Shares subject to the RSUs that would have vested within 12 months of termination of Participant’s active employment shall vest as of the date of termination of active service (such date also being a “Vesting Date”) and all other RSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited as of the date of termination of active employment, and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such RSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents. In the event Participant's employer ceases to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, this will not constitute a Group Termination Event.
(d)     If Participant’s employment terminates due to an Involuntary Loss of Job that occurs between the Grant Date and the first anniversary of completion of a Major Restructuring, the Shares subject to the RSUs that have not yet vested shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment (such date also being a “Vesting Date”); however, if Participant has attained age 55 with at least 5 years of service as of such date, the Shares subject to the RSUs that have not yet vested shall continue to vest in accordance with Section 1(f) below.
(e)     If Participant’s employment terminates by reason of disability, the Shares subject to the RSUs that have not yet vested shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment (such date also being a “Vesting Date”).
(f)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(c) through (e) above, if Participant’s employment terminates after attainment of age 55 with at least 5 years of service (“Retirement”), the Shares subject to the RSUs shall continue to vest according to the schedule set forth in Section 1(a), notwithstanding such termination of employment.

(g)     Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(f) above, if Participant’s employment terminates due to death, the Shares subject to the RSUs that have not yet vested shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment (such date also being a “Vesting Date”).
(h)     If Participant’s employment terminates (i) for any reason or in any circumstances other than those specified in Section 1(c) through (g) above or (ii) for cause in the circumstances specified in Section 1(f) above, all unvested RSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited as of the date of termination of active employment and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such RSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents. For purposes of this Section 1(h), “cause” shall mean (x) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company or an Affiliate; (y) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (z) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(i)     On or as soon as administratively practicable following each Vesting Date, the Company shall cause to be issued to Participant Shares with respect to the RSUs that become vested on such Vesting Date. However, if the RSUs are considered an item of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and the Shares are distributable by reason of a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code) during the period that Participant is both subject to U.S. federal income taxation and a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), any Shares that would otherwise be issuable during the 6 month period immediately following Participant’s separation from service will be issued on the first day of the 7 th month following Participant’s separation from service (or, if Participant dies during such period, within 30 days after Participant’s death). Such Shares shall be fully paid and non-assessable. Participant will not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Shares subject to the RSUs unless and until such Shares have been issued to Participant.    
2.      Definitions .
(a)      Cause , for purposes of Section 2(c) below, shall mean (i) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to Participant by the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (iv) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(b)      Good Reason shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in Participant’s title or status (however, performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Major Restructuring shall not constitute Good Reason); (ii) a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus (however, a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus shall not constitute Good Reason if there is a broad-based reduction in the base salary or target bonus applicable to employees in the Company or an Affiliate) or the failure to pay Participant’s base salary or bonus when due or the failure to maintain on behalf of Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those in effect prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than 35 miles from Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; however, any of the events described in clauses (i)-(iii) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Company (or an Affiliate, if applicable) fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; and such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th  day following the later of the occurrence of the event or

2

Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless Participant has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.
(c)      Involuntary Loss of Job shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate (i) by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, or (ii) by Participant with Good Reason, unless, with respect to both (i) and (ii), the Company can reasonably demonstrate that such occurrence is not substantially related to, or as a result of, a Major Restructuring. In no event shall Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, on its own, constitute an Involuntary Loss of Job.
(d)      Major Restructuring shall mean a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions which, individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of the Company’s four business sectors ( i.e. , Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies), so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control.
(e)     For purposes of this Award Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall include any entity that was an Affiliate as of the Grant Date if such entity has ceased to be an Affiliate as a result of a Major Restructuring unless otherwise specified herein.
3.      Taxes .  Regardless of any action the Company and/or an Affiliate take with respect to any and all federal, state, local or other tax related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Participant’s responsibility. To satisfy any withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate with respect to Tax-Related Items, the Company will withhold Shares otherwise issuable upon settlement of the RSUs. To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. Alternatively, or in addition, the Company may satisfy such withholding obligations by (a) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company or an Affiliate, (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSUs either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent), or (c) requiring Participant to tender a cash payment to the Company or an Affiliate in the amount of the Tax-Related Items; provided, however, that if Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Act, the withholding methods described in this Section 3 (a), (b) and (c) will only be used if the Committee (as constituted to satisfy Rule 16b-3 of the Act) determines, in advance of the applicable withholding event, that one such withholding method will be used in lieu of withholding Shares. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.
4.      Recoupment Provision . In the event that Participant commits fraud or engages in intentional misconduct that results in a need for the Company to restate its financial statements, then the Committee may direct the Company to (i) cancel any outstanding portion of the RSUs and (ii) recover all or a portion of the financial gain realized by Participant through the RSUs.
5.      Electronic Delivery and Participation .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan by electronic means.
6.      Acknowledgement & Acceptance within 120 Days .  This grant is subject to acceptance, within 120 days of the Grant Date, by electronic acceptance through the website of UBS, the Company’s stock plan

3

administrator. Failure to accept the RSUs within 120 days of the Grant Date may result in cancellation of the RSUs.
Signed for and on behalf of the Company:

/s/ Michael W. Lamach
Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and CEO
Ingersoll-Rand plc

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

4

INGERSOLL-RAND PLC
INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN OF 2007
(AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2010)

PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR THE [ ] PERFORMANCE PERIOD
DATED AS OF [GRANT DATE] ("GRANT DATE")

Ingersoll-Rand plc (the “Company”) hereby grants to [insert name] (“Participant”) a performance stock unit award (the “PSUs”) pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 (the “Plan”), including the terms and conditions for Performance-Based Awards as set forth in Section 8(b) of the Plan. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).
Each PSU that vests pursuant to the terms of this grant document shall provide Participant with the right to receive one ordinary share of the Company (the “Share”) on the issuance date described in Section 3(g) below. The number of Shares subject to the PSUs, the performance and service vesting conditions applicable to such Shares, the date on which vested Shares shall become issuable and any further terms and conditions governing the PSUs shall be as set forth in this Award Agreement.
1.      Number of Shares .  The number of Shares subject to the PSUs at target performance level is [ insert number of Shares subject to PSUs at target ]. The maximum number of Shares subject to the PSUs is [ insert maximum number of Shares subject to PSUs ] Shares, provided, however, that the actual number of Shares that become issuable pursuant to the PSUs shall be determined in accordance with the fulfillment of certain performance conditions set forth in the attached Appendix A and the additional vesting requirements set forth in Section 3 below.
2.      Performance Period . The performance period applicable to the PSUs is [insert beginning date of the performance period] to [insert ending date of the performance period] (the “Performance Period”).
3.      Vesting and Issuance of Shares; Dividend Equivalents . Participant’s right to receive Shares subject to the PSUs shall vest in accordance with the performance vesting conditions set forth in the attached Appendix A and subject to the following additional vesting requirements:
(a)     Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to any cash dividend paid by the Company upon one Share for each PSU held by Participant when such dividend is paid (“Dividend Equivalent”), provided that, (i) Participant shall have no right to receive the Dividend Equivalents unless and until the associated PSUs vest, (ii) Dividend Equivalents shall not accrue interest and (iii) Dividend Equivalents shall be paid in cash at the time that the associated PSUs vest.
(b)     If Participant’s employment terminates involuntarily by reason of (i) a group termination (including, but not limited to, terminations resulting from sale of a business or division, outsourcing of an entire function, reduction in workforce or closing of a facility) (a “Group Termination Event”) or (ii) job elimination, substantial change in the nature of Participant’s position or job relocation, a pro-rated number of Shares, based on the fulfillment of the performance vesting conditions as measured at the end of the Performance Period and determined by the Committee in Section 3(g) below and the number of days during the Performance Period that Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate, shall vest. All other PSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such PSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents. In the event Participant's employer ceases to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, this will not constitute a Group Termination Event.

(c)     If Participant’s employment terminates by reason of death or disability, a pro-rated number of Shares, based on the fulfillment of the performance vesting conditions as measured between January 1, 2013 and the end of the calendar quarter in which such termination of employment takes place and determined by the Committee in Section 3(g) below and the number of days during the Performance Period that Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate, shall vest. All other PSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such PSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents.
(d)     If Participant’s employment terminates after attainment of age 55 with at least 5 years of service (“Retirement”), a pro-rated number of Shares, based on the fulfillment of the performance vesting conditions as measured at the end of the Performance Period and determined by the Committee in Section 3(g) below and the number of days during the Performance Period that Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate, shall vest. All other PSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such PSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents.
(e)     If Participant’s employment terminates due to an Involuntary Loss of Job that occurs between the Grant Date and the first anniversary of completion of a Major Restructuring, a pro-rated number of Shares, based on the fulfillment of the performance vesting conditions as measured at the end of the Performance Period and determined by the Committee in Section 3(g) below and the number of days during the Performance Period that Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate, shall vest. All other PSUs and associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such PSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents.
(f)     If Participant’s employment terminates (i) for any reason or in any circumstances other than those specified in Sections 3(b), (c), (d) and (e) above or (ii) for cause in the circumstances specified in Section 3(d) above, all PSUs and any associated Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited as of the date of termination of active employment and Participant shall have no right to or interest in such PSUs, the underlying Shares or any associated Dividend Equivalents. For purposes of this Section 3(f), “cause” shall mean (x) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company or an Affiliate; (y) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (z) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(g)     On a date as soon as practicable following the end of the Performance Period or, in the case of Section 3(c), the end of the calendar quarter in which Participant’s employment is terminated, the Committee shall certify the extent to which the performance vesting conditions set forth in Appendix A have been met (the “Certification Date”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall cause to be issued to Participant Shares with respect to any PSUs that became vested on the Certification Date, provided that Participant was employed by the Company or an Affiliate on such date (unless otherwise provided in Sections 3(b), (c) or (d) or (e) above). Such shares shall be fully paid and non-assessable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee has the sole discretion to make downward adjustments to the award amount determined pursuant to Appendix A, including an adjustment such that no Shares are issued to Participant, regardless of the fulfillment of the performance vesting conditions set forth in Appendix A. Participant will not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company in respect of any Shares subject to the PSUs unless and until such Shares have been issued to Participant.
4.      Definitions .
(a)      Cause , for purposes of Section 4(c) below, shall mean (i) any action by Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the

2

Company or an Affiliate; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to Participant by the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district (or the equivalent in any foreign jurisdiction); or (iv) any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(b)      Good Reason shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in Participant’s title or status (however, performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Major Restructuring shall not constitute Good Reason); (ii) a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus (however, a reduction of Participant’s base salary or target bonus shall not constitute Good Reason if there is a broad-based reduction in the base salary or target bonus applicable to employees in the Company or an Affiliate) or the failure to pay Participant’s base salary or bonus when due or the failure to maintain on behalf of Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those in effect prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than 35 miles from Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring; however, any of the events described in clauses (i)-(iii) above shall constitute Good Reason only if the Company (or an Affiliate, if applicable) fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; and such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th day following the later of the occurrence of the event or Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless Participant has given the Company written notice thereof prior to such date.
(c)      Involuntary Loss of Job shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate (i) by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, or (ii) by Participant with Good Reason, unless, with respect to both (i) and (ii), the Company can reasonably demonstrate that such occurrence is not substantially related to, or as a result of, a Major Restructuring. In no event shall Participant’s employer ceasing to be an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) as a result of a Major Restructuring, on its own, constitute an Involuntary Loss of Job.
(d)      Major Restructuring shall mean a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions which, individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of the Company’s four business sectors ( i.e. , Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies), so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control.
(e)     For purposes of this Award Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall include any entity that was an Affiliate as of the Grant Date if such entity has ceased to be an Affiliate as a result of a Major Restructuring unless otherwise specified herein.
5.      Taxes .  Regardless of any action the Company and/or an Affiliate take with respect to any and all federal, state, local or other tax related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”), Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains Participant’s responsibility. To satisfy any withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate with respect to Tax-Related Items, the Company will withhold Shares otherwise issuable upon vesting of the PSUs. To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. Alternatively, or in addition, the Company may satisfy such withholding obligations by (a) withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company or an Affiliate, (b) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the PSUs either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf

3

pursuant to this authorization without further consent), or (c) requiring Participant to tender a cash payment to the Company or an Affiliate in the amount of the Tax-Related Items; provided, however, that if Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Act, the withholding methods described in this Section 5 (a), (b) and (c) will only be used if the Committee (as constituted to satisfy Rule 16b-3 of the Act) determines, in advance of the applicable withholding event, that one such withholding method will be used in lieu of withholding Shares. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.
6.      Recoupment Provision .  In the event that Participant commits fraud or engages in intentional misconduct that results in a need for the Company to restate its financial statements, then the Committee may direct the Company to (i) cancel any outstanding portion of the PSUs and (ii) recover all or a portion of the financial gain realized by Participant through the PSUs.
7.      Electronic Delivery and Participation .  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan by electronic means.
8.      Acknowledgement & Acceptance within 120 Days .  This grant is subject to acceptance, within 120 days of the Grant Date, by electronic acceptance through the website of UBS, the Company’s stock option administrator. Failure to accept the PSUs within 120 days of the Grant Date may result in cancellation of the PSUs .

Signed for and on behalf of the Company:

/s/ Michael W. Lamach                     
Michael W. Lamach
Chairman and CEO
Ingersoll-Rand plc

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

4

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
(AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 1, 2012)
INTRODUCTION

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the “Company”) established the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan (the “Qualified Savings Plan”) effective January 1, 2003 for employees employed by the Company and certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (the “Employees”), under which benefits do not reflect compensation of Employees in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or Compensation deferred under the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferral Plan”).

The purpose of this amended and restated Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan, which was formerly known as the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan (the “Supplemental Savings Plan”) is to provide a vehicle under which Employees can be paid benefits which are supplemental to benefits payable under the Qualified Savings Plan with respect to compensation that is not taken into account under the Qualified Savings Plan.

Effective August 1, 2002, the liabilities under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Retirement Account Plan (the “Supplemental RAP”) were merged into this Supplemental Savings Plan. This Supplemental Savings Plan was last amended and restated effective January 1, 2003 with respect to all Employees except those Employees employed by The Torrington Company.

This Supplemental Savings Plan is hereby amended and restated effective January 1, 2009. The provisions of this Supplemental Savings Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2003 shall continue to apply to Employees of The Torrington Company.

It is intended that this Supplemental Savings Plan be treated as “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Unless otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms shall have the same meanings as they have under the Qualified Savings Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan to the contrary, the terms of this Supplemental Savings Plan are limited to amounts credited to Employees accounts hereunder (including earnings on such amounts) with respect to compensation earned in years commencing prior to January 1, 2005 that pursuant to the effective date rules of Section 885(d) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-6(a), are not subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Effective January 1, 2005, the Company has established the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Savings Plan II to provide similar supplemental benefits

714582

that are subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to compensation earned by Employees in years commencing after December 31, 2004.

SECTION 1
PARTICIPATION

		
1.1	Participation. An Employee shall participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan if a Supplemental Company Contribution was credited or creditable to the Employee’s Account under Section 2.2 with respect to compensation earned for any year commencing before January 1, 2005. An Employee who had an account under the Supplemental RAP merged into this Supplemental Savings Plan on August 1, 2002 shall also be a participant in this Plan.	

SECTION 2 
 ACCOUNTS/SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS

		
2.1	Accounts. The Company shall maintain on its books an account for each Employee who participates in this Supplemental Savings Plan (each an “Employee Account”). Such Employee Accounts shall be credited with Supplemental Company Contributions in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof.	

The Company shall maintain on its books an account for each Employee who had an account under the Supplemental RAP merged into this Supplemental Savings Plan (each a “Supplemental RAP Account”).

2.2	Company Contributions. An Employee shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Company Contribution (credited as provided in Section 2.3) for any year commencing before January 1, 2005 in which the Employee’s Compensation for the year exceeds the limitation provided under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and/or did not reflect compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan. The amount of Supplemental Company Contributions credited to the Employee Account for any such year shall equal (a) the Company Matching Contributions for such year, calculated as if the limitations described above did not apply, less (b) the Company Matching Contributions made with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

2

Contributions shall not be made to the Supplemental RAP Account on or after January 1, 2003. Contributions made to the Supplemental RAP Account prior to January 1, 2003 were made in accordance with the provisions of the Supplemental RAP in effect prior to January 1, 2003.

2.3	Crediting and Investment Allocation of Supplemental Company Contributions.	

(a)    For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(i)	“Common Stock” means the Class A common shares, par value $1.00 per share, of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company.	

(ii)	“Common Stock Unit” means the right to receive dividends in respect of the Common Stock and the right to receive the Fair Market Value of a Unit.	

(iii)	“Fair Market Value of a Unit” means the fair market value of one unit of Common Stock as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Company Stock Fund under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(b)	All Supplemental Company Contributions shall be made by crediting to the Employee Account of each Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan such number of Common Stock Units as will equal (i) the amount of Supplemental Company Contributions to which such Employee is entitled pursuant to Section 2.2, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date such Supplemental Company Contribution is made. Crediting of Common Stock Units shall occur at the same time as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(c)	On the date of payment of each cash dividend in respect of the Common Stock, each Employee Account shall be credited with additional Common Stock Units in the same manner and at the same time as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(d)	In the event of any stock dividend on the Common Stock or any split-up or combination of shares of the Common Stock, appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Committee (hereinafter defined) in the aggregate number of Common Stock Units credited to each Employee Account.	

(e)	Effective October 1, 2012, and subject to the Company’s policies regarding insider trading, an Employee may change his investment allocations with respect to amounts credited to his Employee Account and/or his Supplemental RAP Account to or among Common Stock Units or any of the investment options available under the Qualified Savings Plan, other than a self-directed brokerage window, subject to such limitations as may be established by the Administrative Committee. An Employee’s selected	

3

investment allocations will remain in effect and may be changed by the Employee after his termination of employment and before the Payment Date under Section 4.1.

(f)	For purposes of determining the balance of an Employee’s Employee Account, investment allocations to or changes from Common Stock Units or other investment options shall be valued in accordance with the recordkeeping procedures under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(g)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan II that may be interpreted to the contrary, an Employee’s investment allocations, including Common Stock Units, are to be used for measurement purposes only, and an Employee’s election of any investment option, the crediting to his or her Employee Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to an Employee’s Employee Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account shall not constitute or be construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Employee Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account balance in any such investment option. In the event that the Company or the trustee of a trust established in accordance with Section 6, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investment options, no Employee shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, an Employee’s Employee Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on the Employee’s behalf by the Company or the trust. The Employee shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.	

SECTION 3
VESTING

3.1	Vesting. An Employee shall at all times be fully vested in his Employee Account.	

SECTION 4 
 DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1     Time and Form of Distribution.

(a)	With respect to terminations of employment by reason of death, disability, retirement or otherwise occurring on or after May 29, 2003, the balance credited to an Employee’s Employee Account and/or his Supplemental RAP Account hereunder as of the last Valuation Date preceding the Payment Date shall be payable in the form of a cash lump sum on the Employee’s Payment Date. The Payment Date for any Employee shall be the later of (a) the first business day of the calendar year following the date of the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company, or (b) the first business day of the sixth calendar month following the date of the	

4

Employee’s termination of employment with the Company, unless such Employee is a participant in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program or the Ingersoll-Rand Company Key Management Supplemental Program and such Employee filed a deferral election under the Deferral Plan at least one year in advance of such termination of employment to defer the payment of such lump sum under the Deferral Plan.

(b)	In the event a valid deferral election is made under the Deferral Plan, the lump sum amount that would have otherwise been payable under this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be credited to the Deferral Plan as soon as administratively practicable following the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company.	

(c)	Any such payment not deferred under the Deferral Plan shall be made to the Employee, or if the Employee is not then living, to the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Qualified Savings Plan. Any payment to such beneficiary(ies) shall be payable thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.	

4.2	Payment of Benefits. The benefits payable under this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be paid to an Employee (or beneficiary(ies)) by the Company, provided, however, that if the Company shall have made a contribution to a trust established under Section 5 hereof of all or a portion of the amount credited to such Employee’s Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account under this Supplemental Savings Plan (a) the amount paid to the Employee by the Company hereunder shall be reduced by the amount distributed to such Employee from such trust and (b) the amount distributed to such Employee from such trust shall be limited by the amount to which such Employee is entitled pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof.	

SECTION 5
TRUST FUND INVESTMENT

5.1	Establishment of Trust. Except as provided in Section 6.1 hereof, the Company shall have no obligation to fund the Employee Accounts and/or Supplemental RAP Accounts hereunder. The Company may, however, in its sole discretion, transfer assets to a trust fund to assist it in meeting its obligations under this Supplemental Savings Plan. The trust agreement shall provide that all amounts contributed to the trust, together with earnings thereon, shall be invested and reinvested as provided therein.	

5.2	Rights of Creditors. The assets held by the trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company in the event of the Company’s insolvency. The rights of an Employee to the assets of such trust fund shall not be superior to those of an unsecured creditor of the Company.	

5.3	Disbursement of Funds. All contributions to the trust fund shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of the related trust agreement. No portion of the trust fund	

5

may be returned to the Company other than in accordance with the terms of the related trust agreement.

5.4	Company Obligation. Notwithstanding any provisions of any such trust agreement to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan or any such trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan except to the extent those liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.	

SECTION 6
CHANGE IN CONTROL

		
6.1	Contributions to Trust. In the event that the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company is informed by the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited that a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited has occurred, Ingersoll-Rand Company shall be obligated to establish a trust and to contribute to the trust an amount equal to the balance credited to each Employee’s Employee Account and/or Supplemental RAP Account established hereunder, such Employee Accounts and/or Supplemental RAP Accounts to be valued as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company was informed that a “change in control” has occurred.	

6.2	Amendments.  Following a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, any amendment modifying or terminating this Supplemental Savings Plan shall have no force or effect.	

6.3	Definition of Change in Control. For purposes hereof, a “change in control” shall have the meaning designated: (i) in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Amended and Restated Grantor Trust Agreement dated August 6, 1999, between the Company and Wachovia Bank, as trustee, or (ii) in such other trust agreement that restates or supersedes the agreement referred to in clause (i), in either case for purposes of satisfying certain obligations to executive employees of Ingersoll-Rand Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 6, the term “change in control” shall refer solely to a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited.	

SECTION 7 
 MISCELLANEOUS

		
7.1	Amendment and Termination. Except as provided in Section 6.2, this Supplemental Savings Plan may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, by (a) the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand	

6

Company Limited or the Compensation Committee (as described in Section 7.6), or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as described in Section 7.6), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of this Supplemental Savings Plan as of the date of termination or amendment.

7.2	No Contract of Employment. The establishment of this Supplemental Savings Plan or any modification thereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Supplemental Savings Plan had never been adopted.	

7.3	Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be construed to give any Employee any rights whatsoever with respect to shares of Common Stock.	

7.4	Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under this Supplemental Savings Plan any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.	

7.5	Loans. No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Supplemental Savings Plan.	

7.6	Compensation Committee. This Supplemental Savings Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee has delegated to the Administrative Committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer the Supplemental Savings Plan in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee and delivered or mailed to the Employee or beneficiary. Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the Administrative Committee’s decision. In addition, the Administrative Committee shall afford a reasonable opportunity to any Employee or beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied for a review of the decision denying the claim.	

7

		
7.7	Entire Agreement; Successors. This Supplemental Savings Plan, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding this Supplemental Savings Plan. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the Company and any Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. This Supplemental Savings Plan and any amendment hereof shall be binding on the Company and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.	

7.8	Severability. If any provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.	

7.9	Application of Plan Provisions. All relevant provisions of the Qualified Savings Plan shall apply to the extent applicable to the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Savings Plan. Benefits provided under this Supplemental Savings Plan are independent of, and in addition to, any payments made to Employees under any other plan, program, or agreement between the Company and Employees eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan, or any other compensation payable to any Employee by the Company or by any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.	

7.10	Governing Law. Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of New Jersey shall govern this Supplemental Savings Plan.	

7.11	Participant as General Creditor. Benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligation hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.	

7.12	Nonassignability. To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment or other legal process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary; nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.	

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment and restatement to be executed by its duly authorized representative on this 14th day of November, 2012.

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

By:     /s/ Barbara Santoro            
Barbara A. Santoro
Vice President & Secretary

9

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN II
Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and
Restated through October 1, 2012

INTRODUCTION

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the “Company”) established the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan (the “Qualified Savings Plan”) effective January 1, 2003 for employees employed by the Company and certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (the “Employees”), under which benefits do not reflect compensation of Employees in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or compensation deferred under the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (the “Deferral Plan”). The Qualified Savings Plan is a continuation of the Ingersoll-Rand Company Savings and Stock Investment Plan.

The purpose of this Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (the “Supplemental Savings Plan II”) is to provide a vehicle under which Employees can be paid benefits that are supplemental to benefits payable under the Qualified Savings Plan with respect to compensation that is not taken into account under the Qualified Savings Plan.

The Supplemental Savings Plan II is a continuation of the amended and restated Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”), which was formerly known as the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Savings and Stock Investment Plan. The Company has frozen the Predecessor Plan with respect to all deferrals to the extent such deferrals would be subject to Section 409A of the Code.

The Company now hereby adopts this Supplemental Savings Plan II, effective January 1, 2005, to provide for deferrals of amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code on substantially the same terms as those provided under the Predecessor Plan to the extent such terms are not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. The Supplemental Savings Plan II shall apply to amounts credited to Employees accounts hereunder (including earnings on such amounts) with respect to compensation earned after December 31, 2004 that, pursuant to the effective date rules of Section 885(d) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-6(a) are subject to Section 409A of the Code.

It is intended that this Supplemental Savings Plan II be treated as “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. To the extent that Section 409A of the Code applies to the Supplemental Savings Plan II, the terms of the Supplemental Savings Plan II are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other administrative guidance issued thereunder, and such terms shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

- 1 -

Unless otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms shall have the same meanings that they have under the Qualified Savings Plan. For purposes of this Supplemental Savings Plan II, the term “Separation from Service” means a separation from service under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code.

SECTION 1
PARTICIPATION

		
1.1	Participation. An Employee shall participate under this Supplemental Savings Plan II if a Supplemental Company Contribution is creditable to the Employee’s Account under Section 2.2 with respect to compensation earned for any year commencing after December 31, 2004.	

SECTION 2 
 ACCOUNTS/SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS

		
2.1	Employee Accounts. The Company shall establish on its books an account for each Employee who participates in this Supplemental Savings Plan II (each an “Employee Account”). Such Employee Accounts shall consist of separate sub-accounts for Supplemental Matching Contributions and Supplemental Core Contributions, to be credited in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof.	

2.2	Supplemental Company Contributions. An Employee shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Company Contribution (credited as provided in Section 2.3) for any year commencing after December 31, 2004 in which the Employee’s Compensation for the year exceeds the limitation provided under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and/or did not reflect compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan. The amount of Supplemental Company Contributions credited to the Employee Account for any such year shall equal the total of:	

(a) 	the Company Matching Contributions for any year commencing after December 31, 2004, calculated as if the limitations described above did not apply, less the Company Matching Contributions made with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for such year (“Supplemental Matching Contributions”); and	

(b)	the Company Core Contributions for any year commencing on or after December 31, 2011, calculated as if the limitations described above did not apply, less the Company Core Contributions made with respect to the	

- 2 -

Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for such year (“Supplemental Core Contributions”).
 
Such Supplemental Company Contributions shall be based upon the actual rate of Company Matching Contributions and Company Core Contributions made with respect to the Employee under the Qualified Savings Plan for the applicable period.

2.3	Crediting and Investment Allocation of Supplemental Company Contributions.	

		
(a)	For purposes of determining the amount of investment earnings to be contributed to his Employee Account, an Employee may elect to allocate Supplemental Company Contributions (or to separately allocate Supplemental Matching Contributions and Supplemental Core Contributions) to or among Common Stock Units or any of the investment options available under the Qualified Savings Plan, other than a self-directed brokerage window, subject to such limitations as may be established by the Administrative Committee. In the event the Employee fails to make an investment selection with respect to his Supplemental Company Contributions credited for any period after July 1, 2012, such Supplemental Company Contributions shall be credited to the applicable target-date retirement fund offered under the Qualified Savings Plan. Supplemental Company Contributions credited to an Employee’s Employee Account for periods prior to July 1, 2012 shall remain allocated to Common Stock Units unless and until the Employee reallocates such amounts pursuant to Section 2.3(b).	

(b)	Effective October 1, 2012, and subject to the Company’s policies regarding insider trading, an Employee may change his investment allocations with respect to amounts credited to his Employee Account and to future Supplemental Company Contributions on a daily or such other basis as approved by the Administrative Committee. An Employee’s selected investment allocations will remain in effect and may be changed by the Employee after his Separation from Service and before the Payment Date under Section 4.1.	

(c)	For purposes of determining the balance of an Employee’s Employee Account, investment allocations to or changes from Common Stock Units or other investment options shall be valued in accordance with the recordkeeping procedures established under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(d)	On the date of payment of each cash dividend in respect of the Common Stock, each Employee Account credited with Common Stock Units as of such date shall be credited with additional Common Stock Units in the same manner and at the same time as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Qualified Savings Plan.	

- 3 -

		
(e)	In the event of any stock dividend on the Common Stock or any split-up or combination of shares of the Common Stock, appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Administrative Committee (hereinafter defined) in the aggregate number of Common Stock Units credited to each Employee Account.	

(f)	Definitions . For purposes of this Supplemental Savings Plan II, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:	

(i)	“Common Stock” means the ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, of Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish company.	

(ii)	“Common Stock Unit” means the right to receive dividends in respect of the Common Stock and the right to receive the fair market value of one unit of Common Stock as determined under the recordkeeping procedures established for the Company Stock Fund under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(iii)	“Compensation” means Compensation as defined in the Qualified Savings Plan; provided that Compensation shall not include commissions.	

(g)	Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan II that may be interpreted to the contrary, an Employee’s investment allocations, including Common Stock Units, are to be used for measurement purposes only, and an Employee’s election of any investment option, the crediting to his or her Employee Account thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to an Employee’s Employee Account shall not constitute or be construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Employee Account balance in any such investment option. In the event that the Company or the trustee of a trust established in accordance with Section 5, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investment options, no Employee shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, an Employee’s Employee Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on the Employee’s behalf by the Company or the trust. The Employee shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.	

SECTION 3
VESTING AND FORFEITURES

		
3.1	Supplemental Matching Contributions. An Employee shall at all times be fully vested in that portion of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Matching Contributions.	

- 4 -

		
3.2	Supplemental Core Contributions.	

(a)	An Employee shall be vested in that portion of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions only at such date as he becomes vested in his Company Core Contributions under the Qualified Savings Plan.	

(b)	If an Employee is not vested in the balance of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions as of the date of his Separation from Service, such balance shall be forfeited as of the Valuation Date of such Separation from Service (the “forfeiture date”).	

(c)	In the event an Employee is reemployed prior to the sixth anniversary of his Separation Date, the nonvested balance of his Employee Account attributable to Supplemental Core Contributions which was forfeited in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) above shall be restored to such Employee’s Employee Account on the Valuation Date coincident with or next following his date of reemployment.	

SECTION 4 
 DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1     Time and Form of Distribution.

(a)	The balance credited to an Employee’s Employee Account as of the last Valuation Date preceding the Payment Date shall be paid in the form of a cash lump sum on the Employee’s Payment Date. The Payment Date for any Employee shall be the later of (a) the first business day of the first calendar year following the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, or (b) the first business day that is six months after the date of such Employee’s Separation from Service.	

(b)	Any payment under Section 4.1(a) shall be made to the Employee or, if the Employee is not then living, to the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Qualified Savings Plan. Any payment to such beneficiary(ies) shall be payable thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.	

4.2	Payment of Benefits. The benefits payable under this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be paid to an Employee (or beneficiary(ies)) by the Company, provided, however, that if the Company shall have made a contribution to a trust established under Section 5 hereof of all or a portion of the amount credited to such Employee’s Account under this Supplemental Savings Plan II, the amount paid to the Employee by the Company hereunder shall be reduced by the amount distributed to such Employee from such trust,	

- 5 -

and the amount distributed to such Employee from such trust shall be limited by the amount to which such Employee is entitled pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

SECTION 5
TRUST FUND INVESTMENT

		
5.1	Establishment of Trust. Except as provided in Section 6.1 hereof, the Company shall have no obligation to fund the Employee Accounts hereunder. The Company may, however, in its sole discretion transfer assets to a trust fund to assist it in meeting its obligations under this Supplemental Savings Plan II. The trust agreement shall provide that all amounts contributed to the trust, together with earnings thereon, shall be invested and reinvested as provided therein.	

5.2	Rights of Creditors. The assets held by the trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company in the event of the Company’s insolvency. The rights of an Employee to the assets of such trust fund shall not be superior to those of an unsecured creditor of the Company.	

5.3	Disbursement of Funds. All contributions to the trust fund shall be held and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of the related trust agreement. No portion of the trust fund may be returned to the Company other than in accordance with the terms of the related trust agreement.	

5.4	Company Obligation. Notwithstanding any provisions of any such trust agreement to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan II. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan II or any such trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan II except to the extent those liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.	

SECTION 6
CHANGE IN CONTROL

		
6.1	Contributions to Trust. In the event that the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company is informed by the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc that a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand plc has occurred, Ingersoll-Rand Company shall be obligated to establish a grantor trust and to contribute to the grantor trust an amount equal to the balance credited to each Employee’s Employee Account established hereunder, such Employee Accounts to be valued as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand Company was informed that a “change in control” has occurred.	

- 6 -

		
6.2	Amendments.  Following a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand plc, any amendment modifying or terminating this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall have no force or effect.	

6.3	Definition of Change in Control. For purposes hereof, a “change in control” shall have the meaning designated: (i) in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Amended and Restated Grantor Trust Agreement dated August 6, 1999 between the Company and Wachovia Bank, as trustee, as amended, or (ii) in such other trust agreement that restates or supersedes the agreement referred to in clause (i), in either case for purposes of satisfying certain obligations to executive employees of Ingersoll-Rand Company. For purposes of this Section 6, the term “change in control” shall refer solely to a “change in control” of Ingersoll-Rand plc.	

SECTION 7 
 MISCELLANEOUS

		
7.1	Amendment and Termination. Except as provided in Section 6.2, this Supplemental Savings Plan II may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, (a) by the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc or the Compensation Committee (as designated in Section 7.6), or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as described in Section 7.6), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued under the terms of this Supplemental Savings Plan II as of the date of termination or amendment.	

7.2	No Contract of Employment. The establishment of this Supplemental Savings Plan II or any modification thereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Supplemental Savings Plan II had never been adopted.	

7.3	Limitation of Rights. Nothing in this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be construed to give any Employee any rights whatsoever with respect to shares of Common Stock.	

7.4	Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under this Supplemental Savings Plan II any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.	

7.5	Loans. No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Supplemental Savings Plan II.	

7.6	Compensation Committee. This Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee has delegated to the Administrative Committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer this	

- 7 -

Supplemental Savings Plan II in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan II by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee and delivered or mailed to the Employee or beneficiary. Such notice shall set forth the specific reasons for the Administrative Committee’s decision. In addition, the Administrative Committee shall afford a reasonable opportunity to any Employee or beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied for a review of the decision denying the claim.

7.7	Entire Agreement; Successors. This Supplemental Savings Plan II, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding this Supplemental Savings Plan II. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the Company and any Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. This Supplemental Savings Plan II and any amendment hereof shall be binding on the Company and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.	

7.8	Severability. If any provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.	

7.9	Application of Plan Provisions. All relevant provisions of the Qualified Savings Plan, to the extent not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code, shall apply to the extent applicable to the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Savings Plan II. Benefits provided under this Supplemental Savings Plan II are independent of, and in addition to, any payments made to Employees under any other plan, program, or agreement between the Company and Employees eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan II, or any other compensation payable to any Employee by the Company or by any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.	

7.10	Governing Law. Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of New Jersey shall govern this Supplemental Savings Plan II.	

7.11	Participant as General Creditor. Benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligation hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Savings Plan II shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Supplemental Savings Plan II, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.	

- 8 -

		
7.12	Nonassignability. To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary; nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, pledge, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative on this 14th day of November, 2012.

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

By:     /s/ Barbara Santoro        
Barbara A. Santoro
Vice President & Secretary

- 9 -

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN II

EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2005
AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 1, 2012

INTRODUCTION

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the “Company”) maintains the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One (the “Qualified Pension Plan”) for salaried employees employed by the Company and certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (the “Employees”), under which benefits are subject to plan qualification limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Company recognizes that in certain circumstances it is desirable to provide pension benefits to Employees that are supplemental to those provided by the Qualified Pension Plan. The circumstances in which supplemental benefits will be paid are:

•	when the limitation on benefits payable under the Company’s Qualified Pension Plan, as specified in Section 415 of the Code (the “Section 415 Limits”), reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan;	

•	when, effective for years after 1988, the limitation on the amount of compensation that may be taken into account in determining benefits under the Company’s Qualified Pension Plan, as specified in Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (the “Section 401(a)(17) Limit”), reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan, and	

•	when the amount of compensation that may be taken into account in determining benefits under the Company’s Qualified Pension Plan due to deferrals under the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan or the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (collectively the “Deferral Plan”) further reduces the benefit otherwise payable under the Qualified Pension Plan.	

The Company hereby adopts this Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II (the “Supplemental Pension Plan II”), effective January 1, 2005, to provide supplemental pension benefits subject to Section 409A of the Code on substantially the same terms as those provided under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”) to the extent such terms are not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. The Supplemental Pension Plan II applies to benefits accrued or vested after December 31, 2004 that, pursuant to the effective date rules of Section 885(d) of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-6(a) are subject to Section 409A of the Code.

It is intended that this Supplemental Pension Plan II be treated as “a plan which is unfunded and

714185

is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

All capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as under the Qualified Pension Plan. To the extent that Section 409A of the Code applies to the Supplemental Pension Plan II, the terms of the Supplemental Pension Plan II are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other administrative guidance issued thereunder, and such terms shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

The Company now hereby amends and restates this Supplemental Pension Plan II effective as of October 1, 2012.

SECTION 1
SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN BENEFITS

		
1.1	Excess Pension Benefit. An Employee shall be entitled to a benefit under this Supplemental Pension Plan II only if his or her benefit determined under the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan is less than the amount such benefit would have been if (i) the Section 415 Limits did not apply, (ii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation after 1988 in excess of the Section 401(a)(17) Limit, and (iii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan.	

If an Employee’s benefit from the Qualified Pension Plan is reduced as a result of any of the conditions described in the preceding paragraph, the benefit to which the Employee shall be entitled under this Supplemental Pension Plan II shall be equal to (a) minus (b) minus (c) where:

(a)	is the benefit that would have been payable under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan, as a single life annuity with benefits payable monthly, if (i) the Section 415 Limits did not apply, (ii) the definition of Compensation specified under such Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation after 1988 in excess of the Section 401(a)(17) Limit, (iii) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan did not exclude compensation deferred under the Deferral Plan, (iv) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan excluded commissions earned after December 31, 2009, and (v) the definition of Compensation specified under the Qualified Pension Plan excluded compensation earned by an Employee of Trane U.S. Inc., and its subsidiaries before January 1, 2010;	

2

22

		
(b)	is the benefit actually payable as a single life annuity to the Employee under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan; and	

(c)	is the benefit payable to the Employee under the Predecessor Plan, expressed in the same form and with the same commencement date as the benefit payable to the Employee under this Supplemental Pension Plan II.	

For purposes of this Section 1.1, the single life annuity payable under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan and the benefit payable under the Predecessor Plan shall be determined as of the Employee’s Determination Date. The Determination Date shall be the first date following the Employee’s separation from service (determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code) on which the Employee becomes eligible (or would have become eligible if the Employee’s termination of service under the Qualified Pension Plan had occurred on the date of such separation from service) to begin receiving payment of benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan, whether or not the Employee begins receiving benefits under the Qualified Pension Plan on that date.

Notwithstanding the terms of subparagraph (a), if an Employee elected by the Board of Directors of the Company as an officer of the Company has attained age 62, the amount determined under subparagraph (a) shall be determined without regard to any reduction under the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan by reason of the Employee’s Determination Date preceding his Normal Retirement Date under the Qualified Pension Plan.

1.2	Benefit Accrual under Qualified Pension Plan.  An employee shall be entitled to a benefit under this Supplemental Pension Plan II only with respect to Compensation and Years of Credited Service (as defined in Sections 1.11 and 2.2A, respectively, of the Qualified Pension Plan) for which such Employee accrues a benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan.	

SECTION 2
VESTING

2.1	Vesting. An Employee shall be vested in the benefit provided under Section 1.1 of this Supplemental Pension Plan II in accordance with the vesting provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan.	

3

33

SECTION 3 
 DISTRIBUTIONS

3.1     Time and Form of Benefit Payment.
		
(a)	Benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan II that are vested in accordance with Section 2.1 shall be payable solely in the form of a lump sum on the date (the “Payment Date”) that is the later of (1) the first business day of the first calendar year following the date of the Employee’s separation from service (as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code), or (2) the first business day that is six months after the date of such separation from service.	

(b)	The lump sum amount payable to an Employee under Section 3.1(a), shall be the lump sum value of the single life annuity determined under Section 1.1 hereof as of the Employee’s Determination Date. For purposes of this Section 3.1, the lump sum value shall be determined in the same manner as lump sum distributions are determined under the Qualified Pension Plan as of the Employee’s Determination Date. Such benefit shall be paid on the Employee’s Payment Date, together with interest accrued thereon from the Determination Date, (1) if the assets are held in trust, then at the interest rate of the trust, or (2) if the assets are not held in trust, at the interest rate equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten year constant maturities for U.S. Treasury Securities for the twelve month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which the Employee’s Determination Date occurred, as quoted by the Federal Reserve.	

3.2	Payments to Beneficiaries. In the event that an Employee dies prior to the Payment Date, the benefit determined under Sections 1.1 and 3.1 shall be payable to the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Qualified Pension Plan thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.	

3.3	Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from the payment due under this Supplemental Pension Plan II any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.	

3.4	Loans. No loans to Employees shall be permitted under this Supplemental Pension Plan II.	

4

44

SECTION 4
MISCELLANEOUS

		
4.1	Amendment and Termination.	

(a)	This Supplemental Pension Plan II may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated, without consent of any Employee or beneficiary (i) by the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc (“IR plc”) (or if Ingersoll-Rand plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company) or the Compensation Committee (as described in Section 4.3), or (ii) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Company’s Administrative Committee (as described in Section 4.3), provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of this Supplemental Pension Plan II as of the date of termination or amendment.	

(b)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a “change in control” of IR plc, any amendment modifying or terminating this Supplemental Pension Plan II shall have no force or effect. For purposes hereof, a “change in control” shall have the meaning designated: (i) in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Amended and Restated Grantor Trust Agreement dated August 6, 1999 between the Company and Wachovia Bank, as trustee, or (ii) in such other trust agreement that restates or supercedes the agreement referred to in clause (i), in either case for purposes of satisfying certain obligations to executive employees of Ingersoll-Rand Company. For purposes of this Section 4, on and after the effective date of the Irish Reorganization, the term “change in control” shall refer solely to a “change in control” of IR plc.	

4.2	No Contract of Employment. The establishment of this Supplemental Pension Plan II or any modification thereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Supplemental Pension Plan II had never been adopted.	

4.3	Compensation Committee. This Supplemental Pension Plan II shall be administered by the Compensation Committee appointed by the Board of Directors of IR plc, or any successor committee appointed by the Board of Directors of IR plc (or, if IR plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company) (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee has delegated to the members of the administrative committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer this Supplemental Pension Plan II in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee,	

5

55

the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations as to the right of any person to a benefit. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of the claim for benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan II by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix I.

4.4	Entire Agreement; Successors. This Supplemental Pension Plan II, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding this Supplemental Pension Plan II. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written between the Company and any Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, other than those set forth herein. This Supplemental Pension Plan II and any amendment shall be binding on the Company and the Employee and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors, and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors to the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.	

4.5	Severability. If any provision of this Supplemental Pension Plan II shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Supplemental Pension Plan II shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Supplemental Pension Plan II shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.	

4.6	Application of Plan Provisions. All relevant provisions of the Qualified Pension Plans, to the extent not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code, shall apply to the extent applicable to the contractual obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Pension Plan II. With respect to any Employee, the applicable provisions shall be those of the Qualified Pension Plan in which the Employee participates. Benefits provided under the Supplemental Pension Plan II are independent of, and in addition to, any payments made to Employees under any other plan, program, or agreement between the Company and Employees, or any other compensation payable to the Employee by the Company, or by any subsidiary, or affiliate of the Company.	

4.7	Governing Laws. Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the state of New Jersey shall govern this Supplemental Pension Plan II.	

4.8	Participant as General Creditor. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligation hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in this Supplemental Pension Plan II shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. This Supplemental Pension Plan II shall be unfunded for federal tax purposes. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under this Supplemental Pension Plan II, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any, unsecured general creditor of the Company.	

6

66

		
4.9	Nonassignability. The right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary, nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, pledge, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.	

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized representative this 12th day of November, 2012.
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

By:     _/s/ Barbara Santoro_________________
Barbara Santoro
Vice President and Secretary

APPENDIX I

Claim Procedures
Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If an Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make

7

77

a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial
If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:

1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3. A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4. A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;
5. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial
The Employee (or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:

1. Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2. Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable
3. Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.

The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical

8

88

judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee (or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:
1. The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3. A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5. A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA
In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or

9

99

its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of New Jersey.

1. Except as specifically set forth herein, all other terms of the Plan shall remain in full force and effective and are hereby ratified in all respects.

10

1010

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

ELECTED OFFICERS SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM

Effective January 1, 2005

Amended and Restated Effective October 1, 2012

714186

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY
ELECTED OFFICERS SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION           1
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
1.1    Actuarial Equivalent         2
1.2    Board         2
1.3    Change in Control         2
1.4    Company         2
1.5    Compensation Committee         2
1.6    Deferral Plan         2
1.7    Elected Officer         2
1.8    Employee         2
1.9    Employer         3
1.10    Estate Program         3
1.11    Final Average Pay         3
1.12    Foreign Plan        3
1.13    Pension Plan         3
1.14    Predecessor Program         4
1.15    Program         4
1.16    Retirement        4
1.17    Separation from Service         4
1.18    Year of Service         4

ARTICLE 2 - PARTICIPATION
2.1    Commencement of Participation         4
2.2    Duration of Participation         5
ARTICLE 3 - AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

3.1    Amount of Benefit         5

ARTICLE 4 - VESTING

4.1    Vesting         6
4.2    Forfeiture for Cause         6

i

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.)
ARTICLE 5 – DISTRIBUTIONS     Page
5.1    Retirement         6
5.2    Time and Form of Distribution         7
5.3    Disability         8
5.4    Death         9
5.5    No Acceleration         10

ARTICLE 6 - FUNDING

6.1    Funding         10
6.2    Company Obligation         10
ARTICLE 7 - CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1    Contributions to Trust         10
7.2    Amendments         11
ARTICLE 8 - MISCELLANEOUS

8.1    Amendment and Termination         11
8.2    No Contract of Employment         11
8.3    Withholding         11
8.4    Loans         11
8.5    Compensation Committee         12
8.6    Entire Agreement; Successors         12
8.7    Severability         12
8.8    Governing Law         12
8.9    Participant as General Creditor         13
8.10    Nonassignability         13

APPENDIX A         14

APPENDIX B …………………………………………………………………………..    17

ii

INTRODUCTION

Ingersoll-Rand Company (the “Company”) adopted this Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program (the “Program”), effective January 1, 2005 as the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program II, to provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain key management individuals employed by the Company and its affiliates in addition to the benefits provided from other qualified and non-qualified plans maintained by the Company and its affiliates. The Program shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (“ERISA”). The terms of the Program are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any regulations or other administrative guidance issued thereunder, and the terms of the Program shall be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.

The Program is a continuation of the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program (the “Predecessor Program”). The Predecessor Program became effective on June 30, 1995 and was amended and restated, effective January 1, 2003, and was thereafter amended. Effective December 31, 2004, the Company froze the Predecessor Program to exclude all subsequently deferred amounts that would otherwise be subject to Code Section 409A, including benefits accrued under the Predecessor Program as of December 31, 2004 that were not vested as of that date.

The Company has adopted the Program to provide supplemental retirement benefits subject to Code Section 409A on substantially the same terms as those provided under the Predecessor Program to the extent such terms are not inconsistent with Code Section 409A. The Program shall apply to benefits accrued or vested on or after January 1, 2005 that, pursuant to the effective date rules of Code Section 409A, are subject to the provisions of Code Section 409A.

The Company now hereby amends and restates the Program effective as of October 1, 2012.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1	“Actuarial Equivalent” means an amount having equal value to a single life annuity when computed on the basis of the mortality table specified in the Pension Plan and an interest rate equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, such rate as published in Federal Reserve statistical release H.15(519).	

1.2	“The Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Ingersoll-Rand plc (or if Ingersoll-Rand plc is a subsidiary of any other company, of the ultimate parent company).	

1.3	“Change in Control” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited Incentive Stock Plan of 2007 or any successor or replacement plan thereto, unless a different definition is used for purposes of a change in control event in any severance or employment agreement between an Employer and an Employee, in which event as to such Employee such definition shall apply. The term Change in Control shall refer solely to a Change in Control of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited. Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3, or any other provision in this Plan or the Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited Incentive Stock Plan of 2007, none of the transactions contemplated by the Irish Reorganization that are undertaken by (i) Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited or its affiliates prior to, or as of, the effective date of the Irish Reorganization or (ii) Ingersoll-Rand plc or its affiliates on and after the effective date of the Irish Reorganization shall trigger, constitute or be deemed a ‘Change in Control.’ On and after the effective date of the Irish Reorganization, the term ‘Change in Control’ shall refer solely to a ‘Change in Control’ of Ingersoll-Rand plc.	

1.4	“Company” means Ingersoll-Rand Company, and its successors or assigns.	

1.5	“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.	

1.6	“Deferral Plan” means the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan and/or the IR Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II.	

1.7	“Elected Officer” means an individual elected by the Board as an officer of the Company or Ingersoll-Rand plc.	

1.8	“Employee” means an individual eligible to participate in the Program as provided in Section 2.1.	

2 

		
1.9	“Employer” means the Company and any domestic or foreign entity in which the Company owns (directly or indirectly) a 50% or greater interest.	

1.10    “Estate Program” means the Ingersoll-Rand Company Estate Enhancement Program.

1.11	“Final Average Pay” means, except as provided in Section 5.3 for purposes of disability, the sum of the following:	

(a)	for Employees actively employed by an Employer on or after February 1, 2006, the average of each of the three highest bonus awards from the Employer (whether the awards are paid to the Employee, are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or the Employee has elected to forgo a bonus award pursuant to the Estate Program) for the six most recent calendar years, including the year during which the Employee’s Separation from Service occurs, or a Change in Control occurs, but excluding Supplemental Contributions (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and Supplemental Contributions and their earnings, and any amounts paid by the Company pursuant to the Estate Program, and	

(b)	the Employee’s annualized base salary from the Employer in effect immediately prior to the Employee’s Separation from Service unreduced by any Deferral Amount (as defined in the Deferral Plan) or other elective salary reduction contributions to any plan.	

For any Employee who terminated employment with an Employer prior to February 1, 2006, the phrase “five highest bonus awards” shall be substituted for the phrase “three highest bonus awards” in subsection (a). An Employee’s Final Average Pay shall not take account of any bonus awards made by an employer that was not, at the time of the award, an Employer.

1.12	“Foreign Plan” means (i) any plan or program maintained by a foreign Employer (an Employer that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States) under which cash benefits are payable to an Employee following retirement or other termination of employment, regardless of the form or structure of such plan, and (ii) any other plan, program, or system providing such benefits in respect of services performed by such an Employee for a foreign Employer that is established by the government of a foreign country, mandated under the laws of a foreign country or under a government decree or directive having the force of law, or mandated or maintained under any collective bargaining or similar agreement.	

1.13	“Pension Plan” means the Ingersoll-Rand Pension Plan Number One as in effect on January 1, 2003, and as may be amended from time to time.	

1.14	“Predecessor Program” means the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program, as effective on June 30, 1995, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2003, and as thereafter amended.	

3 

		
1.15	“Program” means the Ingersoll-Rand Company Elected Officers Supplemental Program as stated herein and as may be amended from time to time.	

1.16	“Retirement” means an Employee’s Separation from Service other than by reason of death or disability (as defined in Section 5.3) at a time when the Employee has satisfied the vesting requirements of Section 4.1.	

1.17	“Separation from Service” means an Employer’s separation from service as determined under the general rules under Section 409A of the Code.	

1.18	“Year of Service” shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Pension Plan, another qualified defined benefit pension plan (other than the Trane Pension Plan), the Trane Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or Foreign Plan, in which an Employee participates that are applicable to determining the Employee’s years of vesting service under such plan. Unless otherwise agreed by the Company, an Employee’s Years of Service shall exclude any period of service during which the employer of the Employee was not an Employer under the Program, and shall not include any period of service performed on behalf of Trane, Inc. or its affiliates before the date that Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited acquired Trane, Inc. For purposes of this Section, a qualified defined benefit pension plan means a plan defined in Code Section 414(j) which is sponsored by an Employer. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, in the event an Employee earns one or more hours of service during a calendar year, he shall be credited with a Year of Service with respect to such year for purposes of the Program; provided, however, that any Employee who becomes a Participant in the Program on or after May 18, 2009 and who earns one or more hours of service during a calendar month shall be credited with service only for that month for purposes of the Program. An Employee’s Years of Service shall not include any period of service in a calendar year following the year of the Employee’s Separation from Service.	

Whenever the word “he”, “his”, or “him” is used in the Program, such word is intended to embrace within its purview the word “she” or “her”, as may be appropriate.

ARTICLE 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1    Commencement of Participation

An individual employed by the Company shall commence participation in the Program upon (a) becoming an Elected Officer of the Company (or of Ingersoll-Rand plc) and (b)

4 

being approved for participation by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no individual hired after March 31, 2011 or who becomes an elected officer after April 30, 2011 shall commence participation in the Program.

2.2    Duration of Participation

An Employee shall continue to participate in the Program until all benefits accrued hereunder have been paid or forfeited.

ARTICLE 3

AMOUNT OF BENEFIT

3.1	Amount of Benefit	

An Employee who is a participant in the Program shall be entitled to receive a benefit, determined as of the date of the Employee’s Retirement, death, or, in the case of disability, attainment of age 65, that is equal to (a) minus the sum of (b) and (c), where:
		
(a)	is the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of a single life annuity that is equal to the product of:	
(i) his Final Average Pay,
		
(ii)	his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 35 Years of Service), and	
		
(iii)	1.9% (as further adjusted to give effect to any adjustments required under Sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4);	
		
(b)	is the benefit offset amount as determined under Appendix A attached hereto from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A, expressed in the same form and with the same commencement date as the benefit payable to the Employee under this Program except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3(b); and	
		
(c)	is the benefit payable to the Employee under the Predecessor Program, expressed in the same form and with the same commencement date as the benefit payable to the Employee under this Program.	

5 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING

4.1    Vesting

An Employee shall become vested in the benefit provided under the Program upon the earliest of (i) attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 Years of Service, (ii) attainment of age 62, (iii) death, (iv) disability (to the extent provided in Section 5.3), or (v) a Change in Control. An Employee shall forfeit all right to benefits under the Program upon ceasing to be an employee of any Employer prior to satisfying any of the foregoing vesting conditions.

4.2    Forfeiture for Cause

All benefits for which an Employee would otherwise be eligible hereunder may be forfeited, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, under the following circumstances:
		
(a)	The Employee is discharged by the Company for cause, which shall be a breach of the standards set forth in the Ingersoll-Rand Company Code of Conduct; or	
		
(b)	Determination by the Compensation Committee no later than 12 months after termination of employment that the Employee has engaged in serious or willful misconduct in connection with his employment with the Company; or	
		
(c)	The Employee (whether while employed or for two years thereafter) without the written consent of the Company is employed by, becomes associated with, renders service to, or owns an interest in any business that is competitive with the Company or with any business in which the Company has a substantial interest as determined by the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that an Employee may own up to 1% of the publicly traded equity securities of any business, notwithstanding the foregoing.	

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1    Retirement

Upon an Employee’s Retirement, the benefit described in Section 3.1 shall be subject to further adjustment as follows:
		
(a)	Retirement at Age 62 – Upon attaining age 62, an Employee may retire and receive the benefit determined under Section 3.1.	

6 

		
(b)	Retirement before Age 62 – If an Employee who has become vested in accordance with Section 4.1 retires before attaining age 62, he will receive a benefit under the Program equal to the benefit he would have received upon Retirement at age 62, provided however that:	
		
(i)	the amount determined under Section 3.1(a) shall be reduced by 0.429% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 62;	
		
(ii)	the benefit offset amount as determined under Appendix A from the Pension Plan and any other plan(s) identified in Appendix A shall be adjusted under the terms of the applicable plan(s) for retirement to the earliest date on which the Employee may retire and begin receiving a benefit under such plan(s), and shall be further adjusted, if necessary, to an actuarially equivalent benefit payable on the date of the Employee’s Retirement; and	
		
(iii)	for years prior to Social Security normal retirement age, the Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined in Appendix A) shall be reduced by the same factors used by the Social Security Administration to adjust benefits payable at age 62 or later, and by 0.3% for each month that the date of the Employee’s Retirement precedes attainment of age 62.	

(c)	Retirement after Age 62 – If an Employee retires after age 62, he will receive a benefit equal to the greater of:	
		
(i)	the benefit determined under Section 3.1 as of his date of Retirement, or	
		
(ii)	the benefit he would have received had his Retirement occurred at age 62, credited with interest from the date he attained age 62 until his date of Retirement. For purposes of this subsection (ii), the interest rate will be equal to the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for US Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, as quoted by the Federal Reserve.	

5.2    Time and Form of Distribution
		
(a)	Benefits under the Program shall be payable solely in a single lump sum. In the case of Retirement, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the later of (i) the first business day that is six months after the date of the Employee’s Retirement, or (ii) the first business day of the calendar year following the year of the Employee’s Retirement. In the case of disability or death, the lump sum benefit shall be paid on the payment date prescribed by Section 5.3 or Section 5.4 (without regard to whether the Employee’s death occurs prior or subsequent to Retirement), as applicable.	

7 

		
(b)	The lump sum amount determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.1, shall be credited with interest from the determination date under Section 3.1 until the date of distribution at the average of the monthly rates for ten-year Constant Maturities for U.S. Treasury Securities for the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month prior to the month in which a determination of benefit occurs, as quoted by the Federal Reserve.	

5.3    Disability

(a)	An Employee who has a leave of absence for disability and returns to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service (as determined under section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations) shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during the leave of absence. Except as provided in Section 5.3(b), an Employee who has had a leave of absence for disability and who does not return to active employment before incurring a Separation from Service shall accrue no benefits (or Years of Service) during such leave of absence. An Employee described in this Section 5.3(a) (and not covered by Section 5.3(b)) shall be entitled to benefits, if any, under the Program in accordance with Sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.4 of the Program, based on the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service and his or her age and Years of Service at the date of the Employee’s Separation of Service.	

(b)	An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to his or her Separation from Service and who remains continuously disabled until attaining age 65 or earlier death shall continue to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program as if he or she continued to be employed by the Company until the earlier of attainment of age 65 or death. An Employee who becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 5.3(c) prior to his or her Separation from Service and who recovers from the disabilty before attaining age 65 but after the date on which the Employee is determined to have had a Separation from Service, shall be entitled to benefits, if any, in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.3(a), but shall be entitled to no additional Years of Service under this Section 5.3(b). An Employee described in either of the preceding two sentences shall be paid the lump sum, determined under Sections 3.1 and 5.2 of the Program as a benefit payable by reason of disability (not by reason of Separation from Service), on the first business day of the month following the month the Employee attains age 65 or, if the Employee dies before attaining age 65, the Employee’s beneficiary shall be paid the benefit under Section 5.4 of the Program as if the Employee retired on the date of death. In determining the benefits payable under this Section 5.3(b), the benefit offset amount under paragraph (e) of Appendix A shall be the value of the Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee	

8 

Savings Plan II as of the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service.

(c)	For purposes of Section 5.3(b), an Employee shall be disabled if he or she has: (a) a condition under which the Employee: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company; or (b) any other condition under which the Employee is considered “disabled” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(C).	

(d)	Notwithstanding any other provision of the Program to the contrary, in any case in which an Employee is entitled under Section 5.3(b) to accrue benefits (and Years of Service) under the Program during a period of disability, Final Average Pay means the sum of:	

(i)	the average of each of the three highest bonus awards (whether the awards are paid to the Employee, are a Deferral Amount (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or the Employee has elected to forgo a bonus award pursuant to the Estate Program) during the six most recent calendar years, including the year during which the Employee’s disability occurs (or, if the average of the three highest bonus awards would be greater, the six most recent calendar years prior to the year in which the Employee’s disability occurs), but excluding Supplemental Contributions (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any amounts paid from the Deferred Compensation Account (as such term is defined in the Deferral Plan) or any other account under the Deferral Plan including, but not limited to, amounts paid consisting of Deferral Amounts and Supplemental Contributions and their earnings, and any amounts paid by the Company pursuant to the Estate Program, and	

(ii)	the Employee’s annualized base salary in effect as of the date he or she became disabled.	

5.4	Death	
		
(a)	In the event of an Employee’s death prior to Retirement, his beneficiary shall receive a lump sum payment determined under Section 3.1 as if the Employee retired on the date of death, provided that if the Employee’s death occurs prior to his attainment of age 55, such death benefit shall be reduced by 0.3% for each month that the benefit commences before the Employee would have reached age	

9 

65. Such lump sum benefit shall be payable thirty (30) days after the date of the Employee’s death, or as soon as practicable thereafter.

(b)	The Employee’s beneficiary(ies) shall be the same as the Employee’s beneficiary(ies) under the Pension Plan, or, if the Employee was not a participant in the Pension Plan, such other qualified defined benefit pension plan or Foreign Plan in which the Employee has participated. If the Employee was not a participant in, or has no beneficiary under, the Pension Plan, another qualified defined benefit pension plan, or a Foreign Plan, the Employee’s estate shall be the beneficiary.	

5.5    No Acceleration
Except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A, no benefits or payments under the Program shall be accelerated at any time.

ARTICLE 6

FUNDING

6.1    Funding

Except as provided in Section 7.1 hereof, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall have any obligation to fund the benefit that an Employee earns under the Program.

6.2    Company Obligation

Notwithstanding the provisions of any trust agreement or similar funding vehicle to the contrary, the Company shall remain obligated to pay benefits under the Program. Nothing in the Program or any trust agreement shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits under the Program except to the extent that such liabilities are met by the distribution of trust assets.

ARTICLE 7

CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1    Contributions to Trust

In the event that a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be obligated to contribute to a grantor trust (which may include a pre-existing grantor trust established to enable the Company to satisfy its nonqualified benefit obligations) an amount necessary to fund the accrued benefit earned by the Employee under the Program

10 

(assuming immediate benefit commencement) determined as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the date the Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred. If the Employee shall not have attained age 55, his annual benefit shall be determined on the same basis used to determine his accrued benefit in the case of death as specified in Section 5.4.

7.2    Amendments

Following a Change in Control of Ingersoll-Rand plc, any amendment modifying or terminating the Program shall have no force or effect.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1    Amendment and Termination

Except as provided in Section 7.2, the Program may, at any time and from time to time, be amended or terminated without the consent of any Employee or beneficiary, (a) by the Board or the Compensation Committee, or (b) in the case of amendments which do not materially modify the provisions hereof, the Administrative Committee (as described in Section 8.5); provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any benefits accrued or vested under the terms of the Program as of the date of termination or amendment.

8.2    No Contract of Employment

The establishment of the Program or any modification hereof shall not give any Employee or other person the right to remain in the service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and all Employees and other persons shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if the Program had never been adopted.

8.3    Withholding

The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any payment due under the Program any and all taxes of any nature required by any government to be withheld from such payment.

8.4    Loans

No loans to Employees shall be permitted under the Program.

11 

8.5    Compensation Committee

The Program shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (or any successor committee) of the Board. The Compensation Committee has delegated to the members of the administrative committee appointed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Administrative Committee”) the authority to administer the Program in accordance with its terms. Subject to review by the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee shall make all determinations relating to the right of any person to a benefit under the Program, and unless modified by the Compensation Committee, any determination by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon all affected parties. Any denial by the Administrative Committee of a claim for benefits under the Program by an Employee or beneficiary shall be stated in writing by the Administrative Committee in accordance with the claims procedures annexed hereto as Appendix B.

8.6    Entire Agreement; Successors
The Program, including any subsequently adopted amendments, shall constitute the entire agreement or contract between the Company and any Employee regarding the Program. There are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between the Company and any Employee regarding the provisions of the Program, other than those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, to the extent any written agreement between the Company and an Employee modifies the provisions of the Program with respect to the Employee, such agreement shall be deemed to modify the provisions of the Program but only to the extent such agreement is approved by the Compensation Committee. The Program and any amendment hereof shall be binding on the Company, and the Employees and their respective heirs, administrators, trustees, successors and assigns, including but not limited to, any successors of the Company by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law, and on all designated beneficiaries of the Employee.

8.7    Severability

If any provisions of the Program shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Program shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of the Program shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

8.8    Governing Law

Except as preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of New Jersey shall govern the Program.

12 

8.9    Participant as General Creditor

Benefits under the Program shall be payable by the Company out of its general funds. The Company shall have the right to establish a reserve or make any investment for the purposes of satisfying its obligations hereunder for payment of benefits at its discretion, provided, however, that no Employee eligible to participate in the Program shall have any interest in such investment or reserve. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive benefits under the Program, such rights shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

8.10    Nonassignability

To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Employee or any beneficiary in any benefit hereunder shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or any other legal or equitable process for the debts of such Employee or beneficiary nor shall any such benefit be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or encumbrance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Program to be executed by its duly authorized representative on this 12th day of November, 2012.

INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY

By: _/s/ Barbara Santoro__________________________
Barbara Santoro
Vice President and Secretary

13 

APPENDIX A
The sum of the following benefit offset amount shall be used for purposes of Sections 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program, irrespective of whether the Employee commences to receive a benefit under any of the plans identified below at the date the Employee’s benefit under the Program is determined:

(a)	All employer-paid benefits under any qualified defined benefit plan (as defined in Code Section 414(j)) and associated supplemental plans (including the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Pension Plan II) sponsored by the Company. For purposes of this Paragraph (a), the amount of any pension payable under the Clark Equipment Company Retirement Program for Salaried Employees shall be determined without reduction by the lifetime pension equivalent of the Employee’s vested interest in his PPOA Account (as such term is defined in the IR/Clark Leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan).	

The Employee’s benefit, if any, under any qualified defined benefit plan and associated supplemental plans described in the previous paragraph, shall be determined as a life annuity based on the Employee’s credited period of service under such plan through the date of the Employee’s Separation from Service, converted to a lump sum in accordance with the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the accrued and vested benefits under such plan(s).

(b)	The Social Security Primary Insurance Amount (as defined below) estimated at age 65, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is his Years of Service (up to a maximum of 35 Years of Service), and the denominator of which is 35.	
For purposes of the Program, “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” means the amount of the Employee’s annual primary old age insurance determined under the Social Security Act in effect at the date of determination and payable in accordance with (i) or (ii) below.

(i)	For benefits determined on or after age 65, payable for the year following his date of retirement.	
		
(ii)	For benefits determined before the Employee attains age 65, payable for the year following his retirement or death (or which would be payable when he first would have become eligible if he were then unemployed), assuming he will not receive after retirement (or death) any income that would be treated as wages for purposes of the Social Security Act.	

14 

For purposes of determining the Social Security Benefit under paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, an Employee’s covered earnings under said Act for each calendar year preceding the Employee’s first full calendar year of employment shall be determined by multiplying his covered earnings subsequent to the year being determined by the ratio of the average per worker total wages as reported by the Social Security Administration for the calendar year being determined to such average for the calendar year subsequent to the year being determined.

The “Social Security Primary Insurance Amount” determined above shall be converted to a lump sum that is the Actuarial Equivalent of such benefit.

(c)	An Employee’s accrued benefit under any qualified defined benefit pension plan (as defined in Code Section 414(j)) and any nonqualified pension plan with respect to any business that was acquired by the Company or any of its affiliates (“Acquired Business”) in respect of any period of service with the Acquired Business that is counted as a Year of Service under the Program, except that the amount of employer-paid contributions (excluding earnings and accretions thereto) made to the Trane, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan from and after the date that Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited acquired Trane, Inc., and not the value of the Trane Pension Plan, shall be used. Each such pension plan, including but not limited to the Ingersoll-Rand Company/Thermo King Executive Pension Plan, the Hussmann Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, and the Trane Inc. Executive Supplemental Retirement Benefit Program, is referred to herein as a “Former Plan.” The Employee’s accrued benefit under the Former Plan shall be determined as a life annuity payable as of the date of determination, using the Former Plan’s early retirement factors, if applicable, and converted to a lump sum based on the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under the Former Plan or, if lump sum distributions are not available under the Former Plan, as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits accrued under the Former Plan.	

(d)	Any and all benefits accrued or accumulated by the Employee under any Foreign Plan (as defined in Section 1.12 of the Program) in respect of any period of service with a foreign Employer that is counted as a Year of Service under the Program, excluding any benefit attributable to the Employee’s own contributions (whether voluntary or mandatory) under any Foreign Plan. Such benefits shall be converted to a lump sum based on the factors used to determine lump sum distributions under such plan(s) or, if lump sum distributions are not available under such plan(s), as the lump sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits accrued under such plan(s).	

(e)	An Employee’s vested Core Contribution Account under the Ingersoll-Rand Company Employee Savings Plan and the Ingersoll-Rand Company Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II.	

(f)	Except as hereinafter provided or otherwise required or permitted under Section 409A of the Code, no benefit offset amount shall be taken into account for purposes of Section 3.1(b) and 5.1(b) of the Program with respect to the benefits payable or paid to	

15 

an Employee from another plan unless (i) the time and form of benefit payments under the other plan are the same as the time and form of benefit payments under the Program, or (ii) the benefits payable under the other plan were deferred (within the meaning of section 1.409A-2 of the Treasury Regulations) for periods of service (with any employer) prior to the period during which the benefits payable under the Program were accrued. This paragraph shall not preclude the following benefit offsets: (i) the benefit offsets permitted under sections 1.409A-2(a)(9) and 1.409A-3(j)(5) of the Treasury Regulations (relating to offsets for benefits payable under qualified employer plans and broad-based foreign retirement plans), (ii) the Social Security offsets specified under paragraph (b), (iii) offsets for benefits payable under a legally-mandated Foreign Plan described in section 1.409A-1(a)(3)(iv) or section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code, (iv) offsets to Program benefits that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code by reason of the Employee’s status as a nonresident alien or as a bona fide resident of Puerto Rico or of a U.S. possession described in section 931 of the Code or by reason of the exemption of the Employee’s compensation from U.S. income tax pursuant to a bilateral or multilateral treaty, or (v) offsets described in paragraph (e) of this Appendix A for benefits payable under Section 5.3(b) of the Program

16 

APPENDIX B

Claim Procedures
Employees, their beneficiaries, if applicable, or any individual duly authorized by them, shall have the right under the Plan and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), to file a written claim for benefits from the Plan in the event of a dispute over such Employee’s entitlement to benefits. All claims must be submitted to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, in writing and within one year of the date on which the lump sum payment was made or allegedly should have been made. For all other claims, the date on which the action complained of occurred.

Timing of Claim Decision
If an Employee’s claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will give the Employee (or his or her representative) a written (or electronic) notice of the decision within 90 days after the Employee’s claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time with respect to a determination of the claim. If the claim for benefits relates to disability benefits, the Employee (or his or her representative) will be given a written (or electronic) notice within 45 days after his or her claim is received by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, unless special circumstances require an extension of time. The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, may extend the period no more than twice for up to 30 days for each extension to make a determination of a disability benefit claim. The Employee (or his or her representative) will be notified if any extensions are required, the special circumstances requiring an extension, and the date a determination is expected. If any additional information is needed to process an Employee’s claim for disability benefit claim, the Employee will be advised of the additional information that is needed and the standards on which the benefit entitlement is based, and he or she will have at least 45 days to provide the needed information. Failure to provide additional requested information may result in the denial of the claim.

Notice of Claim Denial
If the Employee is denied a claim for benefits, the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide such Employee with a written or electronic notice setting forth:

1. The specific reason(s) for the denial;
2. Specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;
3. A description of any additional material or information necessary for you to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
4. A description of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a the exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative process;
5. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be

17 

described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and,
6. A statement that you have the right to appeal the decision.

Appeal of Claim Denial
The Employee (or his or her representative) may request a review of a denial of a claim to the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, by filing a written application for review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 180 days) after his or her receipt of the written notice of the denial of the claim. The filing of an appeal is mandatory if the Employee later determines that he or she wants to initiate a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will conduct a full and fair review of the claim denial. The review shall:

1. Not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination,
2. Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the appeal, if applicable
3. Be conducted by someone that did not take part in the adverse determination under appeal and is not a subordinate of someone who did.

The Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to his or her claim without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrative Committee will re-examine your claim, along with all comments, documents, records and other information that you submit relating to the claim, regardless of whether or not it was submitted or considered in the initial determination. In deciding an appeal that is based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the decision maker shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate experience in the field of medicine and who was not consulted in connection with the initial adverse determination and is not the subordinate of someone who did.

Timing of Decision on Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall notify the Employee (or his or her representative) of the determination on review within 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days) after receipt of the Employee’s request for review, unless the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, determines that special circumstances require an extension. The extension may not be longer than 60 days (or, for disability claims, 45 days). The Employee (or his or her representative) shall be notified if any extension is required, the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date when a determination is expected before the end of the initial 60 day (for disability claims, 45 day) period. Subject to the Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

Notice of Benefit Determination on Review of an Appeal
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, will provide the Employee (or his or her representative) with a written or electronic notice of the determination on review and, if the claim on review is denied:

18 

1. The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
2. The specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based;
3. A statement that the Employee is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim for benefits;
4. If a claim based on disability was denied in reliance upon an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion, the internal rule guideline, protocol or other criteria will be described, or the notice will include a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol or other criteria will be provided free of charge upon request; and
5. A statement that the Employee shall have a right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following exhaustion of the Plans’ administrative processes.

Discretionary Authority to Decide Claims and Appeals
The Administrative Committee, or its delegate, shall have full discretionary authority to determine eligibility under the Plan’s terms, to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plans, to resolve discrepancies and ambiguities, and to make final decisions on the appeal by an Employee of an initial denied claim. Subject to Compensation Committee, the Administrative Committee’s, or its delegate’s, decision will be final and binding on all parties.

Right to File a Lawsuit Under ERISA
In the event an Employee’s appeal under a Plan is denied by the Administrative Committee, or its delegate, he or she shall have the right to file a lawsuit under ERISA Section 502(a). Any such lawsuit must be filed within 12 months of the appeal having been denied. Any lawsuit filed shall be governed by ERISA, or to the extent not preempted, the laws of the State of New Jersey.

19 

INGERSOLL-RAND plc
MAJOR RESTRUCTURING
SEVERANCE PLAN
Plan Document/Summary Plan Description
Ingersoll-Rand plc, a company organized under the laws of Ireland (“ Parent ”), has adopted the Ingersoll-Rand plc Major Restructuring Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the benefit of certain Participant employees of Parent and its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”), on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. Participation in this Plan is generally intended to be limited to those employees designated as eligible for the Plan by either the Compensation Committee or designee thereof.
The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. This Plan supersedes, solely for the Participant, any prior plans, policies, guidelines, arrangements, agreements, letters and/or other communication, whether formal or informal, written or oral sponsored by the Company and/or entered into by any representative of the Company that might otherwise provide cash severance benefits upon a Covered Termination, including, without limitation, any statutorily required severance (collectively, all of those “ Other Severance Arrangements ”). This Plan represents the exclusive cash severance benefit provided to Participants upon a Covered Termination and such individuals shall not be eligible for any other cash severance benefits provided in Other Severance Arrangements with respect to any Covered Termination.
The Plan is not intended to be an “employee pension benefit plan” or “pension plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA. Rather, this Plan is intended to be a “welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA and to meet the descriptive requirements of a plan constituting a “severance pay plan” within the meaning of regulations published by the Secretary of Labor at Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 2510.3-2(b). Accordingly, any benefits paid by the Plan are not deferred compensation for purposes of ERISA and no Participant shall have a vested right to such benefits. To the extent applicable, it is intended that portions of this Plan either comply with or be exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A. This Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent and any provision that would cause this Plan to fail to either constitute a welfare benefit plan under ERISA or comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A, as the case may be, shall have no force and effect.
1.      DEFINITIONS
(a)      “ Acknowledgement ” shall mean the form of acknowledgement and agreement to the terms of the Plan, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
(b)      “ Base Salary ” shall mean a Participant’s then current annual base salary immediately prior to his or her Involuntary Loss of Job (or, if higher, the annual base salary immediately prior to an event that constitutes Good Reason hereunder) exclusive of any bonus

1

payments or additional payments under any benefit plan sponsored by the Company, including but not limited to, any ERISA plans, stock plans, incentive and deferred compensation plans, insurance coverage or medical benefits and without regard to any salary deferrals under the Company’s benefit or deferred compensation plans or programs.
(c)      “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the board of directors of Parent.
(d)      “ Cause ” shall mean (i) any action by the Participant involving willful malfeasance or willful gross misconduct having a demonstrable adverse effect on the Company; (ii) substantial failure or refusal by the Participant to perform his or her employment duties, which failure or refusal continues for a period of 10 days following delivery of written notice of such failure or refusal to the Participant by the Company; (iii) the Participant being convicted of a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or district or any foreign jurisdiction; or (iv) or any material violation of the Company’s code of conduct, as in effect from time to time.
(e)      “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Incentive Plan.
(f)      “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(g)      “ Compensation Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
(h)      “ Covered Termination ” shall mean a Participant’s Involuntary Loss of Job that occurs between the Effective Date and the first anniversary of completion of a Major Restructuring; provided , however , that if the Company can reasonably demonstrate that a Participant’s Involuntary Loss of Job is not substantially related to, or as a result of, a Major Restructuring, such Involuntary Loss of Job shall not be considered a Covered Termination hereunder.
(i)      “ Effective Date ” shall mean December 10, 2012.
(j)      “ Eliminated Entity ” shall mean the entity that is eliminated in connection with a Major Restructuring.
(k)      “ Employer ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the Parent or the applicable subsidiary of the Parent that such Participant is employed with, or following a Major Restructuring, to the extent such Participant’s employment is with the Eliminated Entity, the Eliminated Entity.
(l)      “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as any successor laws in replacement thereof.
(m)      “ Good Reason ” shall mean (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s job responsibilities or a material adverse change in the Participant’s title or status; provided , that performing the same job for a smaller organization following a Major Restructuring shall not

2

constitute Good Reason hereunder; (ii) a reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Bonus (provided, however, a reduction of the Participant’s Base Salary or Target Bonus shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if there is a broad-based reduction in the Base Salary or Target Bonus applicable to employees in the Company) or the failure to pay Participant’s Base Salary or bonus when due, or the failure to maintain on behalf of the Participant (and his or her dependents) benefits which are at least comparable in the aggregate to those prior to the completion of the Major Restructuring, or (iii) the relocation of the principal place of Participant’s employment by more than thirty five (35) miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment immediately prior to the completion the Major Restructuring; provided , that any of the events described in clauses (i) - (iii) above shall constitute a Covered Termination only if the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from the Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes a Covered Termination; and provided further , that such Participant shall cease to have a right to terminate due to Good Reason on the 90 th day following the later of the occurrence of the event or the Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless the Participant has given the Company notice thereof prior to such date.
(n)      “ Incentive Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Incentive Stock Plan of 2007, as may be amended from time to time.
(o)      “ Involuntary Loss of Job ” shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the termination of such Participant’s employment with the Employer (i) by the Employer without Cause, or (ii) by the Participant with Good Reason; provided , however , that solely the transfer of a Participant’s employment from the Employer to the Eliminated Entity shall in no event constitute an Involuntary Loss of Job hereunder.
(p)      “ Major Restructuring ” shall mean a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions, which individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of the Company’s four business sectors ( i.e. , Climate Solutions, Residential Solutions, Industrial Technologies and Security Technologies), so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control.
(q)      “ Participant ” shall mean an individual who satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements described in Section 2 of the Plan.
(r)      “ Plan Administrator ” shall mean the Compensation Committee or any person or persons designated by the Compensation Committee but only with respect to matters that are not related to Authorized Officer and Senior Executives.
(s)      “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the Parent.
(t)      “ Release Agreement ” shall mean the Release Agreement in substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit B (as the same may be revised from time to time by the Company).

3

(u)      “ Severance Multiple ” shall mean the Severance Multiple set forth in a Participant’s Acknowledgement.
(v)      “ Target Bonus ” shall mean a Participant’s target annual bonus under the Company’s annual incentive matrix program (“ AIM ”) or comparable bonus program for any Participants who do not participate in AIM, as of the date of termination.
2.      ELIGIBILITY
An employee of the Company designated as a Participant by the Compensation Committee; provided that, as a condition of participation in the Plan, the Participant must execute and submit the Acknowledgement, thereby agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, except as set forth in such acknowledgement and agreement.
3.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
(a)      Payments on Covered Termination . If a Participant undergoes a Covered Termination, subject to such Participant’s execution and delivery, and if applicable, non-revocation of the Release Agreement, as contemplated in subsection (c) below, such Participant shall be entitled to the following payments from the Company: (1) a bonus for the year in which the Participant’s Covered Termination occurred, pro-rated for the months of service up to and including the month of termination and based on actual performance for the year, payable concurrently with bonus payments to other employees under the applicable bonus plan (but in all events prior to March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which such Covered Termination occurs), which is subject to Company performance and the other terms and conditions of the applicable bonus awards; (2) a payment in an amount equal to such Participant’s Severance Multiple multiplied by the sum of such Participant’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, such amount to be paid in one lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Covered Termination and, in no event, later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Covered Termination; (3) if the Participant is participating in the Company’s Elected Officer Supplemental Plan (“ EOSP ”) or the Key Management Supplemental Plan (“ KMP ”), and is not vested in his or her benefit under Section 3.1 of the EOSP or KMP, as applicable, a payment equal to the amount of the benefit to which such Participant would have been entitled had he or she vested under Section 4.1 of the EOSP or KMP, as applicable, with the amount of such benefit, the payment thereof (including time and form of payment) and all other terms and conditions with respect thereto, being determined as if the payment hereunder were a vested benefit under the EOSP or KMP, as applicable; and (4) if such Participant’s Severance Multiple is less than one (1), an additional amount equal to one week of Base Salary for each full year of service with the Company completed through the date of such Covered Termination, such amount to be paid in one lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s Covered Termination and, in no event, later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Covered Termination; provided , that the amount described in this clause (4) shall be limited such that the sum of (x) the Severance Multiple multiplied by Participant’s Base Salary, and (y) the amount payable under this clause (4), shall in no event exceed one (1) times such Participant’s Base Salary.

4

(b)      Other Termination Events . If a Participant voluntarily terminates employment for any reason, other than pursuant to a Covered Termination, such Participant shall not be entitled to the payment of any severance or other benefits under the Plan.
(c)      Release Agreement . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be conditioned upon a Participant’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release Agreement (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release Agreement) within sixty (60) days following the date of a Covered Termination. If a Participant fails to execute the Release Agreement in such a timely manner so as to permit any revocation period to expire prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes his or her acceptance of such release following its execution, such Participant shall not be entitled to payment of any severance and other benefits under the Plan. Further, to the extent that any of the payments hereunder constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of such Covered Termination, but for the condition on executing the Release Agreement as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60 th ) day, after which any remaining payments shall thereafter be provided to the Participant according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.
4.      ADDITIONAL TERMS
(a)      Taxes . Severance and other payments under the Plan will be subject to all required federal, state and local taxes and may be affected by any legally required withholdings, such as wage attachments, child support and bankruptcy deductions. Payments under the Plan are not deemed “compensation” for purposes of the Company’s retirement plans, savings plans, and incentive plans. Accordingly, no deductions will be taken for any of Company retirement and savings plans and such plans will not accrue any benefits attributable to payments under the Plan.
(b)      Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) if, at the time of a Participant’s Covered Termination with the Company, such Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, then the Company will defer commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction or increase in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six (6) months following such Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date that is permitted under Code Section 409A); and (2) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Code Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Code Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the

5

extent possible, in a manner, determined by or at the direction of the Plan Administrator, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in additional cost to the Company. The Company shall consult with its legal counsel and tax advisors in good faith regarding the implementation of this Section 4(b); provided , however , that neither the Company, nor any of its employees or representatives, shall have any liability to the Participant with respect thereto.
5.      TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
Although the Plan is designed to provide severance and other benefits to eligible employees as provided herein, the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time without notice to any Participant.
6.      GOVERNING BENEFITS
Except as specifically referenced herein, the benefits under this Plan replace and supersede any cash severance benefits payable upon a Covered Termination previously established under Other Severance Arrangements. In no event shall any Participant receive more than the cash severance benefits provided for herein, and any cash severance benefits provided under any Other Severance Arrangement or otherwise, to the extent paid, shall reduce the amounts to be paid hereunder.
7.      CLAIMS PROCEDURE
(a)      Processing Claims . The processing of claims for benefits and payments under the Plan will be carried out as quickly as possible. If an employee is not selected for participation in the Plan or does not satisfy the conditions for eligibility in the Plan, he or she is not entitled to benefits and/or payments under this Plan.
(b)      Decision . If an employee’s claim for benefits under this Plan is denied, the employee will receive a written notice within ninety (90) days (in special cases, more than 90 days may be needed and such employee will be notified in this case):
(i)      requesting additional material or information to further support the claim, and the reasons why these are necessary,
(ii)      setting forth specific reasons as to why the claim was denied,
(iii)      setting forth clear reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, and
(iv)      providing notice of the employee’s right to have the denial reviewed as explained below.
(c)      Request for Review of Denial of Benefits . The employee or his or her authorized representative may request a review of his or her claim by giving written notice to the Plan

6

Administrator. Each employee has the right to have representation, review pertinent documents, and present written issues and comments.
An employee’s request must be made not later than 60 days after he or she receives the notice of denial. If an employee fails to act within the 60-day limit, the employee loses the right to have his or her claim reviewed.
(d)      Decision on Review . Upon receipt of a request for review from an employee, the Plan Administrator shall make a full and fair evaluation and may require additional documents necessary for such a review. The Plan Administrator shall make a decision within 60 days from receipt of the employee’s request. In the event of special circumstances, a decision will be given to the employee as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the employee’s request for review. The decision on the review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision.
(e)      In Case of Clerical Error . If any information regarding an employee is incorrect, and the error affects his or her benefits, the correct information will determine the extent, if any, of the employee’s benefits under the Plan.
8.      GENERAL INFORMATION
(a)      No Right to Continued Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his or her employment, with or without cause.
(b)      Plan Not Funded .  Amounts payable under this Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such amounts. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset of the Company by reason of participation hereunder. Neither the provisions of this Plan, nor the creation or adoption of this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary or other person. To the extent that a Participant, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company's creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.
(c)      Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests .  Except as expressly provided by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 162(m), all amounts payable under this Plan are non-transferable, and no amount payable under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge. This Section shall not apply to an assignment of a contingency or payment due: (1) after the death of a Participant to the deceased Participant's legal representative or beneficiary; or (2) after the disability of a Participant to the disabled Participant's personal representative.

7

(d)      Discretion of Company, Board of Directors and Compensation Committee .   Any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Company, the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee or the Plan Administrator arising out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of this Plan that is within its authority hereunder or applicable law shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. In the case of any conflict, the decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Plan Administrator will control. However, with respect to the Authorized Officers and Senior Executives, as designated by the Board of Directors in its resolutions, any decision made or action taken by, or inaction of, the Compensation Committee controls.
(e)      Indemnification .  Neither the Board of Directors nor the Compensation Committee, any employee of the Company, nor any person acting at the direction thereof (each such person an “ Affected Person ”), shall have any liability to any person (including without limitation, any Participant), for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan (or any payment made under this Plan). Each Affected Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by Parent against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Affected Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Affected Person may be a party or in which such Affected Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Affected Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Affected Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Affected Person; provided that, the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company's choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Affected Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Affected Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Affected Person's bad faith, fraud or willful wrongful act or omission. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Affected Persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Memorandum and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such person or hold them harmless.
(f)      Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if any benefit provided under this Plan is subject to the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations issued thereunder, the provisions of the Plan will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner necessary to comply with Section 409A or an exception thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in no event shall the Company (or its employees, officers or directors) have any liability to any Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A or any other applicable law.

8

(g)      Law to Govern .  All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, to the extent not governed by ERISA.
(h)      Notice . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given pursuant to this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or two days after it has been mailed by United States express or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Parent, c/o Ingersoll-Rand Company, 800-E Beaty Street, Davidson, North Carolina 28036 or to the Participant at his or her most recent address on file with the Company
(i)      Captions .  Captions and headings are given to the sections and subsections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of this Plan or any provision thereof.
(j)      Non-Exclusivity of Plan .  Nothing in this Plan shall limit or be deemed to limit the authority of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee to grant awards or payments or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority that it hereafter adopts.
(k)      Limitation on Actions .  Any and all rights of any employee or former employee of the Company against the Company arising out of or in connection with this Plan, claim for payment or any payments hereunder shall terminate, and any action against the Company shall be barred, after the expiration of one year from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arose.
(l)      Successors .  The provisions of this Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns.
9.      STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS
A participant in the Plan is entitled to certain rights and protection under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). ERISA provides that all participants shall be entitled to:

A.	Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at certain Company work sites, all Plan documents, including insurance contracts, collective bargaining agreements, and copies of all documents filed by the Plan Administrator with the U. S. Department of Labor, such as annual reports.	

B.	     Obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.	

9

		
C.	     Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if any. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.	
In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes obligations upon the persons who are responsible for the operation of a plan. The people who operate such a plan, called “fiduciaries,” have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of plan participants and beneficiaries.
No one can otherwise discriminate against a participant in any way to prevent him or her from obtaining an explanation of benefits or exercising his or her rights under ERISA. If a participant’s claim for a benefit is denied, in whole or in part, the participant must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. The participant has the right to have the Company review and reconsider his or her claim.
Under ERISA, there are steps a participant can take to enforce his/her rights. For instance, if a participant requests materials from the Plan and does not receive them within 30 days, the participant may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the participant a penalty of up to $110.00 for each day’s delay until the participant receives the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.
If a participant has a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the participant may file suit in a State or Federal court. If the participant is discriminated against for asserting his or her rights, the participant may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or he or she may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If the participant is successful, the court may order the person the participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the participant loses, the court may order him or her to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds a participant’s claim is frivolous. If a participant has questions about a Plan, he or she should contact the Plan Administrator. If a participant has any questions about the Plan and Summary Plan Description or about his or her rights under ERISA, the participant should contact the nearest area office of the U. S. Labor Management Service Administration, Department of Labor.
10.      PLAN SPONSOR and PLAN MANAGEMENT
The Plan Administrator is the Compensation Committee and the Plan Sponsor is Parent.
Ingersoll-Rand plc
C/O Plan Administrator
800-E Beaty Street
Davidson, North Carolina 28036

Service or legal process may also be directed to the Plan Administrator.

10

The Employer Identification Number of Parent is 98-0626632. The Plan Number is 594.
The records of the Plan are maintained on a Plan Year basis. December 31 of each year is the end of the Plan Year and all records reflect that fact.
The Plan is administered by the Plan Administrator.

11

Exhibit A

INGERSOLL-RAND plc
MAJOR RESTRUCTURING
SEVERANCE PLAN

Acknowledgment and Agreement

Name:                                 

Severance Multiple:                             

I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of the Ingersoll-Rand plc Major Restructuring Severance Plan (the “ Plan ”). I understand that pursuant to my agreement to be covered under the Plan, as indicated by my signature below, the terms of the Plan will exclusively govern all subject matter addressed by the Plan and I understand that the Plan supersedes and replaces, as applicable, any and all agreements (including any prior employment agreement), plans, policies, guidelines or other arrangements, including Other Severance Arrangements (as defined in the Plan), with respect to the subject matter covered under the Plan and my rights to cash severance upon any Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan).

Dated: ____________________

PARTICIPANT

_____________________________

12

Exhibit B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

Date

Name
Address
Address

Dear __________:
 
This Agreement and Release (the “Agreement”) by and between you and Ingersoll-Rand Company, its parents, affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Company”) sets forth the terms of your separation of employment from the Company.

1.	Your active employment with the Company will cease as of ________ (the “Termination Date”). Your compensation will continue through the Termination Date.	

1.	Your separation arrangements will consist of the following:	

As a result of your participation in the Ingersoll-Rand plc Major Restructuring Severance Plan (the “Plan”), and your separation of employment with the Company constituting a Covered Termination (as defined in the Plan), you will be entitled to the severance benefits described in Section 3(a) of the Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

You are eligible for COBRA and will receive a package in the mail from ______. Please review the package carefully for election requirements. If you have questions regarding retiree medical eligibility, please call the Employee Services Contact Center at 1-866-472-6793.

None of the above payments shall be considered compensation for the purposes of benefits or payments under any employee benefit program of the Company.

These separation arrangements and other benefits described in this Agreement exceed the Company’s regular severance policies and programs.

The arrangements described above are in lieu of any other obligations the Company may have to you unless specifically mentioned in this Agreement.

All vested retirement benefits for which you may be eligible will be paid according to specific plan provisions.

12

Treatment of any equity based or other incentive award (including, any stock options, SAR’s, RSU’s and PSU’s) in connection with any Participant’s termination of employment for any reason will be governed by the applicable terms and conditions of the specific award, or the plans or programs under which any such award  was granted or issued.

For any questions, please contact UBS directly at 1 (877) 476-7839.

3.	In exchange for the benefits described in paragraph 2 above:	

a)	You agree to promptly provide to the Company by the Termination Date, all expense reports, all documents whether in written or electronic format, as well as all Company assets, such as cell phones, personal electronic devices, computer equipment, keys, security cards and/or company identification cards in your possession pertaining to your work at the Company.	

b)	You acknowledge:	

•	that any trade secrets, or confidential business/technical information of the Company, its suppliers or customers, (whether reduced to writing, maintained on any form of electronic media, maintained in your mind or memory or whether compiled by you or the Company) derive independent economic value from not being readily known to or ascertainable by proper means by others, who can obtain such economic value from their disclosure or use;	

•	that reasonable efforts have been made by the Company to maintain the secrecy of such information;	

•	that such information is the sole property of the Company (or its suppliers or customers); and	

•	that you agree not to retain, use or disclose such information during or after your employment. You further agree that any such retention, use or disclosure, in violation of this Agreement, will constitute a misappropriation of trade secrets of the Company (or its suppliers or customers) and a violation of the Code of Conduct and Proprietary Agreements that you have previously made with the Company. You also agree that the Company may seek injunctive relief and damages to enforce this provision.	

c)	You agree not to disclose the existence or the terms of this agreement to anyone inside or outside the Company, subordinates or any other employees of the Company. This shall not preclude disclosure to your spouse, attorney, financial advisor, designated Company representative, or in response to a governmental tax audit or judicial subpoena. You also agree to instruct those to whom you disclose the terms of this agreement not to disclose the existence of its terms and conditions to anyone else. This provision shall also not preclude you from disclosing this agreement and its terms in a legal proceeding to enforce its terms. The Company will hold you personally responsible for losses it incurs as a result of violation by you of this confidentiality obligation.	

d)	For a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, you agree not to directly or indirectly recruit or attempt to recruit or hire any employee(s), sales representative(s), agent(s) or consultant(s) of the Company to terminate their employment, representation or other association with the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.	

13

		
e)	You agree not to make any statement or criticism that could reasonably be deemed to be adverse to the interests of the Company or its current or former officers, directors, or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this includes any disparaging statements concerning, or criticisms of, the Company and its current or former directors, officers or, employees, made in public forums or to the Company’s investors, external analysts, customers and service providers. You agree that any violation of these commitments will be a material breach by you of this Agreement and the Company will have no further obligation to provide any compensation or benefits referred to in this Agreement. You will also be liable for damages (both compensatory and punitive) to the fullest extent of the law as a result of the injury incurred by the Company as a result of such remarks or communications.	

f)	[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree to refrain from competing with the Company with respect to any aspect of its businesses, including without limitation, the design, manufacture, sale or distribution of similar or competitive products as an employee or consultant/representative of a competitor of any IR component, sector or business you have worked for in the last 5 years. If an arbitrator or a court shall finally hold that the time or territory or any other provisions stated in this Section (Non-Competition) constitute an unreasonable restriction upon you, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void, but shall instead apply to a lesser extent as such arbitrator or court may determine constitutes a reasonable restriction under the circumstances involved.	

g)	[DELETE this section if employee works in California, Montana, North Dakota, Oklahoma, or Oregon.] For a period of _____ weeks [Note: should be equal to amount of weeks of Base Salary provided as severance benefits under the Plan] following the Termination Date, you agree you will not, directly or indirectly, for your own account or for the account of others, solicit the business of or perform services for the business of any “Company Customer”. Company Customer means any individual or entity for whom/which the Company provides or has provided services or products or has made a proposal to provide services or products and with whom/which you have had contact on behalf of the Company or for whom/which you were engaged in preparing a proposal during the last 5 years preceding the end of my employment.	

4.	a)    You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company and each and all of its successors, predecessors, businesses, affiliates, and assigns and all person acting by, through and under or in concert with any of them from any and all complaints, claims, compensation program payments and liabilities of any kind (with the exception of claims for workers’ compensation and unemployment claims), suspected or unsuspected (hereinafter referred to as “Claim” or “Claims”) which you ever had, now have, or which may arise in the future, regarding any matter arising on or before the date of your execution of this Agreement, including but not limited to any Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 U.S.C § 621), the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (29 U.S.C. § 626 et seq .), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, (42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq .), as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, (42 U.S.C. § 1981 et seq .), Sections 1981 through 1988 of Title 42 of the United States Code, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq .), Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, 42 U.S.C. §2000ff et seq .) [Add pertinent state statutes] and/or other applicable federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance or order, and including all claims for, or entitlement to, attorney fees. This section and the release hereunder, does not waive any claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement.	

14

b) The parties understand the word "claims", to include all claims, including all employment discrimination claims, as defined above, whether actual or potential, known or unknown, and specifically but not exclusively all claims arising out of your employment with the Company and termination. All such claims (including related attorney's fees and costs) are forever barred by this Agreement and without regard to whether those claims are based on any alleged breach of duty arising in contract or tort or any alleged unlawful act, including, without limitation, age discrimination or any other claim or cause of action and regardless of the forum in which it might be brought.

c)	Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you (or your attorneys) from (i) commencing an action or proceeding to enforce this Agreement or (ii) exercising your right under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 to challenge the validity of your waiver of ADEA claims set forth in this Agreement.	

d)	Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit you from filing any charge or complaint with the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency, nor shall any provision of this Agreement adversely affect your right to engage in such conduct. Notwithstanding the foregoing you waive the right to obtain any monetary relief from the EEOC or State Counterpart Agency or recover any monies or compensation as a result of filing any such charge or complaint.	

e)	FOR CALIFORNIA ADD: It is a further condition of the consideration hereof and your agreement that in executing this Agreement that it should be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action stated above. In furtherance of this intention, you hereby expressly waive any and all rights and benefits conferred upon you by the provisions of Section § 1542 of the California Civil Code and expressly consent that this Agreement shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected claims, demands and causes of action, if any, as well as those relating to any other claims, demands, and causes of action referred to above. Under Section § 1542 of the California Code, a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor (employee) does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the Release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor (Company).	

5.	You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company has paid you for all hours worked. You represent, warrant and acknowledge that the Company owes you no vacation pay other than your accrued, unused vacation attributable to the year in which your last day of active employment occurs, which will be paid in a lump sum based on your base salary at termination.	

6.	You also hereby acknowledge and agree that you have received any and all leave(s) of absence to which you may have been entitled pursuant to the federal Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, and if any such leave was taken, you were not discriminated against or retaliated against regarding same. Except as may be expressly stated herein, any rights to benefits under Company sponsored benefit plans are governed exclusively by the written plan documents.	

7.	This release of Claims does not affect any pending claim for workers’ compensation benefits. You affirm that you have no known and unreported work related injuries or occupational diseases as of the date of this Agreement.	

15

		
8.	You acknowledge that you have no pending, contemplated or submitted disability claims. You acknowledge that you are aware of no facts that would give rise to a disability claim. You acknowledge that any disability payments for time periods covering the Termination Date forward would be withheld as an offset to the severance amounts provided above. Alternatively, if you obtain disability payments for the Termination Date forward, then the severance described above would be reduced. The Company has a right to reimbursement to the extent you obtain both disability payments for time periods after the Termination Date and Severance.	

9.	If you accept another position with the Company prior to the Termination Date, the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2(a) of this Agreement will be withdrawn. Alternatively, if you have already received the severance benefits described in Paragraph 2(a) of this Agreement at the time you accept a position with the Company, you will only be entitled to retain the portion to the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks you were not employed by the Company. You will be required to repay to the Company the portion of the lump sum payment representing the number of weeks after which you became re-employed by the Company.	

10. a)	You agree that you will personally provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to the Company in activities related to the prosecution or defense of any pending or future lawsuits or claims involving the Company especially on matters you have been privy to, holding all privileged attorney-client matters in strictest confidence.	

b)	You will promptly notify the Company if you receive any requests from anyone for information regarding the Company or if you become aware of any potential claims or proposed litigation against the Company.	

c)	You shall immediately notify the Company if you are served with a subpoena, order, directive or other legal process requiring you to provide sworn testimony regarding a Company-related matter.	

11.	If the Company reasonably determines that you have violated any of your obligations under this Agreement, you agree to:	

a)	Forfeit any right to receive the payments described in paragraph 2 above,	

b)	Forfeit all rights to all outstanding stock options, vested or not, that were previously awarded, and	

c)	Upon demand, return all payments set forth in this Agreement that have been made to you. If you fail to do so, the Company has the right to recover costs and attorney’s fees associated with such recovery.	

The Company may further, where appropriate, seek injunctive relief to cause compliance with paragraph 3.

12.	This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between you and the Company and fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, between you and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof.	

13.	This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the plain meaning of its terms and not strictly for or against any of the parties hereto.	

16

		
14.	This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State in which the employee worked at the time of the employee’s termination without regard to its choice of law provisions, to the extent not governed by federal law.	

		
15.	Should any provision of this Agreement be declared or be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be wholly or partially illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining parts, terms, or provisions shall not be affected thereby, and said illegal, invalid or unenforceable part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.	

16.	You understand and agree that:	

a)	You are signing this Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge and understanding of its terms, which include a waiver of all rights or claims you have or may have against the Company as set forth herein including, but not limited to, all claims of age discrimination and all claims of retaliation;	

a)	You are, through this Agreement, releasing, among others, the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries, each and all of their officers, agents, directors, supervisors, employees, representatives, and their successors and assigns, from any and all claims you may have against them;	

b)	You are not being asked or required to waive rights or claims that may arise after the date of your execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any rights or claims that you may have to secure enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;	

c)	The consideration provided to you under this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled;	

d)	You knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Agreement;	

e)	You knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same;	

f)	You were advised and hereby are advised in writing to consider the terms of the Agreement and consult with an attorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement;	

g)	You have been provided with sufficient opportunity to consult with an attorney or have waived that opportunity;	

h)	You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from the date of receipt of this Agreement within which to consider this Agreement before executing it; and	

i)	You have the right to revoke this Agreement within seven consecutive calendar days (“Revocation Period”) after signing and dating it, by providing written notice of revocation to [INSERT Name & Address of Appropriate HR Professional]. If you revoke this Agreement during this Revocation Period, it becomes null and void in its entirety. If you do not revoke this Agreement, after the Revocation Period, it becomes final.	

1      Time period to be selected based on whether applicable termination was “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967). If 45 days is used, include attachment with required termination information.

17

You may accept this Agreement at anytime on or after the Termination Date but not before the Termination Date. If you accept, please acknowledge your agreement to the terms set forth above by signing and dating below where indicated. You have a full [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from the date of receipt, that is until [insert date], to consider, acknowledge and return this Agreement. This time period is required by the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”). After you return the Agreement, as further provided by the ADEA, there will then be a seven (7) day period within which you may revoke the Agreement. If you fail to accept this offer within the [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 day period it will be revoked and no longer available. It is only after the seven (7) day period that the Agreement becomes effective and enforceable.

Sincerely,

MANAGER

CERTIFICATION

I certify that I have been advised of my rights to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; have been given at least [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] 1 days from date of receipt within which to consider this Agreement; and exercised my rights and opportunities, as I deemed appropriate. I knowingly and voluntarily have entered into this Agreement understanding its significance and my obligations.

_____________________________________
EMPLOYEE            Date    

18

Mr. Michael Lamach                        December 20, 2012
[Redacted]
Dear Mike:
As previously communicated, the purpose of this letter is to amend that portion of your employment agreement related to your entitlement to severance payments from the company under certain conditions purely as it relates to the timing of any such payments in order to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The following language shall be added as an amendment to your agreement.

“The severance payable under your employment agreement upon your involuntary termination of employment with the Company will be paid in a lump sum within 60 days of your termination of employment, provided that you have executed a release within 45 days of your termination of employment, and, provided further, that, if that 60-day period spans two calendar years, the payment will be made in the second of those calendar years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the Company is unable to make the payment by March 15 of the year following the year of your termination of employment, the payment will be made 6 months following the date of your termination of employment, if it is determined that such delayed payment is required under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.”

Please sign and date below indicating your consent to the above amendment and return to Jeff Blair prior to January 1, 2013. Thank you.
Sincerely,

/s/ Evan Turtz

Evan Turtz
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel – Labor & Employment

I hereby agree to the aforementioned amendment to my employment agreement dated December 30, 2003.

/s/ Michael Lamach

Michael Lamach

December 23, 2012

GESDMS/6528223.1

Mr. Robert Katz                        December 20, 2012
[Redacted]
Dear Bobby:
As previously communicated, the purpose of this letter is to amend that portion of your employment agreement related to your entitlement to severance payments from the company under certain conditions purely as it relates to the timing of any such payments in order to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The following language shall be added as an amendment to your agreement.

“The severance payable under your employment agreement upon your involuntary termination of employment with the Company will be paid in a lump sum within 60 days of your termination of employment, provided that you have executed a release within 45 days of your termination of employment, and, provided further, that, if that 60-day period spans two calendar years, the payment will be made in the second of those calendar years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the Company is unable to make the payment by March 15 of the year following the year of your termination of employment, the payment will be made 6 months following the date of your termination of employment, if it is determined that such delayed payment is required under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.”

Please sign and date below indicating your consent to the above amendment and return to Jeff Blair prior to January 1, 2013. Thank you.
Sincerely,

/s/ Evan Turtz

Evan Turtz
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel – Labor & Employment

I hereby agree to the aforementioned amendment to my employment agreement dated October 5, 2010.

/s/ Robert Katz

Robert Katz

December 20, 2012

GESDMS/6528223.1

Ms. Marcia Avedon                        December 20, 2012
[Redacted]
Dear Marcia:
As previously communicated, the purpose of this letter is to amend that portion of your employment agreement related to your entitlement to severance payments from the company under certain conditions purely as it relates to the timing of any such payments in order to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The following language shall be added as an amendment to your agreement.

“The severance payable under your employment agreement upon your involuntary termination of employment with the Company will be paid in a lump sum within 60 days of your termination of employment, provided that you have executed a release within 45 days of your termination of employment, and, provided further, that, if that 60-day period spans two calendar years, the payment will be made in the second of those calendar years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason the Company is unable to make the payment by March 15 of the year following the year of your termination of employment, the payment will be made 6 months following the date of your termination of employment, if it is determined that such delayed payment is required under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.”

Please sign and date below indicating your consent to the above amendment and return to Jeff Blair prior to January 1, 2013. Thank you.
Sincerely,

/s/ Evan Turtz

Evan Turtz
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel – Labor & Employment

I hereby agree to the aforementioned amendment to my employment agreement dated January 11, 2007.

/s/ Marcia Avedon

Marcia Avedon

December 20, 2012

GESDMS/6528223.1

	
																	
 	 	 	 	 	Exhibit 12	 	
 	INGERSOLL-RAND PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY	
 	COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES	
 	(Dollar Amounts in Millions)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years Ended December 31,	
 	 	2012	2011	2010	2009	2008	
 	 Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	1,276.7		$	613.3		$	1,010.7		$	594.3		$	(2,693.7	)	
 	 (Earnings) losses from equity method investees	(1.7	)	(5.7	)	(11.5	)	(8.0	)	(3.4	)	
 	 Sub-total	1,275.0		607.6		999.2		586.3		(2,697.1	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 Fixed charges	321.3		341.4		350.3		366.8		292.0		
 	 Dividend from equity method investees	53.6		11.1		12.3		11.2		13.3		
 	 Capitalized interest	(0.3	)	(0.1	)	—		(0.7	)	(1.0	)	
 	 Total earnings (loss)	$	1,649.6		$	960.0		$	1,361.8		$	963.6		$	(2,392.8	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 Interest expense *	$	253.5		$	280.0		$	283.2		$	301.6		$	243.2		
 	 Capitalized interest	0.3		0.1		—		0.7		1.0		
 	 Rentals (one-third of rentals)	67.5		61.3		67.1		64.5		47.8		
 	 Total fixed charges	$	321.3		$	341.4		$	350.3		$	366.8		$	292.0		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	5.1		2.8		3.9		2.6		—		
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 Deficiency in the coverage of fixed charges by earnings before fixed charges	 	(2,684.8	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 * Includes interest expense on all third-party indebtedness, and excludes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits which is reported as income tax expense.	
 		
 	The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges for the periods indicated where earnings consists of (1) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes (excluding earnings from equity investments) plus (2) fixed charges less interest capitalized for the period. Fixed charges consist of (a) interest, whether expensed or capitalized, on all indebtedness, (b) amortization of premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, and (c) an interest component representing the estimated portion of rental expense that management believes is attributable to interest.	

 		

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
A.B.S. - R.I.C.A.	France	100	%	
A/S PARTS LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
ADMINISTRADORA LOCKEY CA	Venezuela	100	%	
AIRCO LIMITED	Thailand	15	%	
AIRTEC LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
ALIMENTERICS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
ALIMENTERICS INTERNATIONAL INC.	Delaware	100	%	
ALLIANCE COMPRESSORS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
ALLIANCE COMPRESSORS LLC	Delaware	25	%	
AMAIR LIMITED	Thailand	49	%	
AMERICAN STANDARD INC.	Delaware	100	%	
ARMORO, INC.	California	100	%	
ARO DE VENEZUELA, C.A.	Venezuela	100	%	
A-S ENERGY, INC.	Texas	100	%	
B&K CREDIT INC.	Delaware	100	%	
B&K MANUFACTURING CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
BEIJING BOCOM VIDEO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CO., LTD.	China	100	%	
BEIJING METAL DOOR CO., LTD.	China	17	%	
BEST MATIC INTERNATIONAL LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
BEST MATIC VERMOGENSVERWALTUNGS GMBH	Germany	100	%	
BMM, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
BRICARD S.A.	France	100	%	
CAPSULE TRANE CONNECTICUT INC.	Delaware	100	%	
CARDWELL TRANE GREENVILLE INC.	Delaware	100	%	
CHECKER FLAG PARTS, INC.	Minnesota	100	%	
CISA CERRADURAS S.A.	Spain	100	%	
CISA S.P.A.	Italy	100	%	
CLEAN AIR, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
CLUB CAR LIMITED	New Zealand	100	%	
CLUB CAR, LLC.	Delaware	100	%	
COMERCIAL INGERSOLL-RAND (CHILE) LIMITADA	Chile	100	%	
COMINGERSOLL-COMERCIO E INDUSTRIA DE EQUIPAMENTOS, S.A.R.L. (PORTUGAL)	Portugal	22	%	
COMPAGNIE INGERSOLL-RAND SAS	France	100	%	
COMPRESSED AIR PARTS, INC.	New York	100	%	
CRYSTAL REFRIGERATION, INC.	Iowa	100	%	
D. PURDUE & SONS LTD.	South Africa	25	%	
DFM TRANE OKLAHOMA CORP.	Delaware	100	%	
DIASORIN INTERNATIONAL B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
DIASORIN INTERNATIONAL INC.	Delaware	100	%	
DOR-O-MATIC (ILLINOIS) LLC	Illinois	100	%	
DOR-O-MATIC OF MID ATLANTIC STATES, INC.	New Jersey	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
D-R ACQUISITION, LLC	Delaware	100	%	
DR HOLDING CORP.	Delaware	100	%	
DRADNATS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
EARTHFORCE AMERICA, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
EBB HOLDINGS LIMITED	Barbados	100	%	
EDITIONS CAM	France	99	%	
ELECTRONIC TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION USA	New York	100	%	
EMERSON ELECTRIC, S.R.O.	Czech Republic	10	%	
FACSERVICES, LLC	Texas	100	%	
FILAIRCO INC.	Philippines	100	%	
FILAIRCO TECHNICAL SERVICES CO. INC.	Philippines	25	%	
FLEXENGERY INC.	Delaware	8	%	
FU HSING INDUSTRIAL (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.	China	51	%	
FU JIA HARDWARE PRODUCTS (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.	China	51	%	
FU YANG INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED	Taiwan Province of China	100	%	
FWJ INC.	Delaware	100	%	
GHH-RAND SCHRAUBENKOMPRESSOREN GMBH	Germany	100	%	
HARROW INDUSTRIES LLC	Delaware	100	%	
HARROW PRODUCTS (DELAWARE) LLC	Delaware	100	%	
HARROW PRODUCTS LLC	Delaware	100	%	
HERMANN TRANE HARRISBURG INC.	Delaware	100	%	
HIBON INC.	Canada	100	%	
HOUSTON TRANE, INC.	Texas	100	%	
HUSSMANN (EUROPE) LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
HUSSMANN (THAILAND) COMPANY LIMITED	Thailand	75	%	
HUSSMANN CHILE S.A.	Chile	100	%	
HUSSMANN HOLDINGS LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
HUSSMANN MECHANICAL CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
HUSSMANN NETHERLANDS B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
HUSSMANN PARENT, INC.	Delaware	38	%	
HUSSMANN-THAI HOLDING CO., LTD.	Thailand	100	%	
IDP ACQUISITION, LLC	Delaware	100	%	
IMPROVED MACHINERY INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INDUSTRIAL CHILL SERVICING PRIVATE LTD.	Mauritius	100	%	
INDUSTRIAL Y MINERA NORTENA S.A.	Mexico	100	%	
INGERSOLL RAND-TRANE ENERGY-SAVING SERVICES (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (AUSTRALIA) LTD.	Australia	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (BARBADOS) CLOVER HOLDING SRL	Barbados	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (BARBADOS) CORPORATION	Barbados	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (BARBADOS) HOLDING INCORPORATED	Barbados	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (CHANG ZHOU) TOOLS CO., LTD.	China	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
INGERSOLL-RAND (CHINA) INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (CHINA) INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) HOLDING LIMITED	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) HOLDING	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) INTERNATIONAL HOLDING II LIMITED	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) INTERNATIONAL HOLDING LIMITED	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) INTERNATIONAL UNITED LIMITED	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GIBRALTAR) LEAF HOLDING LIMITED	Gibraltar	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (GUILIN) TOOLS COMPANY LIMITED	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (HONG KONG) HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (HONG KONG) LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (INDIA) LIMITED	India	74	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (LINZHOU) RENEWABLE ENERGY CO. INC.	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND (SHANGHAI) TRADING CO., LTD.	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND AB	Sweden	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND AIR SOLUTIONS HIBON SARL	France	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED	Australia	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ARGENTINA S.A.I.C.	Argentina	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ASIA PACIFIC INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND BEST-MATIC AB	Sweden	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND BETEILIGUNGS UND GRUNDSTUCKSVERWALTUNGS GMBH	Germany	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CANADA INC.	Canada	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CHARITABLE FOUNDATION	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CHINA LIMITED	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CLIMATE CONTROL HOLDING COMPANY LLC	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY	New Jersey	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY (CHILE) Y CIA LTDA	Chile	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY LIMITED (UK)	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY LIMITED (BERMUDA)	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY OF PERU S.A.	Peru	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COMPANY SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LIMITED	South Africa	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND COSTA RICA S.A.	Costa Rica	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND CZ S.R.O.	Czech Republic	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND DE PUERTO RICO, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ENERGY SYSTEMS CORPORATION	Massachusetts	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ENHANCED RECOVERY COMPANY	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND EQUIPEMENTS DE PRODUCTION S.A.S.	France	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING CZECH REPUBLIC S.R.O.	Czech Republic	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND EUROPEAN FINANCIAL SERVICES PLC.	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND EUROPEAN HOLDING COMPANY B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
INGERSOLL-RAND EUROPEAN SALES LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCE ÍSLANDI SLF.	Iceland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCIAL SERVICES CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FINLAND OY	Finland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FU HSING HOLDINGS LIMITED	British Virgin Islands	56	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FU HSING LIMITED	Hong Kong	51	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND FUNDING LTD.	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND GLOBAL HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND GLOBAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND GMBH	Germany	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND HOLDINGS & FINANCE INTERNATIONAL S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND HOLDINGS LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND HUNGARY CENTRAL EUROPE GROUP FINANCING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY	Hungary	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND IBERICA, S.L.	Spain	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INDUSTRIA, COMERCIO E SERVICOS DE AR CONDICIONADO, AR COMPRIMIDO E REFRIGERACAO LTDA.	Brazil	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.	India	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION, INC.	California	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS HOLDING CORPORATION	Virginia	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INFRASTRUCTURE HOLDING CORPORATION	Kansas	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL (INDIA) LIMITED	India	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL FINANCE LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL HOLDING CORPORATION	New Jersey	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL HOLDING LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL SALES LLC	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INTERNATIONAL, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND INVESTMENTS LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND IRISH HOLDINGS	Ireland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ITALIA S.R.L.	Italy	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ITALIANA S.P.A.	Italy	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ITS JAPAN LTD.	Japan	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND JAPAN, LTD.	Japan	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND KLIMASYSTEME DEUTSCHLAND GMBH	Germany	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND KOREA LIMITED	Korea, Republic of	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT COMPANY	Michigan	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX CLOVER HOLDING S.A.R.L	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX EURO FINANCING S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX EURO II FINANCING S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX EURO III FINANCING S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX FINANCE HOLDING S.AR.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX HOLDINGS S.AR.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX INTERNATIONAL S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX ROZA III S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUX ROZA S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND LUXEMBOURG UNITED S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND MACHINERY (SHANGHAI) COMPANY LIMITED	China	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND MALAYSIA CO. SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND MAURITIUS HOLDING PRIVATE LTD	Mauritius	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND NETHERLANDS B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND PHILIPPINES, INC.	Philippines	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND POLSKA SP.ZO.O	Poland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND RODAMIENTOS HOLDING, S.L.	Spain	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ROZA II S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND S.A.	Switzerland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SALES COMPANY, LLC	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SCHLAGE LOCK HOLDING COMPANY LLC	California	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY AND SAFETY HOLDING CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES A/S	Denmark	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED	New Zealand	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SECURITY TECHNOLOGIES NV	Belgium	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SERVICE DO BRASIL LTDA	Brazil	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SERVICE GMBH	Germany	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SERVICES AND TRADING LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY	Russian Federation	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SERVICES COMPANY	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SERVICIOS, S.A.	Spain	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SINGAPORE ENTERPRISES PTE. LTD.	Singapore	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SINGAPORE HOLDING PTE. LTD	Singapore	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SOUTH EAST ASIA (PTE.) LTD.	Singapore	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SUPERAY HOLDINGS LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND SVENSKA AB	Sweden	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND TECHNICAL AND SERVICES LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND TECHNICAL AND SERVICES S.Á.R.L.	Switzerland	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND TOOL HOLDINGS LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND TRANSPORTATION SERVICES COMPANY	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND TREASURY LTD.	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND UK LTD.	United Kingdom	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
INGERSOLL-RAND UKRAINE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY	Ukraine	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND US TRANE HOLDINGS CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND WESTERN HEMISPHERE TRADE CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND WORLD TRADE LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND WORLDWIDE CAPITAL S.A.R.L.	Luxembourg	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND WORLDWIDE, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND ZIMBABWE (PRIVATE) LIMITED	Zimbabwe	100	%	
INGERSOLL-RAND, INC.	Kansas	100	%	
INTERFLEX AG	Switzerland	100	%	
INTERFLEX DATENSYSTEME GESMBH	Austria	100	%	
INTERFLEX DATENSYSTEME GMBH & CO. KG	Germany	100	%	
INTERFLEX N.A., INC.	New Jersey	100	%	
INVERSORA LOCKEY DE VENEZUELA CA	Venezuela	56	%	
INVERSORA LOCKEY LTDA.	Colombia	56	%	
IR DEUTSCHE HOLDING GMBH	Germany	100	%	
I-R E-MEDICAL, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
IR EMNIYET VE GUVENLIK SISTEMLERI SANAYI A.S.	Turkey	100	%	
IR SERVICES S.A.R.L.	France	100	%	
IR TECHNO HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
ITARGILA MINERACAO LTDA.	Brazil	100	%	
IVES TRANE NY, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
JTA CHINA IMPORT LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
LOCKEY CORP.	Florida	56	%	
MALTAITECH CORPORATION SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	51	%	
MARLORCH, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
MINERA INDUSTRIAL REGIOMONTANA, S.A.	Mexico	100	%	
MJM HONG KONG LTD.	Delaware	100	%	
MONGRUE TRANE MASSACHUSETTS, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
NANJING INGERSOLL-RAND COMPRESSOR CO., LTD.	China	80	%	
NEWMAN TONKS (OVERSEAS HOLDINGS) LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
NORMBAU BESCHLAGE UND AUSSTATTUNGS GMBH	Germany	100	%	
NORMBAU FRANCE S.A.S.	France	100	%	
NORTH WEST COMPRESSED AIR COMPANY LTD.	United Kingdom	100	%	
NT GROUP PROPERTIES LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
NT LEAMINGTON LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
OFFICINA MECCANICHE INDUSTRIALI SRL	Italy	100	%	
PERFECT PITCH, L.P.	Delaware	68	%	
PINKO PALINO INC.	Delaware	100	%	
PLURIFILTER D.O.O.	Slovenia	100	%	
PRIME AIR LIMITED	Thailand	100	%	
PT INGERSOLL-RAND INDONESIA	Indonesia	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
PT TRANE INDONESIA	Indonesia	100	%	
R&O IMMOBILIEN GMBH	Germany	100	%	
RAND TRANE DALLAS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
RECOGNITION SYSTEMS LLC	California	100	%	
REFRIGERATION ENGINEERING, INC.	Michigan	100	%	
REFTRANS, S.A.	Spain	85	%	
ROGERS REFRIGERATION CO., INC.	Virginia	100	%	
SBG HOLDING CORP.	Delaware	100	%	
SCHLAGE DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100	%	
SCHLAGE LOCK COMPANY LLC	Delaware	100	%	
SCHLAGE US HOLDING INC.	Delaware	100	%	
SERVICEFIRST AIRCON PRIVATE LTD.	India	100	%	
SHANGHAI AIR-TEC COMPRESSOR SOLUTIONS CO., LTD.	China	100	%	
SHANGHAI BOCOM VIDEO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CO. LTD.	China	100	%	
SHANGHAI INGERSOLL-RAND COMPRESSOR LIMITED	China	100	%	
SHENZHEN BOCOM SYSTEM ENGINEERING CO. LTD.	China	100	%	
SILVER HOLDING CORP.	Colorado	100	%	
SOCIETE TRANE SAS	France	100	%	
SPANASHVIEW	Ireland	100	%	
STANDARD CENTENNIAL PROPERTY, LLC	Delaware	100	%	
STANDARD COMPRESSORS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL MINERAL PRODUCTS CORP.	Philippines	40	%	
STANDARD RESOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT CORP	Philippines	40	%	
STANDARD TRANE INSURANCE COMPANY	Vermont	100	%	
STANDARD TRANE INSURANCE IRELAND LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
STANDARD TRANE WARRANTY COMPANY	South Carolina	100	%	
T.I. SOLUTIONS (ISRAEL) LTD.	Israel	100	%	
TAIWAN FU HSING INDUSTRIAL CO.	Taiwan Province of China	10	%	
TAST LIMITED	Thailand	30	%	
TAVANT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.	Washington	18	%	
THE TRANE COMPANY	Nevada	100	%	
THERMO KING CONTAINER TEMPERATURE CONTROL (SUZHOU) CORPORATION LTD.	China	82	%	
THERMO KING CONTAINER-DENMARK A/S	Denmark	100	%	
THERMO KING CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
THERMO KING DE PUERTO RICO, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
THERMO KING DO BRASIL, LTDA.	Brazil	100	%	
THERMO KING ENTERPRISES COMPANY	Delaware	100	%	
THERMO KING EUROPEAN MANUFACTURING LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
THERMO KING INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED	India	100	%	
THERMO KING IRELAND LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
THERMO KING PUERTO RICO MANUFACTURA, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
THERMO KING SERVICES LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
THERMO KING SVC, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
THERMO KING TRADING COMPANY	Delaware	100	%	
THERMO KING TRANSPORTKOELING B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO AIRE, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO COMERCIAL, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO ENSAMBLAJE, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO FABRICACION, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO LOGISTICA, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO OPERACIONES INDUSTRIALES, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO PRODUCCION, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO SOLUCIONES CLIMATICAS, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TK PUERTO RICO TECNOLOGIAS, INC.	Puerto Rico	100	%	
TM AIR CONDITIONING SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	100	%	
TOUCH-PLATE INTERNATIONAL, INC.	California	100	%	
TRANE (COLCHESTER) LIMITED	United Kingdom	100	%	
TRANE (IRELAND) LIMITED	Ireland	100	%	
TRANE (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	100	%	
TRANE (SCHWEIZ) GMBH / TRANE (SUISSE) S.A.R.L.	Switzerland	100	%	
TRANE (THAILAND) LTD.	Thailand	100	%	
TRANE (UK) LTD.	United Kingdom	100	%	
TRANE AIR CONDITIONING PRODUCTS LIMITED	Cayman Islands	100	%	
TRANE AIR CONDITIONING PTE. LTD.	Singapore	100	%	
TRANE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS (CHINA) CO. LTD.	China	100	%	
TRANE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND SERVICE CO., LIMITED	Hong Kong	100	%	
TRANE AIR INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE AIRCONDITIONING BV	Netherlands	100	%	
TRANE AIRE ACONDICIANDO S.L.	Spain	100	%	
TRANE AMERICA LLC	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE ASIA PACIFIC LTD.	Hong Kong	100	%	
TRANE AVIATION LLC	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE BAHAMAS LTD.	Bahamas	100	%	
TRANE BERMUDA LTD.	Bermuda	100	%	
TRANE BRANDS, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE BVBA	Belgium	100	%	
TRANE CANADA LP	Canada	100	%	
TRANE CANADA ULC	Canada	100	%	
TRANE CENTRAL AMERICA, INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE CENTRAL PLANT I, LLC	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED	Cayman Islands	100	%	
TRANE CR SPOL SRO.	Czech Republic	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
TRANE CREDIT INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE DE ARGENTINA S.A.	Argentina	100	%	
TRANE DE CHILE S.A.	Chile	100	%	
TRANE DE COLOMBIA S.A.	Colombia	100	%	
TRANE DESIGN CENTRE PRIVATE LTD.	India	100	%	
TRANE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH	Germany	100	%	
TRANE DISTRIBUTION PTE LTD	Singapore	100	%	
TRANE DO BRASIL INDUSTRIA E COMERCIO DE PRODUCTOS PARA CONDICIONAMENTO DE AR LTDA.	Brazil	100	%	
TRANE DOMINCANA, C. POR A.	Dominican Republic	100	%	
TRANE EUROPE HOLDINGS B.V.	Netherlands	100	%	
TRANE EXPORT LLC	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE FINANCE LIMITED	Bermuda	100	%	
TRANE FINANCE SPRL	Belgium	100	%	
TRANE FOUNDATION OF NEW YORK	New York	100	%	
TRANE GENERAL CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE GMBH	Austria	100	%	
TRANE GP INC.	Canada	100	%	
TRANE HELLAS SA	Greece	100	%	
TRANE HOLDING CO.	Canada	100	%	
TRANE HOLDINGS COMPANY YK	Japan	100	%	
TRANE HOLDINGS LLC	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE HUNGARY KFT	Hungary	100	%	
TRANE IBV LTD.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE INC. OF DELAWARE	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE INDIA LTD.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED	India	100	%	
TRANE INTERNATIONAL INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE IP INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE ITALIA S.R.L	Italy	100	%	
TRANE JAPAN, LTD.	Japan	100	%	
TRANE KLIMA TICARET AS	Turkey	100	%	
TRANE KOREA, INC.	Korea, Republic of	100	%	
TRANE KUWAIT AIRCONDITIONING CO. WILL	Kuwait	74	%	
TRANE L.P.	Bermuda	100	%	
TRANE LEASING INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE LOGISTICA, S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100	%	
TRANE LOGISTICS CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE MALAYSIA SLAES & SERVICES SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	100	%	
TRANE POLSKA SP ZOO	Poland	100	%	

	
				
 	 	Exhibit 21		
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF INGERSOLL-RAND PLC	 	 	
December 31, 2012	 	 	
 	 	 	
Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Formation	Percent of Ownership		
TRANE PUBLICIDADE, MOVEIS E DECORACOES LTDA.	Brazil	100	%	
TRANE PUERTO RICO INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE QATAR LLC	Qatar	49	%	
TRANE ROMANIA S.R.L	Romania	100	%	
TRANE S.A.	Switzerland	100	%	
TRANE S.A.E	Egypt	100	%	
TRANE SERVICE COMPANY LLC	Egypt	100	%	
TRANE SERVICEFIRST, S.A.	Venezuela	100	%	
TRANE SERVICES ACQUISITION I INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE SISTEMAS INTEGRALES S. DE R.L. DE C.V.	Mexico	100	%	
TRANE SWEDEN AB	Sweden	100	%	
TRANE SYSTEMS SOLUTIONS OF PANAMA INC.	Panama	100	%	
TRANE TAIWAN DISTRIBUTION LTD.	Taiwan Province of China	100	%	
TRANE TECHNOLOGIES LLC	Russian Federation	100	%	
TRANE U.S. EXPORT LTD.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE U.S. INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE U.S. LOGISTICS INC.	Delaware	100	%	
TRANE VIDALIA LLC	Georgia	100	%	
TRANE VIETNAM SERVICES COMPANY LTD.	Vietnam	100	%	
TRANE, S.A. DE C.V.	Mexico	100	%	
TRATAMAQ CA	Venezuela	56	%	
TSI ANSTALT LTD	Liechtenstein	100	%	
TYS LIMITED	Hong Kong	50	%	
UNITED PARTNER GENERAL CONTRACTING CO WLL	Kuwait	49	%	
VON DUPRIN LLC	Indiana	100	%	
WABCO STANDARD TRANE C.I.S.	Russian Federation	100	%	
WILHELM KLEIN GMBH	Germany	100	%	
WORLD STANDARD LTD.	Delaware	100	%	
WORLD STANDARD TRADE LIMITED	Cayman Islands	100	%	
XCEEDID CORPORATION	Delaware	100	%	
ZEKS COMPRESSED AIR SOLUTIONS LLC	Delaware	100	%	

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S‑3 (No. 333-183129) and S‑8 (No. 333-185428, No. 333-185429, No. 333-178609, No. 333-67257-99, No. 333-19445-99, No. 333-42133-99, No. 333-130047-99, No. 333-143716-99, No. 333-149396-99, No. 333-149537-99, and No. 333-151607-99) of Ingersoll-Rand plc of our report dated February 14, 2013 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10‑K.   

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 14, 2013

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael W. Lamach, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand plc for the year ended December 31, 2012 ;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

	
				
Date:	February 14, 2013	 	/s/ Michael W. Lamach	
 	 	 	Michael W. Lamach	
 	 	 	Principal Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Steven R. Shawley, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ingersoll-Rand plc for the year ended December 31, 2012 ;	

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	

4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

	
				
Date:	February 14, 2013	 	/s/ Steven R. Shawley	
 	 	 	Steven R. Shawley	
 	 	 	Principal Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32

Section 1350 Certifications
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Ingersoll-Rand plc (the Company), does hereby certify that:

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the Form 10-K) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

	

/s/ Michael W. Lamach	
Michael W. Lamach	
Principal Executive Officer	
February 14, 2013	
 	
/s/ Steven R. Shawley	
Steven R. Shawley	
Principal Financial Officer	
February 14, 2013